## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS=-I m4 ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}
-SUBDIRS = help tests
+SUBDIRS = cmake help tests
bin_SCRIPTS = \
gtkdoc-check \
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}
-SUBDIRS = help tests
+SUBDIRS = cmake help tests
bin_SCRIPTS = gtkdoc-check gtkdoc-fixxref gtkdoc-mkdb gtkdoc-mkhtml \
gtkdoc-mkman gtkdoc-mkpdf gtkdoc-mktmpl gtkdoc-rebase \
gtkdoc-scan gtkdoc-scangobj gtkdocize $(am__append_1)
+GTK-Doc 1.25 (Mar 21 2016)
+==============
+
+ Changes
+
+ o 763465 : – released version of gtk-doc no longer understands cross-reference data in gtk+
+ o 742404 : unify index.sgml and *.devhelp2 + change gtkdoc-fixxref to use *.devhelp2
+ o 743182 : Automatically support PACKAGE variables as XML entities
+ o 744061 : Skip standard g_iface, parent_instance and parent_class struct members
+ o 751479 : help: Document the Stability tag for documentation comments
+ o 751777 : gtk-doc -sections.txt file documentation is a bit confusing
+ o 751783 : Creating master xml document documentation is a bit lacking
+ o 751906 : help: Fix incorrect example syntax for embedded images
+ o 752795 : documentation is not rebuilt when only content of doc comments change
+ o 753145 : gtkdoc-mkhtml fails on spaces in file names
+ o 753348 : gtkdocize does not handle -flat flavours
+ o 756297 : Add CMake module
+ o 756368 : gtkdocize mistakenly parses options from comments in configure.ac
+ o 756519 : `make check' fails - Sequence (?R...) not recognized in regex
+ o 756684 : Support (not nullable) annotation
+ o 756998 : Support |[ < !-- language= " plain " -- > ]|
+ o 758996 : gtkdoc-mkdb: ensure macros appear in the correct section
+ o 759017 : autogenerated ids in return and parameter blocks
+
+ Contributors
+
+ Christian Kirbach
+ Daniel Mustieles
+ Dimitris Spingos
+ Florian Brosch
+ Igor Gnatenko
+ Matthias Clasen
+ Philip Withnall
+ Quentin Glidic
+ Rafael Fontenelle
+ Sam Thursfield
+ Stefan Sauer
+ Thomas Wood
+ Tom Tryfonidis
+ Xavier Claessens
+
GTK-Doc 1.24 (May 29 2015)
============
--- /dev/null
+# CMake macros to use the GtkDoc documentation system
+#
+# See the GTK-Doc manual (help/manual/C/index.docbook) for an example of how to
+# use this.
+
+# Output variables:
+#
+# GTKDOC_FOUND ... set to 1
+#
+# GTKDOC_SCAN_EXE ... the location of the gtkdoc-scan executable
+# GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_EXE ... the location of the gtkdoc-scangobj executable
+# GTKDOC_MKDB_EXE ... the location of the gtkdoc-mkdb executable
+# GTKDOC_MKHTML_EXE ... the location of the gtkdoc-mkhtml executable
+# GTKDOC_FIXXREF_EXE ... the location of the gtkdoc-fixxref executable
+
+
+#=============================================================================
+# Copyright 2009 Rich Wareham
+# Copyright 2015 Lautsprecher Teufel GmbH
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#=============================================================================
+
+include(CMakeParseArguments)
+
+set(GTKDOC_FOUND 1)
+
+set(GTKDOC_SCAN_EXE @bindir@/gtkdoc-scan)
+set(GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_EXE @bindir@/gtkdoc-scangobj)
+set(GTKDOC_MKDB_EXE @bindir@/gtkdoc-mkdb)
+set(GTKDOC_MKHTML_EXE @bindir@/gtkdoc-mkhtml)
+set(GTKDOC_FIXXREF_EXE @bindir@/gtkdoc-fixxref)
+
+get_filename_component(_this_dir ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE} PATH)
+find_file(GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_WRAPPER GtkDocScanGObjWrapper.cmake PATH ${_this_dir})
+
+# ::
+#
+# gtk_doc_add_module(doc_prefix
+# SOURCE <sourcedir> [...]
+# XML xmlfile
+# [LIBRARIES depend1...]
+# [FIXXREFOPTS fixxrefoption1...]
+# [IGNOREHEADERS header1...])
+#
+# Add a module with documentation to be processed with GTK-Doc.
+#
+# <sourcedir> must be the *full* path to the source directory.
+#
+# If omitted, xmlfile defaults to the auto generated ${doc_prefix}/${doc_prefix}-docs.xml.
+#
+# The `gtkdoc-scangobj` program is used to get introspection information for
+# the module. You should pass the target(s) to be scanned as LIRARIES. This
+# will try to set the correct compiler and link flags for the introspection
+# build to use, and the correct LD_LIBRARY_PATH for it to run, and the correct
+# dependencies for the doc target.
+#
+# You *can* also set the compile and link flags manually, using the 'CFLAGS'
+# and 'LDFLAGS' options. The 'LDPATH' option controls the LD_LIBRARY_PATH. You
+# can also manually add additional targets as dependencies of the
+# documentation build with the DEPENDS option.
+#
+# This function a target named "doc-${doc_prefix}". You will need to manually
+# add it to the ALL target if you want it to be built by default, you can do
+# something like this:
+#
+# gtk_doc_add_module(doc-mymodule
+# SOURCE ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/module ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/module
+# LIBRARIES mylibrary
+# LIBRARY_DIRS ${GLIB_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${FOO_LIBRARY_DIRS}
+# add_custom_target(all-documentation ALL)
+# add_dependencies(all-documentation doc-mymodule)
+#
+function(gtk_doc_add_module _doc_prefix)
+ set(_one_value_args "XML")
+ set(_multi_value_args "FIXXREFOPTS" "IGNOREHEADERS" "LIBRARIES" "LIBRARY_DIRS" "SOURCE" "SUFFIXES"
+ "CFLAGS" "DEPENDS" "LDFLAGS" "LDPATH")
+ cmake_parse_arguments("GTK_DOC" "" "${_one_value_args}" "${_multi_value_args}" ${ARGN})
+
+ if(NOT GTK_DOC_SOURCE)
+ message(FATAL_ERROR "No SOURCE specified for gtk_doc_add_module ${_doc_prefix}")
+ endif()
+
+ set(_xml_file ${GTK_DOC_XML})
+
+ set(_fixxrefopts ${GTK_DOC_FIXXREFOPTS})
+ set(_ignore_headers ${GTK_DOC_IGNOREHEADERS})
+ set(_libraries ${GTK_DOC_LIBRARIES})
+ set(_library_dirs ${GTK_DOC_LIBRARY_DIRS})
+ set(_suffixes ${GTK_DOC_SUFFIXES})
+
+ set(_extra_cflags ${GTK_DOC_CFLAGS})
+ set(_depends ${GTK_DOC_DEPENDS})
+ set(_extra_ldflags ${GTK_DOC_LDFLAGS})
+ set(_extra_ldpath ${GTK_DOC_LDPATH})
+
+ if(_suffixes)
+ set(_doc_source_suffixes "")
+ foreach(_suffix ${_suffixes})
+ if(_doc_source_suffixes)
+ set(_doc_source_suffixes "${_doc_source_suffixes},${_suffix}")
+ else(_doc_source_suffixes)
+ set(_doc_source_suffixes "${_suffix}")
+ endif(_doc_source_suffixes)
+ endforeach(_suffix)
+ else(_suffixes)
+ set(_doc_source_suffixes "h")
+ endif(_suffixes)
+
+ # Parse the LIBRARIES option and collect compile and link flags for those
+ # targets.
+ foreach(target ${_libraries})
+ _gtk_doc_get_cflags_for_target(_target_cflags ${target})
+ _gtk_doc_get_ldflags_for_target(_target_ldflags ${target} "${_libraries}")
+ list(APPEND _extra_cflags ${_target_cflags})
+ list(APPEND _extra_ldflags ${_target_ldflags})
+ list(APPEND _extra_ldpath $<TARGET_FILE_DIR:${target}>)
+
+ list(APPEND _depends ${target})
+ endforeach()
+
+ # Link directories can't be specified per target, only for every target
+ # under a given directory.
+ get_property(all_library_directories DIRECTORY PROPERTY LINK_DIRECTORIES)
+ foreach(library_dir ${all_library_directories})
+ list(APPEND _extra_ldflags ${CMAKE_LIBRARY_PATH_FLAG}${library_dir})
+ list(APPEND _extra_ldpath ${library_dir})
+ endforeach()
+
+ # a directory to store output.
+ set(_output_dir "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${_doc_prefix}")
+ set(_output_dir_stamp "${_output_dir}/dir.stamp")
+
+ # set default sgml file if not specified
+ set(_default_xml_file "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-docs.xml")
+ get_filename_component(_default_xml_file ${_default_xml_file} ABSOLUTE)
+
+ # a directory to store html output.
+ set(_output_html_dir "${_output_dir}/html")
+ set(_output_html_dir_stamp "${_output_dir}/html_dir.stamp")
+
+ # The output files
+ set(_output_decl_list "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-decl-list.txt")
+ set(_output_decl "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-decl.txt")
+ set(_output_overrides "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-overrides.txt")
+ set(_output_sections "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-sections.txt")
+ set(_output_types "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}.types")
+
+ set(_output_signals "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}.signals")
+
+ set(_output_unused "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-unused.txt")
+ set(_output_undeclared "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-undeclared.txt")
+ set(_output_undocumented "${_output_dir}/${_doc_prefix}-undocumented.txt")
+
+ set(_output_xml_dir "${_output_dir}/xml")
+ set(_output_sgml_stamp "${_output_dir}/sgml.stamp")
+
+ set(_output_html_stamp "${_output_dir}/html.stamp")
+
+ # add a command to create output directory
+ add_custom_command(
+ OUTPUT "${_output_dir_stamp}" "${_output_dir}"
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E make_directory "${_output_dir}"
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E touch ${_output_dir_stamp}
+ VERBATIM)
+
+ set(_ignore_headers_opt "")
+ if(_ignore_headers)
+ set(_ignore_headers_opt "--ignore-headers=")
+ foreach(_header ${_ignore_headers})
+ set(_ignore_headers_opt "${_ignore_headers_opt}${_header} ")
+ endforeach(_header ${_ignore_headers})
+ endif(_ignore_headers)
+
+ foreach(source_dir ${GTK_DOC_SOURCE})
+ set(_source_dirs_opt ${_source_dirs_opt} --source-dir=${source_dir})
+ endforeach()
+
+ # add a command to scan the input
+ add_custom_command(
+ OUTPUT
+ "${_output_decl_list}"
+ "${_output_decl}"
+ "${_output_overrides}"
+ "${_output_sections}"
+ "${_output_types}"
+ DEPENDS
+ "${_output_dir_stamp}"
+ ${_depends}
+ COMMAND
+ ${GTKDOC_SCAN_EXE}
+ --module=${_doc_prefix}
+ ${_ignore_headers_opt}
+ ${_source_dirs_opt}
+ --rebuild-sections
+ --rebuild-types
+ WORKING_DIRECTORY ${_output_dir}
+ VERBATIM)
+
+ # add a command to scan the input via gtkdoc-scangobj
+ # This is such a disgusting hack!
+ add_custom_command(
+ OUTPUT
+ ${_output_signals}
+ DEPENDS
+ ${_output_types}
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
+ -D "GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_EXE:STRING=${GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_EXE}"
+ -D "doc_prefix:STRING=${_doc_prefix}"
+ -D "output_types:STRING=${_output_types}"
+ -D "output_dir:STRING=${_output_dir}"
+ -D "EXTRA_CFLAGS:STRING=${_extra_cflags}"
+ -D "EXTRA_LDFLAGS:STRING=${_extra_ldflags}"
+ -D "EXTRA_LDPATH:STRING=${_extra_ldpath}"
+ -P ${GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_WRAPPER}
+ WORKING_DIRECTORY "${_output_dir}"
+ VERBATIM)
+
+ set(_copy_xml_if_needed "")
+ if(_xml_file)
+ get_filename_component(_xml_file ${_xml_file} ABSOLUTE)
+ set(_copy_xml_if_needed
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy "${_xml_file}" "${_default_xml_file}")
+ endif(_xml_file)
+
+ set(_remove_xml_if_needed "")
+ if(_xml_file)
+ set(_remove_xml_if_needed
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E remove ${_default_xml_file})
+ endif(_xml_file)
+
+ # add a command to make the database
+ add_custom_command(
+ OUTPUT
+ ${_output_sgml_stamp}
+ ${_default_xml_file}
+ DEPENDS
+ ${_output_types}
+ ${_output_signals}
+ ${_output_sections}
+ ${_output_overrides}
+ ${_depends}
+ ${_remove_xml_if_needed}
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E remove_directory ${_output_xml_dir}
+ COMMAND ${GTKDOC_MKDB_EXE}
+ --module=${_doc_prefix}
+ ${_source_dirs_opt}
+ --source-suffixes=${_doc_source_suffixes}
+ --output-format=xml
+ --main-sgml-file=${_default_xml_file}
+ ${_copy_xml_if_needed}
+ WORKING_DIRECTORY "${_output_dir}"
+ VERBATIM)
+
+ # add a command to create html directory
+ add_custom_command(
+ OUTPUT "${_output_html_dir_stamp}" "${_output_html_dir}"
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E make_directory ${_output_html_dir}
+ COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E touch ${_output_html_dir_stamp}
+ VERBATIM)
+
+ # add a command to output HTML
+ add_custom_command(
+ OUTPUT
+ ${_output_html_stamp}
+ DEPENDS
+ ${_output_html_dir_stamp}
+ ${_output_sgml_stamp}
+ ${_xml_file}
+ ${_depends}
+ ${_copy_xml_if_needed}
+ # The binary dir needs adding to --path in order for mkhtml to pick up
+ # any version.xml file there might be in there
+ COMMAND
+ cd ${_output_html_dir} && ${GTKDOC_MKHTML_EXE}
+ ${_doc_prefix}
+ ${_default_xml_file}
+ COMMAND
+ cd ${_output_dir} && ${GTKDOC_FIXXREF_EXE}
+ --module=${_doc_prefix}
+ --module-dir=${_output_html_dir}
+ ${_fixxref_opts}
+ COMMENT
+ "Generating HTML documentation for ${_doc_prefix} module with gtkdoc-mkhtml"
+ VERBATIM)
+
+ add_custom_target(doc-${_doc_prefix}
+ DEPENDS "${_output_html_stamp}")
+endfunction(gtk_doc_add_module)
+
+# These two functions reimplement some of the core logic of CMake, in order
+# to generate compiler and linker flags from the relevant target properties.
+# It sucks that we have to do this, but CMake's own code for this doesn't seem
+# to be reusable -- there's no way to say "tell me the flags that you would
+# pass to a linker for this target".
+
+function(_gtk_doc_get_cflags_for_target result_var target)
+ get_target_property(target_definitions ${target} COMPILE_DEFINITIONS)
+ if(target_definitions)
+ list(APPEND cflags ${target_definitions})
+ endif()
+
+ get_target_property(target_options ${target} COMPILE_OPTIONS)
+ if(target_options)
+ list(APPEND cflags ${target_options})
+ endif()
+
+ get_target_property(target_include_dirs ${target} INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES)
+ foreach(target_include_dir ${target_include_dirs})
+ list(APPEND cflags -I${target_include_dir})
+ endforeach()
+
+ list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES cflags)
+ list(SORT cflags)
+
+ set(${result_var} ${cflags} PARENT_SCOPE)
+endfunction()
+
+function(_gtk_doc_get_ldflags_for_target result_var target all_targets)
+ get_target_property(target_link_flags ${target} LINK_FLAGS)
+ if(target_link_flags)
+ list(APPEND ldflags ${target_link_flags})
+ endif()
+
+ get_target_property(target_link_libraries ${target} LINK_LIBRARIES)
+ foreach(target_library ${target_link_libraries})
+ # The IN_LIST operator is new in CMake 3.3, so I've tried to avoid using it.
+ list(FIND all_targets ${target_library} target_library_is_explicit_dependency)
+ if(NOT ${target_library_is_explicit_dependency} EQUAL -1)
+ # This target is part of the current project. We will add it to
+ # LDFLAGS explicitly, so don't try to add it with -l<target> as
+ # well. In fact, we can't do that, as the containing directory
+ # probably won't be in the linker search path, and we can't find
+ # that out and add it ourselves.
+ elseif(EXISTS ${target_library})
+ # Pass the filename directly to the linker.
+ list(APPEND ldflags "${target_library}")
+ else()
+ # Pass -l<filename> to the linker.
+ list(APPEND ldflags "${CMAKE_LINK_LIBRARY_FLAG}${target_library}")
+ endif()
+ endforeach()
+
+ # Link in the actual target, as well.
+ list(APPEND ldflags $<TARGET_FILE:${target}>)
+
+ list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES ldflags)
+ list(SORT ldflags)
+
+ set(${result_var} ${ldflags} PARENT_SCOPE)
+endfunction()
--- /dev/null
+# CMake package version configuration file for GTK-Doc.
+
+set(PACKAGE_VERSION @PACKAGE_VERSION@)
+
+# Check whether the requested PACKAGE_FIND_VERSION is compatible
+if("${PACKAGE_VERSION}" VERSION_LESS "${PACKAGE_FIND_VERSION}")
+ set(PACKAGE_VERSION_COMPATIBLE FALSE)
+else()
+ set(PACKAGE_VERSION_COMPATIBLE TRUE)
+ if ("${PACKAGE_VERSION}" VERSION_EQUAL "${PACKAGE_FIND_VERSION}")
+ set(PACKAGE_VERSION_EXACT TRUE)
+ endif()
+endif()
--- /dev/null
+# Internal -- for use with UseGtkDoc.cmake
+#
+#=============================================================================
+# Copyright 2009 Rich Wareham
+# Copyright 2015 Lautsprecher Teufel GmbH
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#=============================================================================
+
+# This is needed for find_package(PkgConfig) to work correctly --
+# CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION needs to be defined.
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.2)
+
+if(NOT APPLE)
+ # We use pkg-config to find glib et al
+ find_package(PkgConfig)
+ # Find glib et al
+ pkg_check_modules(GLIB REQUIRED glib-2.0 gobject-2.0)
+
+foreach(_flag ${EXTRA_CFLAGS} ${GLIB_CFLAGS})
+ set(ENV{CFLAGS} "$ENV{CFLAGS} \"${_flag}\"")
+endforeach(_flag)
+
+foreach(_flag ${EXTRA_LDFLAGS} ${GLIB_LDFLAGS})
+ set(ENV{LDFLAGS} "$ENV{LDFLAGS} \"${_flag}\"")
+endforeach(_flag)
+
+foreach(_flag ${EXTRA_LDPATH})
+ if(ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH})
+ set(ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH} "$ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:\"${_flag}\"")
+ else(ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH})
+ set(ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH} "${_flag}")
+ endif(ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH})
+endforeach(_flag)
+
+message(STATUS "Executing gtkdoc-scangobj with:")
+message(STATUS " CFLAGS: $ENV{CFLAGS}")
+message(STATUS " LDFLAGS: $ENV{LDFLAGS}")
+message(STATUS " LDPATH: $ENV{LD_LIBRARY_PATH}")
+
+execute_process(COMMAND ${GTKDOC_SCANGOBJ_EXE}
+ "--module=${doc_prefix}"
+ "--types=${output_types}"
+ "--output-dir=${output_dir}"
+ WORKING_DIRECTORY "${output_dir}"
+ RESULT_VARIABLE _scan_result)
+
+if(_scan_result EQUAL 0)
+ message(STATUS "Scan succeeded.")
+else(_scan_result EQUAL 0)
+ message(SEND_ERROR "Scan failed.")
+endif(_scan_result EQUAL 0)
+
+endif(NOT APPLE)
+
+# vim:sw=4:ts=4:et:autoindent
--- /dev/null
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ GtkDocConfig.cmake.in \
+ GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake.in \
+ GtkDocScanGObjWrapper.cmake
+
+cmakedir = $(libdir)/cmake/GtkDoc
+cmake_DATA = \
+ GtkDocConfig.cmake \
+ GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake \
+ GtkDocScanGObjWrapper.cmake
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = cmake
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(srcdir)/GtkDocConfig.cmake.in \
+ $(srcdir)/GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = GtkDocConfig.cmake GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+ test -z "$$files" \
+ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+ }
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)"
+DATA = $(cmake_DATA)
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+AR = @AR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
+DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+FOP = @FOP@
+GREP = @GREP@
+HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@
+HIGHLIGHT = @HIGHLIGHT@
+HIGHLIGHT_OPTIONS = @HIGHLIGHT_OPTIONS@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_DATA_DIR = @PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+PYTHON = @PYTHON@
+PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX = @PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX@
+PYTHON_PLATFORM = @PYTHON_PLATFORM@
+PYTHON_PREFIX = @PYTHON_PREFIX@
+PYTHON_VERSION = @PYTHON_VERSION@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
+TEST_DEPS_LIBS = @TEST_DEPS_LIBS@
+TRACE = @TRACE@
+TS_FMT = @TS_FMT@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
+XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
+XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
+XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+glib_prefix = @glib_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+pkgpyexecdir = @pkgpyexecdir@
+pkgpythondir = @pkgpythondir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+pyexecdir = @pyexecdir@
+pythondir = @pythondir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ GtkDocConfig.cmake.in \
+ GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake.in \
+ GtkDocScanGObjWrapper.cmake
+
+cmakedir = $(libdir)/cmake/GtkDoc
+cmake_DATA = \
+ GtkDocConfig.cmake \
+ GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake \
+ GtkDocScanGObjWrapper.cmake
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu cmake/Makefile'; \
+ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu cmake/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+GtkDocConfig.cmake: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/GtkDocConfig.cmake.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+ -rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+ -rm -rf .libs _libs
+install-cmakeDATA: $(cmake_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ @list='$(cmake_DATA)'; test -n "$(cmakedir)" || list=; \
+ if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; \
+ done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)" || exit $$?; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-cmakeDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(cmake_DATA)'; test -n "$(cmakedir)" || list=; \
+ files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
+
+cscope cscopelist:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+ case $$dist_files in \
+ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+ sort -u` ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for file in $$dist_files; do \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
+installdirs:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(cmakedir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ install; \
+ else \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
+ fi
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+ -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-cmakeDATA
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-cmakeDATA
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+ install install-am install-cmakeDATA install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am uninstall-cmakeDATA
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for gtk-doc 1.24.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for gtk-doc 1.25.
#
# Report bugs to <http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc>.
#
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='gtk-doc'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='gtk-doc'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='1.24'
-PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.24'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='1.25'
+PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.25'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc'
PACKAGE_URL=''
FOP
DBLATEX
XSLTPROC
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE
-JADE
HAVE_PYTHON_FALSE
HAVE_PYTHON_TRUE
pkgpyexecdir
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.24 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.25 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
- short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.24:";;
+ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.25:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
-gtk-doc configure 1.24
+gtk-doc configure 1.25
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.24, which was
+It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.25, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
# Define the identity of the package.
PACKAGE='gtk-doc'
- VERSION='1.24'
+ VERSION='1.25'
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
as_fn_error $? "perl not found" "$LINENO" 5
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if Perl version >= 5.6.0" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if Perl version >= 5.6.0... " >&6; }
-if "$PERL" -e "require v5.6.0"; then
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if Perl version >= 5.18.0" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if Perl version >= 5.18.0... " >&6; }
+if "$PERL" -e "require v5.18.0"; then
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
else
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
- as_fn_error $? "perl >= 5.6.0 is required for gtk-doc" "$LINENO" 5
+ as_fn_error $? "perl >= 5.18.0 is required for gtk-doc" "$LINENO" 5
fi
fi
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE=sgml-raw
-# Extract the first word of "openjade", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy openjade; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_path_JADE+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- case $JADE in
- [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
- ac_cv_path_JADE="$JADE" # Let the user override the test with a path.
- ;;
- *)
- as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_path_JADE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-JADE=$ac_cv_path_JADE
-if test -n "$JADE"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $JADE" >&5
-$as_echo "$JADE" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-if test -z "$JADE"; then
- SGML_FORMAT_TYPE=sgml
- # Extract the first word of "jade", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy jade; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_path_JADE+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
- case $JADE in
- [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
- ac_cv_path_JADE="$JADE" # Let the user override the test with a path.
- ;;
- *)
- as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
- IFS=$as_save_IFS
- test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
- for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
- ac_cv_path_JADE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
- $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
- break 2
- fi
-done
- done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-JADE=$ac_cv_path_JADE
-if test -n "$JADE"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $JADE" >&5
-$as_echo "$JADE" >&6; }
-else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
- if test -z "$JADE"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Could not find openjade or jade, so SGML is not supported" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find openjade or jade, so SGML is not supported" >&2;}
- fi
-fi
-
-
# Extract the first word of "xsltproc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy xsltproc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
fi
-ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile gtk-doc.pc gtk-doc.dsl gtk-doc.spec gtk-doc.cat gtkdoc-common.pl help/Makefile help/manual/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/gobject/Makefile tests/gobject/src/Makefile tests/gobject/docs/Makefile tests/bugs/Makefile tests/bugs/src/Makefile tests/bugs/docs/Makefile tests/annotations/Makefile tests/annotations/src/Makefile tests/annotations/docs/Makefile tests/fail/Makefile tests/fail/src/Makefile tests/fail/docs/Makefile tests/empty/Makefile tests/empty/src/Makefile tests/empty/docs/Makefile"
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile gtk-doc.pc gtk-doc.dsl gtk-doc.spec gtk-doc.cat gtkdoc-common.pl cmake/Makefile cmake/GtkDocConfig.cmake cmake/GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake help/Makefile help/manual/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/gobject/Makefile tests/gobject/src/Makefile tests/gobject/docs/Makefile tests/bugs/Makefile tests/bugs/src/Makefile tests/bugs/docs/Makefile tests/annotations/Makefile tests/annotations/src/Makefile tests/annotations/docs/Makefile tests/fail/Makefile tests/fail/src/Makefile tests/fail/docs/Makefile tests/empty/Makefile tests/empty/src/Makefile tests/empty/docs/Makefile"
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files gtkdoc-check"
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
-This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.24, which was
+This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.25, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
-gtk-doc config.status 1.24
+gtk-doc config.status 1.25
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
"gtk-doc.spec") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES gtk-doc.spec" ;;
"gtk-doc.cat") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES gtk-doc.cat" ;;
"gtkdoc-common.pl") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES gtkdoc-common.pl" ;;
+ "cmake/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES cmake/Makefile" ;;
+ "cmake/GtkDocConfig.cmake") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES cmake/GtkDocConfig.cmake" ;;
+ "cmake/GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES cmake/GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake" ;;
"help/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES help/Makefile" ;;
"help/manual/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES help/manual/Makefile" ;;
"tests/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/Makefile" ;;
$as_echo "$as_me: ** Python based tools enabled, using $PYTHON" >&6;} \
|| { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Python based tools disabled" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: Python based tools disabled" >&6;}
-test -n "$JADE" \
- && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: ** SGML support enabled, using $JADE" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: ** SGML support enabled, using $JADE" >&6;} \
- || { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: SGML support disabled, no jade processor available" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: SGML support disabled, no jade processor available" >&6;}
test -n "$DBLATEX$FOP" \
&& { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: ** XML PDF support enabled, using $DBLATEX$FOP" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: ** XML PDF support enabled, using $DBLATEX$FOP" >&6;} \
dnl Makefile can only cope with that, i.e. use 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 ... 9.9.
dnl FIXME: I can't see anything failing (1.14.1), lets try to use a three digit
dnl number for the development version
-m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.24)
+m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.25)
AC_INIT([gtk-doc],[gtk_doc_version],[http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc],[gtk-doc])
AC_MSG_ERROR([perl not found])
fi
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Perl version >= 5.6.0])
-if "$PERL" -e "require v5.6.0"; then
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Perl version >= 5.18.0])
+if "$PERL" -e "require v5.18.0"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
- AC_MSG_ERROR([perl >= 5.6.0 is required for gtk-doc])
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([perl >= 5.18.0 is required for gtk-doc])
fi
dnl
AM_PATH_PYTHON([2.3],,[:])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PYTHON], [test "$PYTHON" != :])
-dnl
-dnl Check for jade or openjade.
-dnl
-dnl We prefer to use openjade with the '-t sgml-raw' option, since '-t sgml'
-dnl adds a newline before the closing '>' of HTML tags. lynx can't parse
-dnl that, which is bad for accessibility.
-dnl
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE=sgml-raw
-AC_PATH_PROG([JADE], [openjade])
-if test -z "$JADE"; then
- SGML_FORMAT_TYPE=sgml
- AC_PATH_PROG([JADE], [jade])
- if test -z "$JADE"; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([Could not find openjade or jade, so SGML is not supported])
- fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST([SGML_FORMAT_TYPE])
-
dnl
dnl Check for xsltproc
dnl
gtk-doc.spec
gtk-doc.cat
gtkdoc-common.pl
+cmake/Makefile
+cmake/GtkDocConfig.cmake
+cmake/GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake
help/Makefile
help/manual/Makefile
tests/Makefile
test "$PYTHON" != : \
&& AC_MSG_NOTICE([** Python based tools enabled, using $PYTHON]) \
|| AC_MSG_NOTICE([ Python based tools disabled])
-test -n "$JADE" \
- && AC_MSG_NOTICE([** SGML support enabled, using $JADE]) \
- || AC_MSG_NOTICE([ SGML support disabled, no jade processor available])
test -n "$DBLATEX$FOP" \
&& AC_MSG_NOTICE([** XML PDF support enabled, using $DBLATEX$FOP]) \
|| AC_MSG_NOTICE([ XML PDF support disabled, no dblatex or fop available])
<xsd:enumeration value="enum"/>
<xsd:enumeration value="function"/>
<xsd:enumeration value="macro"/>
+ <xsd:enumeration value="member"/>
<xsd:enumeration value="property"/>
<xsd:enumeration value="signal"/>
<xsd:enumeration value="struct"/>
</xsd:documentation>
</xsd:annotation>
</xsd:attribute>
+ <xsd:attribute name="online" type="xsd:string">
+ <xsd:annotation>
+ <xsd:documentation>
+ URL for the online version of the docs.
+ </xsd:documentation>
+ </xsd:annotation>
+ </xsd:attribute>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:schema>
select="articleinfo|bookinfo"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:variable name="online">
+ <xsl:value-of select="/book/bookinfo/releaseinfo/ulink[@role='online-location']/@url"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
<xsl:variable name="toc.nodes" select="part|reference|preface|chapter|
appendix|article|bibliography|
glossary|index|refentry|
bridgehead|sect1"/>
<book title="{$title}" link="{$link}" author="{$author}" name="{$gtkdoc.bookname}" version="2" language="c">
+ <xsl:if test="$online != ''">
+ <xsl:attribute name="online"><xsl:value-of select="$online"/></xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
<xsl:if test="$toc.nodes">
- <chapters>
+ <chapters>
<xsl:apply-templates select="$toc.nodes"
mode="generate.devhelp2.toc.mode"/>
</chapters>
mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="$gtkdoc.refsect2/refsect3[@role='enum_members']/informaltable/tgroup/tbody/row[@role='constant']"
mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode"/>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$gtkdoc.refsect2/refsect3[@role='struct_members']/informaltable/tgroup/tbody/row[@role='member']"
+ mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode"/>
</functions>
</book>
</xsl:template>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="*" mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode">
- <xsl:variable name="title" select="title|term/literal|entry[@role='enum_member_name']/para"/>
- <xsl:variable name="anchor" select="title/anchor|entry[@role='enum_member_name']/para"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="title" select="title|
+ term/literal|
+ entry[@role='enum_member_name']/para|
+ entry[@role='struct_member_name']/para/structfield/@id"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="anchor" select="title/anchor|
+ entry[@role='enum_member_name']/para|
+ entry[@role='struct_member_name']/para/structfield"/>
<xsl:variable name="type" select="@role"/>
<xsl:variable name="condition" select="@condition"/>
<xsl:variable name="target">
GTK_DOC_V_TMPL_=$(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_TMPL_0=@echo " DOC Rebuilding template files";
-tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
+tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
$(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL)gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)
$(AM_V_at)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
GTK_DOC_V_XML_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XML_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML";
-sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
-$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
GTK_DOC_V_HTML=$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_$(V))
GTK_DOC_V_TMPL_=$(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_TMPL_0=@echo " DOC Rebuilding template files";
-tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
+tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
$(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL)gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)
$(AM_V_at)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
GTK_DOC_V_XML_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XML_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML";
-sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
-$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
GTK_DOC_V_HTML=$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_$(V))
GTK_DOC_V_XML_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XML_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML";
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
GTK_DOC_V_HTML=$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_$(V))
GTK_DOC_V_XML_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XML_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML";
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
GTK_DOC_V_HTML=$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML_$(V))
Summary: GTK+ DocBook Documentation Generator
Name: gtk-doc
-Version: 1.24
+Version: 1.25
Release: 1
License: GPL
Group: Utilities/Text
<xsl:include href="devhelp2.xsl"/>
<xsl:include href="version-greater-or-equal.xsl"/>
- <xsl:key name="acronym.key"
- match="glossentry/glossterm"
- use="."/>
- <xsl:key name="gallery.key"
- match="para[@role='gallery']/link"
- use="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:key name="acronym.key" match="glossentry/glossterm" use="."/>
+ <xsl:key name="gallery.key" match="para[@role='gallery']/link" use="@linkend"/>
<!-- change some parameters -->
<!-- http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/doc/html/index.html -->
<xsl:param name="gtkdoc.l10n.xml" select="document('http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/common/en.xml')"/>
- <xsl:key name="gtkdoc.gentext.key"
- match="l:gentext[@key]"
- use="@key"/>
- <xsl:key name="gtkdoc.context.key"
- match="l:context[@name]"
- use="@name"/>
+ <xsl:key name="gtkdoc.gentext.key" match="l:gentext[@key]" use="@key"/>
+ <xsl:key name="gtkdoc.context.key" match="l:context[@name]" use="@name"/>
<xsl:template name="gentext">
<xsl:param name="key" select="local-name(.)"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:variable>
-
<xsl:variable name="is.title-unnumbered">
<xsl:if test="$is.title = 0 and $is.title-numbered = 0">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext.template.exists">
</xsl:if>
<xsl:apply-imports/>
- <!-- generate the index.sgml href index -->
- <xsl:call-template name="generate.index"/>
<!-- generate $book.devhelp2 -->
<xsl:call-template name="generate.devhelp2"/>
</xsl:template>
- <xsl:template name="generate.index">
- <xsl:call-template name="write.text.chunk">
- <xsl:with-param name="filename" select="'index.sgml'"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="/book/bookinfo/releaseinfo/ulink"
- mode="generate.index.mode"/>
- <!-- check all anchor and refentry elements -->
- <!--
- The obvious way to write this is //anchor|//refentry|etc...
- The obvious way is slow because it causes multiple traversals
- in libxslt. This take about half the time.
- -->
- <xsl:apply-templates select="//*[name()='anchor' or name()='refentry' or name()='refsect1' or
- name() = 'refsect2' or name()='refsynopsisdiv' or
- name()='varlistentry' or name()='para']"
- mode="generate.index.mode"/>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="default.encoding" select="'UTF-8'"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="chunker.output.indent" select="'no'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="*" mode="generate.index.mode">
- <xsl:if test="not(@href) and count(@id) > 0">
- <xsl:text><ANCHOR id="</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
- <xsl:text>" href="</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$gtkdoc.bookname">
- <xsl:value-of select="$gtkdoc.bookname"/>
- <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:call-template name="href.target"/>
- <xsl:text>"> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="/book/bookinfo/releaseinfo/ulink" mode="generate.index.mode">
- <xsl:if test="@role='online-location'">
- <xsl:text><ONLINE href="</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@url"/>
- <xsl:text>"> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
<!-- ========================================================= -->
<!-- template to output gtkdoclink elements for the unknown targets -->
<xsl:apply-imports/>
</xsl:template>
- <xsl:template name="user.head.title">
+ <xsl:template name="user.head.title">
<xsl:param name="node" select="."/>
<xsl:param name="title"/>
<xsl:variable name="home" select="/*[1]"/>
<xsl:param name="acronym">
<xsl:apply-templates/>
</xsl:param>
- <!--
- We use for-each to change context to the database document because key()
- only locates elements in the same document as the context node!
- -->
-
<xsl:param name="value" >
<xsl:value-of select="key('acronym.key', $acronym)/../glossdef/para[1]" />
</xsl:param>
<a>
<xsl:attribute name="href">
<xsl:text>http://foldoc.org/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$acronym"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$acronym"/>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:call-template name="inline.charseq"/>
</a>
$declaration =~ s@\n\s*//.*?\n@\n@msg;
$declaration =~ s@//.*@@g;
+ # Remove g_iface, parent_instance and parent_class if they are first member
+ $declaration =~ s/(\{)\s*(\w)+\s+(g_iface|parent_instance|parent_class)\s*;/$1/g;
+
my @result = ();
if ($declaration =~ /^\s*$/) {
$declaration =~ s@\n\s*//.*?\n@\n@msg;
$declaration =~ s@//.*@@g;
+ # Remove g_iface, parent_instance and parent_class if they are first member
+ $declaration =~ s/(\{)\s*(\w)+\s+(g_iface|parent_instance|parent_class)\s*;/$1/g;
+
my @result = ();
if ($declaration =~ /^\s*$/) {
my $PRINT_HELP;
my $SRC_LANG;
-my %optctl = ('module' => \$MODULE,
- 'module-dir' => \$MODULE_DIR,
- 'html-dir' => \$HTML_DIR,
- 'extra-dir' => \@EXTRA_DIRS,
- 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
- 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
- 'src-lang' => \$SRC_LANG);
-GetOptions(\%optctl, "module=s", "module-dir=s", "html-dir:s", "extra-dir=s@",
- "src-lang=s", "version", "help");
-
-if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
- print "@VERSION@\n";
- exit 0;
-}
+# This contains all the entities and their relative URLs.
+my %Links;
+
+# failing link targets we don't warn about even once
+my %NoLinks = (
+ 'char' => 1,
+ 'double' => 1,
+ 'float' => 1,
+ 'int' => 1,
+ 'long' => 1,
+ 'main' => 1,
+ 'signed' => 1,
+ 'unsigned' => 1,
+ 'va-list' => 1,
+ 'void' => 1,
+ 'GBoxed' => 1,
+ 'GEnum' => 1,
+ 'GFlags' => 1,
+ 'GInterface' => 1
+);
+
+# Cache of dirs we already scanned for index files
+my %DirCache;
+
+run() unless caller; # Run program unless loaded as a module
+
-if ($PRINT_HELP) {
- print <<EOF;
+sub run {
+ my %optctl = ('module' => \$MODULE,
+ 'module-dir' => \$MODULE_DIR,
+ 'html-dir' => \$HTML_DIR,
+ 'extra-dir' => \@EXTRA_DIRS,
+ 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
+ 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
+ 'src-lang' => \$SRC_LANG);
+
+ GetOptions(\%optctl, "module=s", "module-dir=s", "html-dir:s", "extra-dir=s@",
+ "src-lang=s", "version", "help");
+
+ if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
+ print "@VERSION@\n";
+ exit 0;
+ }
+
+ if ($PRINT_HELP) {
+ print <<EOF;
gtkdoc-fixxref version @VERSION@ - fix cross references in html files
--module=MODULE_NAME Name of the doc module being parsed
--version Print the version of this program
--help Print this help
EOF
- exit 0;
-}
-
-if (!$SRC_LANG) {
- $SRC_LANG="c"
-}
-
-# This contains all the entities and their relative URLs.
-my %Links;
-
-# failing link targets we don't warn about even once
-my %NoLinks = (
- 'char' => 1,
- 'double' => 1,
- 'float' => 1,
- 'int' => 1,
- 'long' => 1,
- 'main' => 1,
- 'signed' => 1,
- 'unsigned' => 1,
- 'va-list' => 1,
- 'void' => 1,
- 'GBoxed' => 1,
- 'GEnum' => 1,
- 'GFlags' => 1,
- 'GInterface' => 1
- );
-
-my $path_prefix="";
-if ($HTML_DIR =~ m%(.*?)/share/gtk-doc/html%) {
- $path_prefix=$1;
- @TRACE@("Path prefix: $path_prefix");
-}
-
-if (!defined $MODULE_DIR) {
- $MODULE_DIR="$HTML_DIR/$MODULE";
-}
-
-my $dir;
-
-# We scan the directory containing GLib and any directories in GNOME2_PATH
-# first, but these will be overriden by any later scans.
-$dir = `pkg-config --variable=prefix glib-2.0`;
-$dir =~ s/\s+$//;
-$dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
-if (-d $dir && $dir ne $HTML_DIR) {
- @TRACE@("Scanning GLib directory: $dir");
-
- # Some predefined link targets to get links into type hierarchies as these
- # have no targets. These are always absolute for now.
- $Links{'GBoxed'} = "$dir/gobject/gobject-Boxed-Types.html";
- $Links{'GEnum'} = "$dir/gobject/gobject-Enumeration-and-Flag-Types.html";
- $Links{'GFlags'} = "$dir/gobject/gobject-Enumeration-and-Flag-Types.html";
- $Links{'GInterface'} = "$dir/gobject/GTypeModule.html";
-
- if ($dir !~ m%^\Q$path_prefix\E/%) {
- &ScanIndices ($dir, 1);
- } else {
- &ScanIndices ($dir, 0);
+ exit 0;
}
-}
-
-if (defined ($ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
- foreach $dir (split (/:/, $ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
- $dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
- if (-d $dir && $dir ne $HTML_DIR) {
- @TRACE@("Scanning GNOME2_PATH directory: $dir");
+
+ if (!$SRC_LANG) {
+ $SRC_LANG="c"
+ }
+
+ my $path_prefix="";
+ if ($HTML_DIR =~ m%(.*?)/share/gtk-doc/html%) {
+ $path_prefix=$1;
+ @TRACE@("Path prefix: $path_prefix");
+ }
+
+ if (!defined $MODULE_DIR) {
+ $MODULE_DIR="$HTML_DIR/$MODULE";
+ }
+
+ my $dir;
+
+ # We scan the directory containing GLib and any directories in GNOME2_PATH
+ # first, but these will be overriden by any later scans.
+ $dir = `pkg-config --variable=prefix glib-2.0`;
+ $dir =~ s/\s+$//;
+ $dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
+ if (-d $dir) {
+ # Some predefined link targets to get links into type hierarchies as these
+ # have no targets. These are always absolute for now.
+ $Links{'GBoxed'} = "$dir/gobject/gobject-Boxed-Types.html";
+ $Links{'GEnum'} = "$dir/gobject/gobject-Enumeration-and-Flag-Types.html";
+ $Links{'GFlags'} = "$dir/gobject/gobject-Enumeration-and-Flag-Types.html";
+ $Links{'GInterface'} = "$dir/gobject/GTypeModule.html";
+
+ if ($dir ne $HTML_DIR) {
+ @TRACE@("Scanning GLib directory: $dir");
if ($dir !~ m%^\Q$path_prefix\E/%) {
&ScanIndices ($dir, 1);
} else {
&ScanIndices ($dir, 0);
}
}
- # ubuntu started to compress this as index.sgml.gz :/
- # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/77138
}
-}
-
-@TRACE@("Scanning HTML_DIR directory: $HTML_DIR");
-&ScanIndices ($HTML_DIR, 0);
-@TRACE@("Scanning HTML_DIR directory: $MODULE_DIR");
-&ScanIndices ($MODULE_DIR, 0);
-
-# check all extra dirs, but skip already scanned dirs or subdirs of those
-foreach my $dir (@EXTRA_DIRS) {
- my $vdir;
- @TRACE@("Scanning EXTRA_DIR directory: $dir");
-
- # If the --extra-dir option is not relative and is not sharing the same
- # prefix as the target directory of the docs, we need to use absolute
- # directories for the links
- if ($dir !~m/^\.\./ && $dir !~ m%\Q$path_prefix\E/%) {
- &ScanIndices ($dir, 1);
- } else {
- &ScanIndices ($dir, 0);
+
+ if (defined ($ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
+ foreach $dir (split (/:/, $ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
+ $dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
+ if (-d $dir && $dir ne $HTML_DIR) {
+ @TRACE@("Scanning GNOME2_PATH directory: $dir");
+ if ($dir !~ m%^\Q$path_prefix\E/%) {
+ &ScanIndices ($dir, 1);
+ } else {
+ &ScanIndices ($dir, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ # ubuntu started to compress this as index.sgml.gz :/
+ # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/77138
+ }
}
-}
-
-if (defined($MODULE)) {
- open (INPUT, "$MODULE-sections.txt")
- || die "Can't open $MODULE-sections.txt: $!";
- my $subsection = "";
- while (<INPUT>) {
- if (m/^#/) {
- next;
-
- } elsif (m/^<SECTION>/) {
- $subsection = "";
- } elsif (m/^<SUBSECTION\s*(.*)>/i) {
- $subsection = $1;
- } elsif (m/^<SUBSECTION>/) {
- next;
- } elsif (m/^<TITLE>(.*)<\/TITLE>/) {
- next;
- } elsif (m/^<FILE>(.*)<\/FILE>/) {
- next;
- } elsif (m/^<INCLUDE>(.*)<\/INCLUDE>/) {
- next;
- } elsif (m/^<\/SECTION>/) {
- next;
- } elsif (m/^(\S+)/) {
- my $symbol=CreateValidSGMLID($1);
+
+ @TRACE@("Scanning HTML_DIR directory: $HTML_DIR");
+ &ScanIndices ($HTML_DIR, 0);
+ @TRACE@("Scanning HTML_DIR directory: $MODULE_DIR");
+ &ScanIndices ($MODULE_DIR, 0);
+
+ # check all extra dirs, but skip already scanned dirs or subdirs of those
+ foreach my $dir (@EXTRA_DIRS) {
+ my $vdir;
- if ($subsection eq "Standard" || $subsection eq "Private") {
- $NoLinks{$symbol} = 1;
- }
+ $dir =~ s#/$##;
+ @TRACE@("Scanning EXTRA_DIR directory: $dir");
+
+ # If the --extra-dir option is not relative and is not sharing the same
+ # prefix as the target directory of the docs, we need to use absolute
+ # directories for the links
+ if ($dir !~m/^\.\./ && $dir !~ m%\Q$path_prefix\E/%) {
+ &ScanIndices ($dir, 1);
+ } else {
+ &ScanIndices ($dir, 0);
}
}
- close (INPUT);
+
+ &ReadSections ();
+
+ &FixCrossReferences ($MODULE_DIR);
}
-&FixCrossReferences ($MODULE_DIR);
sub ScanIndices {
my ($scan_dir, $use_absolute_links) = @_;
+ if (exists $DirCache{$scan_dir}) {
+ return;
+ }
+ $DirCache{$scan_dir} = 1;
+
@TRACE@("Scanning source directory: $scan_dir absolute: $use_absolute_links");
# This array holds any subdirectories found.
next;
} elsif (-d "$scan_dir/$file") {
push (@subdirs, $file);
- } elsif ($file eq "index.sgml") {
- &ScanIndex ("$scan_dir/$file", $use_absolute_links);
+ next;
}
- # ubuntu started to compress this as index.sgml.gz :/
- # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/77138
+ if ($file =~ m/\.devhelp2$/) {
+ # if devhelp-file is good don't read index.sgml
+ &ReadDevhelp ("$scan_dir/$file", $use_absolute_links);
+ }
+ elsif ($file eq "index.sgml.gz") {
+ # debian/ubuntu started to compress this as index.sgml.gz :/
+ print <<EOF;
+Please fix https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/77138 . For now run:
+gunzip $scan_dir/$file
+EOF
+ }
+ elsif ($file =~ m/\.devhelp2.gz$/) {
+ # debian/ubuntu started to compress this as *devhelp2.gz :/
+ print <<EOF;
+Please fix https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/1466210 . For now run:
+gunzip $scan_dir/$file
+EOF
+ }
+ # we could consider supporting: use IO::Zlib;
}
closedir (HTMLDIR);
}
}
-sub ScanIndex {
+
+sub ReadDevhelp {
my ($file, $use_absolute_links) = @_;
- # Determine the absolute directory, to be added to links in index.sgml
+ # Determine the absolute directory, to be added to links in $file
# if we need to use an absolute link.
- # $file will be something like /opt/gnome/share/gtk-doc/html/gtk/index.sgml
- # We want the part up to 'html' since the links in index.sgml include
+ # $file will be something like /prefix/gnome/share/gtk-doc/html/gtk/$file
+ # We want the part up to 'html/.*' since the links in $file include
# the rest.
my $dir = "../";
if ($use_absolute_links) {
# For uninstalled index.sgml files we'd need to map the path to where it
# will be installed to
if ($file !~ /\.\//) {
- $file =~ /(.*\/)(.*?)\/index\.sgml/;
- $dir = $1;
+ $file =~ /(.*\/)(.*?)\/.*?\.devhelp2/;
+ $dir = "$1$2";
+ }
+ } else {
+ if ($file =~ /(.*\/)(.*?)\/.*?\.devhelp2/) {
+ $dir .= "$2/";
+ } else {
+ $dir = "";
}
}
+
@TRACE@("Scanning index file=$file, absolute=$use_absolute_links, dir=$dir");
open (INDEXFILE, $file)
|| die "Can't open $file: $!";
while (<INDEXFILE>) {
- if (m/^<ANCHOR\s+id\s*=\s*"([^"]*)"\s+href\s*=\s*"([^"]*)"\s*>/) {
- @TRACE@("Found id: $1 href: $2");
- $Links{$1} = "$dir$2";
+ if (m/ link="([^#]*)#([^"]*)"/) {
+ @TRACE@("Found id: $2 href: $1#$2");
+ $Links{$2} = "$dir$1#$2";
}
}
close (INDEXFILE);
}
+sub ReadSections {
+ if (!defined($MODULE)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ open (INPUT, "$MODULE-sections.txt")
+ || die "Can't open $MODULE-sections.txt: $!";
+ my $subsection = "";
+ while (<INPUT>) {
+ if (m/^#/) {
+ next;
+
+ } elsif (m/^<SECTION>/) {
+ $subsection = "";
+ } elsif (m/^<SUBSECTION\s*(.*)>/i) {
+ $subsection = $1;
+ } elsif (m/^<SUBSECTION>/) {
+ next;
+ } elsif (m/^<TITLE>(.*)<\/TITLE>/) {
+ next;
+ } elsif (m/^<FILE>(.*)<\/FILE>/) {
+ next;
+ } elsif (m/^<INCLUDE>(.*)<\/INCLUDE>/) {
+ next;
+ } elsif (m/^<\/SECTION>/) {
+ next;
+ } elsif (m/^(\S+)/) {
+ my $symbol=$1;
+
+ if ($subsection eq "Standard" || $subsection eq "Private") {
+ $NoLinks{CreateValidSGMLID($symbol)} = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ close (INPUT);
+}
+
+
sub FixCrossReferences {
my ($scan_dir) = @_;
my $tid = $id;
$tid =~ s/s$//g;
$href = $Links{$tid};
+ if (!$href && defined $Links{"$tid-struct"}) {
+ $href = $Links{"$tid-struct"};
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$href && defined $Links{"$id-struct"}) {
+ $href = $Links{"$id-struct"};
}
if ($href) {
return &HighlightSourcePostprocess($type, $highlighted_source);
}
+
sub HighlightSourceVim {
my ($type, $source) = @_;
return &HighlightSourcePostprocess($type, $highlighted_source);
}
+
sub HighlightSourcePostprocess {
my ($type, $highlighted_source) = @_;
</div>
END_OF_HTML
}
-
my $NAME_SPACE = "";
my $OUTPUT_ALL_SYMBOLS;
my $OUTPUT_SYMBOLS_WITHOUT_SINCE;
-
-my %optctl = ('module' => \$MODULE,
- 'source-dir' => \@SOURCE_DIRS,
- 'source-suffixes' => \$SOURCE_SUFFIXES,
- 'ignore-files' => \$IGNORE_FILES,
- 'output-dir' => \$DB_OUTPUT_DIR,
- 'tmpl-dir' => \$TMPL_DIR,
- 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
- 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
- 'main-sgml-file' => \$MAIN_SGML_FILE,
- 'expand-content-files' => \$EXPAND_CONTENT_FILES,
- 'sgml-mode' => \$INLINE_MARKUP_MODE,
- 'xml-mode' => \$INLINE_MARKUP_MODE,
- 'default-stability' => \$DEFAULT_STABILITY,
- 'default-includes' => \$DEFAULT_INCLUDES,
- 'output-format' => \$OUTPUT_FORMAT,
- 'name-space' => \$NAME_SPACE,
- 'outputallsymbols' => \$OUTPUT_ALL_SYMBOLS,
- 'outputsymbolswithoutsince' => \$OUTPUT_SYMBOLS_WITHOUT_SINCE
- );
-GetOptions(\%optctl, "module=s", "source-dir:s", "source-suffixes:s",
- "ignore-files:s", "output-dir:s", "tmpl-dir:s", "version", "outputallsymbols",
- "outputsymbolswithoutsince",
- "expand-content-files:s", "main-sgml-file:s", "extra-db-files:s", "help",
- "sgml-mode", "xml-mode", "default-stability:s", "default-includes:s",
- "output-format:s", "name-space:s");
-
-if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
- print "@VERSION@\n";
- exit 0;
-}
-
-if (!$MODULE) {
- $PRINT_HELP = 1;
-}
-
-if ($DEFAULT_STABILITY && $DEFAULT_STABILITY ne "Stable"
- && $DEFAULT_STABILITY ne "Private" && $DEFAULT_STABILITY ne "Unstable") {
- $PRINT_HELP = 1;
-}
-
-if ($PRINT_HELP) {
- print <<EOF;
-gtkdoc-mkdb version @VERSION@ - generate docbook files
-
---module=MODULE_NAME Name of the doc module being parsed
---source-dir=DIRNAME Directories which contain inline reference material
---source-suffixes=SUFFIXES Suffixes of source files to scan, comma-separated
---ignore-files=FILES A space-separated list of header files/dirs not to
- scan
---output-dir=DIRNAME Directory to put the generated DocBook files in
---tmpl-dir=DIRNAME Directory in which template files may be found
---main-sgml-file=FILE File containing the toplevel DocBook file.
---expand-content-files=FILES Extra DocBook files to expand abbreviations in.
---output-format=FORMAT Format to use for the generated docbook, XML or SGML.
---{xml,sgml}-mode Allow DocBook markup in inline documentation.
---default-stability=LEVEL Specify default stability Level. Valid values are
- Stable, Unstable, or Private.
---default-includes=FILENAMES Specify default includes for section Synopsis
---name-space=NS Omit namespace in index.
---version Print the version of this program
---help Print this help
-EOF
- exit 0;
-}
-
-@TRACE@(" ignore files: [$IGNORE_FILES]\n");
-
-my ($empty_element_end, $doctype_header);
-
-# autodetect output format
-if (! defined($OUTPUT_FORMAT) || ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "")) {
- if (!$MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
- if (-e "${MODULE}-docs.xml") {
- $OUTPUT_FORMAT = "xml";
- } else {
- $OUTPUT_FORMAT = "sgml";
- }
- } else {
- if ($MAIN_SGML_FILE =~ m/.*\.(.*ml)$/i) {
- $OUTPUT_FORMAT = lc($1);
- }
- }
-
-} else {
- $OUTPUT_FORMAT = lc($OUTPUT_FORMAT);
-}
-
-if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "sgml") {
-print <<EOF;
-###############################################################################
-sgml support in gtk-doc is deprecated and will be removed from one of the next
-gtk-doc release.
-Please refer to the documentation "Modernizing the documentation"/"GTK-Doc 1.9".
-###############################################################################
-EOF
-}
-
-@TRACE@(" output-format: [$OUTPUT_FORMAT]\n");
-
-if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- if (!$MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
- # backwards compatibility
- if (-e "${MODULE}-docs.sgml") {
- $MAIN_SGML_FILE = "${MODULE}-docs.sgml";
- } else {
- $MAIN_SGML_FILE = "${MODULE}-docs.xml";
- }
- }
- $empty_element_end = "/>";
-
- if (-e $MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
- open(INPUT, "<$MAIN_SGML_FILE") || die "Can't open $MAIN_SGML_FILE";
- $doctype_header = "";
- while (<INPUT>) {
- if (/^\s*<(book|chapter|article)/) {
- # check that the top-level tag or the doctype decl contain the xinclude namespace decl
- if (($_ !~ m/http:\/\/www.w3.org\/200[13]\/XInclude/) && ($doctype_header !~ m/http:\/\/www.w3.org\/200[13]\/XInclude/m)) {
- $doctype_header = "";
- }
- last;
- }
- $doctype_header .= $_;
- }
- close(INPUT);
- $doctype_header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE refentry/;
- # if there are SYSTEM ENTITIES here, we should prepend "../" to the path
- # FIXME: not sure if we can do this now, as people already work-around the problem
- # $doctype_header =~ s#<!ENTITY % ([a-zA-Z-]+) SYSTEM \"([^/][a-zA-Z./]+)\">#<!ENTITY % $1 SYSTEM \"../$2\">#g;
- } else {
- $doctype_header =
-"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" .
-"<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n" .
-" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n" .
-"[\n" .
-" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" .
-"]>\n";
- }
-} else {
- if (!$MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
- $MAIN_SGML_FILE = "${MODULE}-docs.sgml";
- }
- $empty_element_end = ">";
- $doctype_header = "";
-}
-
my $ROOT_DIR = ".";
-
-# All the files are written in subdirectories beneath here.
-$TMPL_DIR = $TMPL_DIR ? $TMPL_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/tmpl";
-
-# This is where we put all the DocBook output.
-$DB_OUTPUT_DIR = $DB_OUTPUT_DIR ? $DB_OUTPUT_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
-
-# This file contains the object hierarchy.
-my $OBJECT_TREE_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.hierarchy";
-
-# This file contains the interfaces.
-my $INTERFACES_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.interfaces";
-
-# This file contains the prerequisites.
-my $PREREQUISITES_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.prerequisites";
-
-# This file contains signal arguments and names.
-my $SIGNALS_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.signals";
-
-# The file containing Arg information.
-my $ARGS_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.args";
+my $OBJECT_TREE_FILE;
+my $INTERFACES_FILE;
+my $PREREQUISITES_FILE;
+my $SIGNALS_FILE;
+my $ARGS_FILE;
# These global arrays store information on signals. Each signal has an entry
# in each of these arrays at the same index, like a multi-dimensional array.
my %IndexEntriesDeprecated;
# Standard C preprocessor directives, which we ignore for '#' abbreviations.
-my %PreProcessorDirectives;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"assert"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"define"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"elif"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"else"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"endif"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"error"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"if"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"ifdef"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"ifndef"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"include"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"line"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"pragma"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"unassert"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"undef"} = 1;
-$PreProcessorDirectives{"warning"} = 1;
+my %PreProcessorDirectives = (
+ 'assert' => 1,
+ 'define' => 1,
+ 'elif' => 1,
+ 'else' => 1,
+ 'endif' => 1,
+ 'error' => 1,
+ 'if' => 1,
+ 'ifdef' => 1,
+ 'ifndef' => 1,
+ 'include' => 1,
+ 'line' => 1,
+ 'pragma' => 1,
+ 'unassert' => 1,
+ 'undef' => 1,
+ 'warning' => 1
+);
# remember used annotation (to write minimal glossary)
my %AnnotationsUsed;
# https://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
'allow-none' => "NULL is OK, both for passing and for returning.",
'nullable' => "NULL may be passed as the value in, out, in-out; or as a return value.",
+ 'not nullable' => "NULL must not be passed as the value in, out, in-out; or as a return value.",
'optional' => "NULL may be passed instead of a pointer to a location.",
'array' => "Parameter points to an array of items.",
'attribute' => "Deprecated free-form custom annotation, replaced by (attributes) annotation.",
my %MD_GTK_ESCAPABLE_CHARS = ( "@" => 1,
"%" => 1 );
-# Create the root DocBook output directory if it doens't exist.
-if (! -e $DB_OUTPUT_DIR) {
- mkdir ("$DB_OUTPUT_DIR", 0777)
- || die "Can't create directory: $DB_OUTPUT_DIR";
-}
-
# Function and other declaration output settings.
my $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH = 20;
my $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH = 36;
my $SIGNAL_FIELD_WIDTH = 16;
my $PARAM_FIELD_COUNT = 2;
-&ReadKnownSymbols ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-sections.txt");
-&ReadSignalsFile ($SIGNALS_FILE);
-&ReadArgsFile ($ARGS_FILE);
-&ReadObjectHierarchy;
-&ReadInterfaces;
-&ReadPrerequisites;
-
-&ReadDeclarationsFile ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-decl.txt", 0);
-if (-f "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-overrides.txt") {
- &ReadDeclarationsFile ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-overrides.txt", 1);
-}
+# XML, SGML formatting helper
+my $doctype_header;
+
+
+run() unless caller; # Run program unless loaded as a module
+
+
+sub run {
+ my %optctl = ('module' => \$MODULE,
+ 'source-dir' => \@SOURCE_DIRS,
+ 'source-suffixes' => \$SOURCE_SUFFIXES,
+ 'ignore-files' => \$IGNORE_FILES,
+ 'output-dir' => \$DB_OUTPUT_DIR,
+ 'tmpl-dir' => \$TMPL_DIR,
+ 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
+ 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
+ 'main-sgml-file' => \$MAIN_SGML_FILE,
+ 'expand-content-files' => \$EXPAND_CONTENT_FILES,
+ 'sgml-mode' => \$INLINE_MARKUP_MODE,
+ 'xml-mode' => \$INLINE_MARKUP_MODE,
+ 'default-stability' => \$DEFAULT_STABILITY,
+ 'default-includes' => \$DEFAULT_INCLUDES,
+ 'output-format' => \$OUTPUT_FORMAT,
+ 'name-space' => \$NAME_SPACE,
+ 'outputallsymbols' => \$OUTPUT_ALL_SYMBOLS,
+ 'outputsymbolswithoutsince' => \$OUTPUT_SYMBOLS_WITHOUT_SINCE
+ );
+ GetOptions(\%optctl, "module=s", "source-dir:s", "source-suffixes:s",
+ "ignore-files:s", "output-dir:s", "tmpl-dir:s", "version",
+ "outputallsymbols", "outputsymbolswithoutsince",
+ "expand-content-files:s", "main-sgml-file:s", "extra-db-files:s", "help",
+ "sgml-mode", "xml-mode", "default-stability:s", "default-includes:s",
+ "output-format:s", "name-space:s");
+
+ if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
+ print "@VERSION@\n";
+ exit 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!$MODULE) {
+ $PRINT_HELP = 1;
+ }
+
+ if ($DEFAULT_STABILITY && $DEFAULT_STABILITY ne "Stable"
+ && $DEFAULT_STABILITY ne "Private" && $DEFAULT_STABILITY ne "Unstable") {
+ $PRINT_HELP = 1;
+ }
+
+ if ($PRINT_HELP) {
+ print <<EOF;
+gtkdoc-mkdb version @VERSION@ - generate docbook files
-for my $dir (@SOURCE_DIRS) {
- &ReadSourceDocumentation ($dir);
-}
+--module=MODULE_NAME Name of the doc module being parsed
+--source-dir=DIRNAME Directories which contain inline reference material
+--source-suffixes=SUFFIXES Suffixes of source files to scan, comma-separated
+--ignore-files=FILES A space-separated list of header files/dirs not to
+ scan
+--output-dir=DIRNAME Directory to put the generated DocBook files in
+--tmpl-dir=DIRNAME Directory in which template files may be found
+--main-sgml-file=FILE File containing the toplevel DocBook file.
+--expand-content-files=FILES Extra DocBook files to expand abbreviations in.
+--output-format=FORMAT Format to use for the generated docbook, XML or SGML.
+--{xml,sgml}-mode Allow DocBook markup in inline documentation.
+--default-stability=LEVEL Specify default stability Level. Valid values are
+ Stable, Unstable, or Private.
+--default-includes=FILENAMES Specify default includes for section Synopsis
+--name-space=NS Omit namespace in index.
+--version Print the version of this program
+--help Print this help
+EOF
+ exit 0;
+ }
+
+ @TRACE@(" ignore files: [$IGNORE_FILES]\n");
+
+ # check output format
+ if (! defined($OUTPUT_FORMAT) || ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "")) {
+ $OUTPUT_FORMAT = "xml";
+ } else {
+ $OUTPUT_FORMAT = lc($OUTPUT_FORMAT);
+ }
+ if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT ne "xml") {
+ die "Invalid format '$OUTPUT_FORMAT' passed to --output.format"
+ }
+
+ if (!$MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
+ # backwards compatibility
+ if (-e "${MODULE}-docs.sgml") {
+ $MAIN_SGML_FILE = "${MODULE}-docs.sgml";
+ } else {
+ $MAIN_SGML_FILE = "${MODULE}-docs.xml";
+ }
+ }
-my $changed = &OutputDB ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-sections.txt");
-
-# If any of the DocBook files have changed, update the timestamp file (so
-# it can be used for Makefile dependencies).
-if ($changed || ! -e "$ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp") {
-
- # try to detect the common prefix
- # GtkWidget, GTK_WIDGET, gtk_widget -> gtk
- if ($NAME_SPACE eq "") {
- $NAME_SPACE="";
- my $pos=0;
- my $ratio=0.0;
- do {
- my %prefix;
- my $letter="";
- foreach my $symbol (keys(%IndexEntriesFull)) {
- if(($NAME_SPACE eq "") || $symbol =~ /^$NAME_SPACE/i) {
- if (length($symbol)>$pos) {
- $letter=substr($symbol,$pos,1);
- # stop prefix scanning
- if ($letter eq "_") {
- # stop on "_"
- last;
+ # extract docbook header or define default
+ if (-e $MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
+ open(INPUT, "<$MAIN_SGML_FILE") || die "Can't open $MAIN_SGML_FILE";
+ $doctype_header = "";
+ while (<INPUT>) {
+ if (/^\s*<(book|chapter|article)/) {
+ # check that the top-level tagSYSTEM or the doctype decl contain the xinclude namespace decl
+ if (($_ !~ m/http:\/\/www.w3.org\/200[13]\/XInclude/) && ($doctype_header !~ m/http:\/\/www.w3.org\/200[13]\/XInclude/m)) {
+ $doctype_header = "";
+ }
+ last;
+ }
+ # if there are SYSTEM ENTITIES here, we should prepend "../" to the path
+ # FIXME: not sure if we can do this now, as people already work-around the problem
+ # s#<!ENTITY % ([a-zA-Z-]+) SYSTEM \"([^/][a-zA-Z./]+)\">#<!ENTITY % $1 SYSTEM \"../$2\">#;
+ s#<!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"([^"]*)\">#<!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"../$1\">#;
+ $doctype_header .= $_;
+ }
+ close(INPUT);
+ } else {
+ $doctype_header = <<EOF;
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "../xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+EOF
+ }
+ chomp($doctype_header);
+
+ # All the files are written in subdirectories beneath here.
+ $TMPL_DIR = $TMPL_DIR ? $TMPL_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/tmpl";
+
+ # This is where we put all the DocBook output.
+ $DB_OUTPUT_DIR = $DB_OUTPUT_DIR ? $DB_OUTPUT_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/xml";
+
+ # This file contains the object hierarchy.
+ $OBJECT_TREE_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.hierarchy";
+
+ # This file contains the interfaces.
+ $INTERFACES_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.interfaces";
+
+ # This file contains the prerequisites.
+ $PREREQUISITES_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.prerequisites";
+
+ # This file contains signal arguments and names.
+ $SIGNALS_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.signals";
+
+ # The file containing Arg information.
+ $ARGS_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.args";
+
+ # Create the root DocBook output directory if it doens't exist.
+ if (! -e $DB_OUTPUT_DIR) {
+ mkdir ("$DB_OUTPUT_DIR", 0777)
+ || die "Can't create directory: $DB_OUTPUT_DIR";
+ }
+
+ &ReadKnownSymbols ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-sections.txt");
+ &ReadSignalsFile ($SIGNALS_FILE);
+ &ReadArgsFile ($ARGS_FILE);
+ &ReadObjectHierarchy;
+ &ReadInterfaces;
+ &ReadPrerequisites;
+
+ &ReadDeclarationsFile ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-decl.txt", 0);
+ if (-f "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-overrides.txt") {
+ &ReadDeclarationsFile ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-overrides.txt", 1);
+ }
+
+ for my $dir (@SOURCE_DIRS) {
+ &ReadSourceDocumentation ($dir);
+ }
+
+ my $changed = &OutputDB ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-sections.txt");
+
+ # If any of the DocBook files have changed, update the timestamp file (so
+ # it can be used for Makefile dependencies).
+ if ($changed || ! -e "$ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp") {
+
+ # try to detect the common prefix
+ # GtkWidget, GTK_WIDGET, gtk_widget -> gtk
+ if ($NAME_SPACE eq "") {
+ $NAME_SPACE="";
+ my $pos=0;
+ my $ratio=0.0;
+ do {
+ my %prefix;
+ my $letter="";
+ foreach my $symbol (keys(%IndexEntriesFull)) {
+ if(($NAME_SPACE eq "") || $symbol =~ /^$NAME_SPACE/i) {
+ if (length($symbol)>$pos) {
+ $letter=substr($symbol,$pos,1);
+ # stop prefix scanning
+ if ($letter eq "_") {
+ # stop on "_"
+ last;
+ }
+ # Should we also stop on a uppercase char, if last was lowercase
+ # GtkWidget, if we have the 'W' and had the 't' before
+ # or should we count upper and lowercase, and stop one 2nd uppercase, if we already had a lowercase
+ # GtkWidget, the 'W' would be the 2nd uppercase and with 't','k' we had lowercase chars before
+ # need to recound each time as this is per symbol
+ $prefix{uc($letter)}++;
}
- # Should we also stop on a uppercase char, if last was lowercase
- # GtkWidget, if we have the 'W' and had the 't' before
- # or should we count upper and lowercase, and stop one 2nd uppercase, if we already had a lowercase
- # GtkWidget, the 'W' would be the 2nd uppercase and with 't','k' we had lowercase chars before
- # need to recound each time as this is per symbol
- $prefix{uc($letter)}++;
}
}
- }
- if ($letter ne "" && $letter ne "_") {
- my $maxletter="";
- my $maxsymbols=0;
- foreach $letter (keys(%prefix)) {
- #print "$letter: $prefix{$letter}.\n";
- if ($prefix{$letter}>$maxsymbols) {
- $maxletter=$letter;
- $maxsymbols=$prefix{$letter};
+ if ($letter ne "" && $letter ne "_") {
+ my $maxletter="";
+ my $maxsymbols=0;
+ foreach $letter (keys(%prefix)) {
+ #print "$letter: $prefix{$letter}.\n";
+ if ($prefix{$letter}>$maxsymbols) {
+ $maxletter=$letter;
+ $maxsymbols=$prefix{$letter};
+ }
}
+ $ratio = scalar(keys(%IndexEntriesFull)) / $prefix{$maxletter};
+ #print "most symbols start with $maxletter, that is ". (100 * $ratio) ." %\n";
+ if ($ratio > 0.9) {
+ # do another round
+ $NAME_SPACE .= $maxletter;
+ }
+ $pos++;
}
- $ratio = scalar(keys(%IndexEntriesFull)) / $prefix{$maxletter};
- #print "most symbols start with $maxletter, that is ". (100 * $ratio) ." %\n";
- if ($ratio > 0.9) {
- # do another round
- $NAME_SPACE .= $maxletter;
+ else {
+ $ratio=0.0;
}
- $pos++;
- }
- else {
- $ratio=0.0;
- }
- } while ($ratio > 0.9);
- #print "most symbols start with $NAME_SPACE\n";
+ } while ($ratio > 0.9);
+ #print "most symbols start with $NAME_SPACE\n";
+ }
+
+ &OutputIndexFull;
+ &OutputDeprecatedIndex;
+ &OutputSinceIndexes;
+ &OutputAnnotationGlossary;
+
+ open (TIMESTAMP, ">$ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp")
+ || die "Can't create $ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp: $!";
+ print (TIMESTAMP "timestamp");
+ close (TIMESTAMP);
}
-
- &OutputIndexFull;
- &OutputDeprecatedIndex;
- &OutputSinceIndexes;
- &OutputAnnotationGlossary;
-
- open (TIMESTAMP, ">$ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp")
- || die "Can't create $ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp: $!";
- print (TIMESTAMP "timestamp");
- close (TIMESTAMP);
}
#############################################################################
sub OutputObjectList {
my $cols = 3;
- # FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT
- # my $old_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+ # FIXME: use .xml
+ # my $old_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.xml";
my $old_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.sgml";
my $new_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_object_index")
|| die "Can't create $new_object_index: $!";
- if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- my $header = $doctype_header;
-
- $header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE informaltable/;
- print (OUTPUT "$header");
- }
-
print (OUTPUT <<EOF);
+${\( MakeDocHeader ("informaltable") )}
<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none">
<tgroup cols="$cols">
-<colspec colwidth="1*"${empty_element_end}
-<colspec colwidth="1*"${empty_element_end}
-<colspec colwidth="1*"${empty_element_end}
+<colspec colwidth="1*"/>
+<colspec colwidth="1*"/>
+<colspec colwidth="1*"/>
<tbody>
EOF
@TRACE@("End of section: $title\n");
if ($num_symbols > 0) {
# collect documents
- if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- $book_bottom .= " <xi:include href=\"xml/$filename.xml\"/>\n";
- } else {
- $book_top.="<!ENTITY $section_id SYSTEM \"sgml/$filename.sgml\">\n";
- $book_bottom .= " &$section_id;\n";
- }
+ $book_bottom .= " <xi:include href=\"xml/$filename.xml\"/>\n";
if (defined ($SourceSymbolDocs{"$TMPL_DIR/$filename:Include"})) {
if ($section_includes) {
if ($type eq 'FUNCTION' || $type eq 'USER_FUNCTION') {
$functions_synop .= $synop;
$functions_details .= $desc;
- } elsif ($type eq 'MACRO' && $declaration =~ /$symbol[ ]*\(/) {
+ } elsif ($type eq 'MACRO' && $declaration =~ /$symbol\(/) {
$functions_synop .= $synop;
$functions_details .= $desc;
} else {
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_index")
|| die "Can't create $new_index";
- my $header = $doctype_header;
- $header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE indexdiv/;
-
- print (OUTPUT "$header<indexdiv id=\"$basename\">\n");
+ print (OUTPUT &MakeDocHeader ("indexdiv")."\n<indexdiv id=\"$basename\">\n");
@TRACE@("generate $basename index (".%apiindex." entries)\n");
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_glossary")
|| die "Can't create $new_glossary";
- my $header = $doctype_header;
- $header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE glossary/;
-
print (OUTPUT <<EOF);
-$header
+${\( MakeDocHeader ("glossary") )}
<glossary id="annotation-glossary">
<title>Annotation Glossary</title>
EOF
my %field_descrs = @$params;
my $missing_parameters = "";
my $unused_parameters = "";
+ my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$symbol".".members");
$desc .= <<EOF;
-<refsect3 role="struct_members">\n<title>Members</title>
+<refsect3 id="$id" role="struct_members">\n<title>Members</title>
<informaltable role="struct_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
<tgroup cols="3">
<colspec colname="struct_members_name" colwidth="300px"/>
my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name};
my $param_annotations = "";
- $desc .= "<row><entry role=\"struct_member_name\"><para>$text</para></entry>\n";
+ $desc .= "<row
role=\"member\"><entry role=\"struct_member_name\"><para>$text</para></entry>\n";
if (defined $field_descr) {
($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr);
$field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr);
}
$desc .= "</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>\n</refsect3>\n";
foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) {
+ # Documenting those standard fields is not required anymore, but
+ # we don't want to warn if they are documented anyway.
+ if ($field_name =~ /(g_iface|parent_instance|parent_class)/) {
+ next;
+ }
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
"Field description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block.");
if ($unused_parameters ne "") {
my %field_descrs = @$params;
my $missing_parameters = "";
my $unused_parameters = "";
+ my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$symbol".".members");
$desc .= <<EOF;
-<refsect3 role="union_members">\n<title>Members</title>
+<refsect3 id="$id" role="union_members">\n<title>Members</title>
<informaltable role="union_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
<tgroup cols="3">
<colspec colname="union_members_name" colwidth="300px"/>
my $missing_parameters = "";
my $unused_parameters = "";
+ $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$symbol".".members");
$desc .= <<EOF;
-<refsect3 role="enum_members">\n<title>Members</title>
+<refsect3 id="$id" role="enum_members">\n<title>Members</title>
<informaltable role="enum_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
<tgroup cols="3">
<colspec colname="enum_members_name" colwidth="300px"/>
# Start a table if we need one.
if ($params_desc ne "") {
+ my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$symbol".".parameters");
+
$output .= <<EOF;
-<refsect3 role="parameters">\n<title>Parameters</title>
+<refsect3 id="$id" role="parameters">\n<title>Parameters</title>
<informaltable role="parameters_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
<tgroup cols="3">
<colspec colname="parameters_name" colwidth="150px"/>
# Output the returns info last
if ($returns ne "") {
+ my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$symbol".".returns");
+
$output .= <<EOF;
-<refsect3 role=\"returns\">\n<title>Returns</title>
+<refsect3 id="$id" role=\"returns\">\n<title>Returns</title>
EOF
$output .= $returns;
$output .= "\n</refsect3>";
my $extralinks = OutputSectionExtraLinks($title,"Section:$file");
- my $old_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
- my $new_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.$OUTPUT_FORMAT.new";
+ my $old_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.xml";
+ my $new_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.xml.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_db_file")
|| die "Can't create $new_db_file: $!";
next if ($object eq $section_id);
my $id = CreateValidSGMLID($object);
@TRACE@("Adding anchor for $object\n");
- $object_anchors .= "<anchor id=\"$id\"$empty_element_end";
+ $object_anchors .= "<anchor id=\"$id\"/>";
}
# Make sure we produce valid docbook
# since it changes every day (and it is only used in the man pages):
# "<refentry id="$section_id" revision="$mday $month $year">"
- if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- print OUTPUT $doctype_header;
- }
-
print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+${\( MakeDocHeader ("refentry") )}
<refentry id="$section_id">
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle role="top_of_page" id="$section_id.top_of_page">$title</refentrytitle>
# If the main docbook file hasn't been created yet, we create it here.
# The user can tweak it later.
if ($MAIN_SGML_FILE && ! -e $MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
- open (OUTPUT, ">$MAIN_SGML_FILE")
- || die "Can't create $MAIN_SGML_FILE: $!";
-
- if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- print OUTPUT <<EOF;
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
-]>
-<book id="index">
-EOF
- } else {
+ open (OUTPUT, ">$MAIN_SGML_FILE")
+ || die "Can't create $MAIN_SGML_FILE: $!";
+
print OUTPUT <<EOF;
-<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-$book_top
-]>
+${\( MakeDocHeader ("book") )}
<book id="index">
-EOF
- }
-
-print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<bookinfo>
- <title>$MODULE Reference Manual</title>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
<releaseinfo>
- for $MODULE [VERSION].
+ for &package_string;.
The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/$MODULE/index.html">http://[SERVER]/$MODULE/</ulink>.
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
</releaseinfo>
</bookinfo>
$book_bottom
</chapter>
EOF
- if (-e $OBJECT_TREE_FILE) {
- print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ if (-e $OBJECT_TREE_FILE) {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<chapter id="object-tree">
<title>Object Hierarchy</title>
<xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml"/>
</chapter>
EOF
- } else {
- print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ } else {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<!-- enable this when you use gobject types
<chapter id="object-tree">
<title>Object Hierarchy</title>
</chapter>
-->
EOF
- }
-
-print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ }
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<index id="api-index-full">
<title>API Index</title>
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-full.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</index>
EOF
- if (keys(%AnnotationsUsed)) {
- print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ if (keys(%AnnotationsUsed)) {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
EOF
- } else {
- print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ } else {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
<xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
-->
EOF
- }
- print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ }
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
</book>
EOF
- close (OUTPUT);
+ close (OUTPUT);
}
}
return "<" . $elem . ">" . $text . "</" . $elem . ">";
}
+#############################################################################
+# Function : MakeDocHeader
+# Description : Builds a docbook header for the given tag
+# Arguments : $tag - doctype tag
+#############################################################################
+
+sub MakeDocHeader {
+ my ($tag) = @_;
+ my $header = $doctype_header;
+ $header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE $tag/;
+
+ # fix the path for book since this is one level up
+ if ($tag eq "book") {
+ $header =~ s#<!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"../([a-zA-Z./]+)\">#<!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"$1\">#;
+ }
+
+ return $header;
+}
+
#############################################################################
# Function : MakeXRef
}
}
- $buffer .= "\n" . $buffer_deprecated . "\n" . $buffer_descriptions;
-
if ($total == 0) {
$percent = 100;
} else {
printf UNDOCUMENTED "%.0f%% symbol docs coverage.\n", $percent;
print UNDOCUMENTED "$n_documented symbols documented.\n";
print UNDOCUMENTED "$n_incomplete symbols incomplete.\n";
- print UNDOCUMENTED ($total - $n_documented) . " not documented.\n\n\n";
+ print UNDOCUMENTED ($total - $n_documented) . " not documented.\n";
- print UNDOCUMENTED $buffer;
+ if ($buffer_deprecated ne "") {
+ $buffer .= "\n" . $buffer_deprecated;
+ }
+ if ($buffer_descriptions ne "") {
+ $buffer .= "\n" . $buffer_descriptions;
+ }
+ if ($buffer ne "") {
+ print UNDOCUMENTED "\n\n$buffer";
+ }
close (UNDOCUMENTED);
return &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_undocumented_file, $new_undocumented_file, 0);
$text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "quote");
$output .= "<blockquote>\n$text</blockquote>\n";
} elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "code") {
+ my $tag = "programlisting";
+
if ($block->{"language"}) {
- $output .= "<informalexample><programlisting language=\"" . $block->{"language"} . "\"><![CDATA[\n";
+ if ($block->{"language"} eq "plain") {
+ $output .= "<informalexample><screen><![CDATA[\n";
+ $tag = "screen";
+ } else {
+ $output .= "<informalexample><programlisting language=\"" . $block->{"language"} . "\"><![CDATA[\n";
+ }
} else {
$output .= "<informalexample><programlisting><![CDATA[\n";
}
foreach (@{$block->{"lines"}}) {
$output .= &ReplaceEntities ($_, $symbol) . "\n";
}
- $output .= "]]></programlisting></informalexample>\n";
+ $output .= "]]></$tag></informalexample>\n";
} elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "markup") {
$text = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $block->{"text"});
$output .= $text."\n";
}
close (INPUT);
- # FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT
- # my $old_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+ # FIXME: use xml
+ # my $old_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$xml";
my $old_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml";
my $new_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_tree_index")
|| die "Can't create $new_tree_index: $!";
- if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- my $tree_header = $doctype_header;
-
- $tree_header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE screen/;
- print (OUTPUT "$tree_header");
- }
- print (OUTPUT "<screen>\n" . &AddTreeLineArt(\@tree) . "\n</screen>\n");
+ print (OUTPUT &MakeDocHeader ("screen")."\n<screen>\n".&AddTreeLineArt(\@tree)."\n</screen>\n");
close (OUTPUT);
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_tree_index, $new_tree_index, 0);
X--help) usage; exit 0;;
X--uninstalled) uninstalled=yes; shift;;
X--verbose) verbose="1"; shift;;
- X--path=*) searchpath=`echo $1 | sed s/.*=//`; shift;;
+ X--path=*) searchpath=`echo "$1" | sed s/.*=//`; shift;;
X--*) shift;;
X*) break;;
esac
exit 1
fi
-module=$1
+module="$1"
shift
-document=$1
+document="$1"
shift
quiet="1"
styledir=$gtkdocdir
fi
-if head -n 1 $document | grep "<?xml" > /dev/null; then
- is_xml=true
- path_option='--path'
-else
- is_xml=false
- path_option='--directory'
-fi
-
# we could do "$path_option $PWD "
# to avoid needing rewriting entities that are copied from the header
# into docs under xml
if test "X$searchpath" = "X"; then
path_arg=
else
- path_arg="$path_option $searchpath"
+ path_arg="--path $searchpath"
fi
-# Delete the old index.sgml file, if it exists.
-if test -f index.sgml; then
- rm -f index.sgml
+# profiling
+profile_args=""
+if test "$GTKDOC_PROFILE" != ""; then
+ profile_args="--profile"
fi
-if $is_xml; then
- #echo @XSLTPROC@ $path_arg --nonet --xinclude \
- # --stringparam gtkdoc.bookname $module \
- # --stringparam gtkdoc.version "@VERSION@" \
- # "$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl $document
- @XSLTPROC@ $path_arg --nonet --xinclude \
- --stringparam gtkdoc.bookname $module \
- --stringparam gtkdoc.version "@VERSION@" \
- --stringparam chunk.quietly $quiet \
- --stringparam chunker.output.quiet $quiet \
- "$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl $document || exit $?
+#echo @XSLTPROC@ $path_arg --nonet --xinclude \
+# --stringparam gtkdoc.bookname $module \
+# --stringparam gtkdoc.version "@VERSION@" \
+# "$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl "$document"
+@XSLTPROC@ 2>profile.txt $profile_args $path_arg --nonet --xinclude \
+ --stringparam gtkdoc.bookname $module \
+ --stringparam gtkdoc.version "@VERSION@" \
+ --stringparam chunk.quietly $quiet \
+ --stringparam chunker.output.quiet $quiet \
+ "$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl "$document" || exit $?
+
+# profiling
+if test "$GTKDOC_PROFILE" != ""; then
+ cat profile.txt | gprof2dot.py -e 0.01 -n 0.01 | dot -Tpng -o profile.png
else
- echo <<EOF;
-###############################################################################
-sgml support in gtk-doc is deprecated and will be removed from one of the next
-gtk-doc release.
-Please refer to the documentation "Modernizing the documentation"/"GTK-Doc 1.9".
-###############################################################################
-EOF
-
- @JADE@ $path_arg -t @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@ -w no-idref -d $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.dsl \
- -V "gtkdoc-bookname=$module" -V "gtkdoc-version=@VERSION@" \
- "$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.dcl $document || exit $?
+ rm profile.txt
fi
# copy navigation images and stylesheets to html directory ...
cleanexit() {
rm -f $module.fo
- exit $1
+ exit 1
}
# parse options, ignore unknown options for future extensions
X--help) usage; exit 0;;
X--uninstalled) uninstalled=yes; shift;;
X--verbose) verbose="1"; shift;;
- X--path=*) searchpath=`echo $1 | sed s/.*=//`; shift;;
- X--imgdir=*) imgdirs="$imgdirs -I `echo $1 | sed s/.*=//`"; shift;;
+ X--path=*) searchpath=`echo "$1" | sed s/.*=//`; shift;;
+ X--imgdir=*) imgdirs="$imgdirs -I `echo "$1" | sed s/.*=//`"; shift;;
X--*) shift;;
X*) break;;
esac
exit 1
fi
-module=$1
+module="$1"
shift
-document=$1
+document="$1"
shift
quiet="1"
--stringparam gtkdoc.version "@VERSION@" \
--stringparam chunk.quietly $quiet \
--stringparam chunker.output.quiet $quiet \
- "$@" -o $module.fo $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc-fo.xsl $document || cleanexit $?
+ "$@" -o $module.fo $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc-fo.xsl "$document" || cleanexit $?
# fop dies too easily :(
# @FOP@ $module.fo $module.pdf
else
else
# not very good output
# also for xxx-docs.sgml it will produce xxx-docs.pdf
- docbook2pdf -e no-valid $document
+ docbook2pdf -e no-valid "$document"
fi
echo "timestamp" > pdf.stamp
my $RELATIVE;
my $VERBOSE;
-my %optctl = ('html-dir' => \$HTML_DIR,
- 'other-dir' => \@OTHER_DIRS,
- 'dest-dir' => \$DEST_DIR,
- 'online' => \$ONLINE,
- 'relative' => \$RELATIVE,
- 'aggressive' => \$AGGRESSIVE,
- 'verbose' => \$VERBOSE,
- 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
- 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP);
-GetOptions(\%optctl, 'html-dir=s', 'other-dir=s@', 'dest-dir:s',
- 'online', 'relative', 'aggressive', 'verbose',
- 'version', 'help');
-
-if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
- print "@VERSION@\n";
- exit 0;
-}
+# Maps.
+# These two point to the last seen URI of given type for a package:
+# OnlineMap: package => on-line URI
+# LocalMap: package => local URI
+# This maps all seen URIs of a package to fix broken links in the process:
+# RevMap: URI => package
+my (%OnlineMap, %LocalMap, %RevMap);
+# Remember what mangling we did.
+my %Mapped;
+
-if ($PRINT_HELP) {
- print <<EOF;
+run() unless caller; # Run program unless loaded as a module
+
+
+sub run {
+ my %optctl = ('html-dir' => \$HTML_DIR,
+ 'other-dir' => \@OTHER_DIRS,
+ 'dest-dir' => \$DEST_DIR,
+ 'online' => \$ONLINE,
+ 'relative' => \$RELATIVE,
+ 'aggressive' => \$AGGRESSIVE,
+ 'verbose' => \$VERBOSE,
+ 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
+ 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP);
+ GetOptions(\%optctl, 'html-dir=s', 'other-dir=s@', 'dest-dir:s',
+ 'online', 'relative', 'aggressive', 'verbose',
+ 'version', 'help');
+
+ if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
+ print "@VERSION@\n";
+ exit 0;
+ }
+
+ if ($PRINT_HELP) {
+ print <<EOF;
gtkdoc-rebase version @VERSION@ - rewrite the base url of html files
--html-dir=HTML_DIR The directory which contains the installed HTML
--version Print the version of this program
--help Print this help
EOF
- exit 0;
-}
-
-if (!$HTML_DIR) {
- die "No HTML directory (--html-dir) given.\n";
-}
-
-# Maps.
-# These two point to the last seen URI of given type for a package:
-# OnlineMap: package => on-line URI
-# LocalMap: package => local URI
-# This maps all seen URIs of a package to fix broken links in the process:
-# RevMap: URI => package
-my (%OnlineMap, %LocalMap, %RevMap);
-# Remember what mangling we did.
-my %Mapped;
-
-my $dir;
-
-# We scan the directory containing GLib and any directories in GNOME2_PATH
-# first, but these will be overriden by any later scans.
-if (defined ($ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
- foreach $dir (split(/:/, $ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
- $dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
- if ($dir && -d $dir) {
- print "Prepending GNOME2_PATH directory: $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
- unshift @OTHER_DIRS, $dir;
- }
+ exit 0;
}
+
+ if (!$HTML_DIR) {
+ die "No HTML directory (--html-dir) given.\n";
+ }
+
+ my $dir;
+
+ # We scan the directory containing GLib and any directories in GNOME2_PATH
+ # first, but these will be overriden by any later scans.
+ if (defined ($ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
+ foreach $dir (split(/:/, $ENV{"GNOME2_PATH"})) {
+ $dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
+ if ($dir && -d $dir) {
+ print "Prepending GNOME2_PATH directory: $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ unshift @OTHER_DIRS, $dir;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ $dir = `pkg-config --variable=prefix glib-2.0`;
+ $dir =~ s/^\s*(\S*)\s*$/$1/;
+ $dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
+ print "Prepending GLib directory $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ unshift @OTHER_DIRS, $dir;
+
+ # Check all other dirs, but skip already scanned dirs ord subdirs of those
+ if ($DEST_DIR) {
+ $DEST_DIR =~ s#/?$#/#;
+ }
+ $HTML_DIR =~ s#/?$#/#;
+
+ foreach $dir (@OTHER_DIRS) {
+ &ScanDirectory($dir, $HTML_DIR);
+ }
+
+ if ($RELATIVE) {
+ &RelativizeLocalMap($HTML_DIR);
+ }
+
+ &RebaseReferences($HTML_DIR);
+ &PrintWhatWeHaveDone();
}
-$dir = `pkg-config --variable=prefix glib-2.0`;
-$dir =~ s/^\s*(\S*)\s*$/$1/;
-$dir = $dir . "/share/gtk-doc/html";
-print "Prepending GLib directory $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
-unshift @OTHER_DIRS, $dir;
-
-# Check all other dirs, but skip already scanned dirs ord subdirs of those
-if ($DEST_DIR) {
- $DEST_DIR =~ s#/?$#/#;
-}
-$HTML_DIR =~ s#/?$#/#;
-
-foreach $dir (@OTHER_DIRS) {
- &ScanDirectory($dir, $HTML_DIR);
-}
-
-if ($RELATIVE) {
- &RelativizeLocalMap($HTML_DIR);
-}
-
-&RebaseReferences($HTML_DIR);
-&PrintWhatWeHaveDone();
-
sub ScanDirectory {
my ($dir, $self) = @_;
print "Scanning documentation directory $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
if ("$dir/" eq $self) {
- print "Excluding self\n" if $VERBOSE;
- return;
+ print "Excluding self\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ return;
}
if (not opendir(HTMLDIR, $dir)) {
- print "Cannot open $dir: $!\n";
- return;
+ print "Cannot open $dir: $!\n";
+ return;
}
my $file;
+ my $onlinedir;
+ my $have_index = 0;
foreach $file (readdir(HTMLDIR)) {
- if ($file eq '.' or $file eq '..') {
- next;
- }
- elsif (-d "$dir/$file") {
- push @subdirs, $file;
- }
- elsif ($file eq "index.sgml") {
- &AddMap($dir);
- }
- elsif ($file eq "index.sgml.gz") {
- print "Please fix https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/77138\n";
- }
+ if ($file eq '.' or $file eq '..') {
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (-d "$dir/$file") {
+ push @subdirs, $file;
+ next;
+ }
+ if ($file =~ m/\.devhelp2$/) {
+ print "Reading index from $file\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ my $o = &ReadDevhelp($dir, $file);
+ # Prefer this location over possibly stale index.sgml
+ if ($o) {
+ $onlinedir = $o;
+ }
+ $have_index = 1;
+ }
+ if (!$onlinedir and ($file eq "index.sgml")) {
+ print "Reading index from index.sgml\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ $onlinedir = &ReadIndex($dir, $file);
+ $have_index = 1;
+ }
+ elsif ($file eq "index.sgml.gz") {
+ # debian/ubuntu started to compress this as index.sgml.gz :/
+ print <<EOF;
+Please fix https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/77138 . For now run:
+gunzip $dir/$file
+EOF
+ }
+ elsif ($file =~ m/\.devhelp2.gz$/) {
+ # debian/ubuntu started to compress this as *devhelp2.gz :/
+ print <<EOF;
+Please fix https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gtk-doc/+bug/1466210 . For now run:
+gunzip $dir/$file
+EOF
+ }
+ # we could consider supporting: use IO::Zlib;
}
closedir (HTMLDIR);
+ if ($have_index) {
+ &AddMap($dir, $onlinedir);
+ }
# Now recursively scan the subdirectories.
my $d;
foreach my $subdir (@subdirs) {
- &ScanDirectory("$dir/$subdir", $self);
+ &ScanDirectory("$dir/$subdir", $self);
}
}
-sub AddMap {
- my ($dir) = @_;
- my $file = "$dir/index.sgml";
- my ($onlinedir, $package);
+sub ReadDevhelp {
+ my ($dir, $file) = @_;
+ my $onlinedir;
- open(INDEXFILE, $file) || die "Can't open $file: $!";
+ open(INDEXFILE, "$dir/$file") || die "Can't open $dir/$file: $!";
while (<INDEXFILE>) {
- # ONLINE must come before any ANCHORs
- last if m/^<ANCHOR/;
- if (m/^<ONLINE\s+href\s*=\s*"([^"]+)"\s*>/) {
- $onlinedir = $1;
- # Remove trailing non-directory component.
- $onlinedir =~ s#(.*/).*#$1#;
- }
+ # online must come before chapter/functions
+ last if m/<(chapters|functions)/;
+ if (m/ online="([^"]*)"/) {
+ $onlinedir = $1;
+ # Remove trailing non-directory component.
+ $onlinedir =~ s#(.*/).*#$1#;
+ }
}
close (INDEXFILE);
+ return $onlinedir;
+}
+
+
+sub ReadIndex {
+ my ($dir, $file) = @_;
+ my $onlinedir;
+
+ open(INDEXFILE, "$dir/$file") || die "Can't open $dir/$file: $!";
+ while (<INDEXFILE>) {
+ # ONLINE must come before any ANCHORs
+ last if m/^<ANCHOR/;
+ if (m/^<ONLINE\s+href\s*=\s*"([^"]+)"\s*>/) {
+ $onlinedir = $1;
+ # Remove trailing non-directory component.
+ $onlinedir =~ s#(.*/).*#$1#;
+ }
+ }
+ close (INDEXFILE);
+ return $onlinedir;
+}
+
+
+sub AddMap {
+ my ($dir, $onlinedir) = @_;
+ my $package;
$dir =~ s#/?$#/#;
($package = $dir) =~ s#.*/([^/]+)/#$1#;
if ($DEST_DIR and substr($dir, 0, length $DEST_DIR) eq $DEST_DIR) {
- $dir = substr($dir, -1 + length $DEST_DIR);
+ $dir = substr($dir, -1 + length $DEST_DIR);
}
if ($onlinedir) {
- print "On-line location of $package: $onlinedir\n" if $VERBOSE;
- $OnlineMap{ $package } = $onlinedir;
- $RevMap{ $onlinedir } = $package;
+ print "On-line location of $package: $onlinedir\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ $OnlineMap{ $package } = $onlinedir;
+ $RevMap{ $onlinedir } = $package;
+ } else {
+ print "No On-line location for $package found\n" if $VERBOSE;
}
print "Local location of $package: $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
$LocalMap{ $package } = $dir;
sub RelativizeLocalMap {
my ($self) = @_;
my $prefix;
+ my $dir;
$self = realpath $self;
$self =~ s#/?$#/#;
($prefix = $self) =~ s#[^/]+/$##;
foreach my $package (keys %LocalMap) {
- $dir = $LocalMap{ $package };
- if (substr($dir, 0, length $prefix) eq $prefix) {
- $dir = "../" . substr($dir, length $prefix);
- $LocalMap{ $package } = $dir;
- print "Relativizing local location of $package to $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
- }
+ $dir = $LocalMap{ $package };
+ if (substr($dir, 0, length $prefix) eq $prefix) {
+ $dir = "../" . substr($dir, length $prefix);
+ $LocalMap{ $package } = $dir;
+ print "Relativizing local location of $package to $dir\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ }
}
}
opendir(HTMLDIR, $dir) || die "Can't open HTML directory $dir: $!";
foreach my $file (readdir(HTMLDIR)) {
- if ($file =~ m/\.html?$/) {
- &RebaseFile("$dir$file");
- }
+ if ($file =~ m/\.html?$/) {
+ &RebaseFile("$dir$file");
+ }
}
closedir (HTMLDIR);
}
my ($dir, $origdir, $file, $package);
if ($href =~ m#^(.*/)([^/]*)$#) {
- $dir = $origdir = $1;
- $file = $2;
- if ($RevMap{ $dir }) {
- $package = $RevMap{ $dir };
- }
- elsif ($dir =~ m#^\.\./([^/]+)/#) {
- $package = $1
- }
- elsif ($AGGRESSIVE) {
- $dir =~ m#([^/]+)/$#;
- $package = $1;
- }
-
- if ($package) {
- if ($ONLINE && $OnlineMap{ $package }) {
- $dir = $OnlineMap{ $package };
- }
- elsif ($LocalMap{ $package }) {
- $dir = $LocalMap{ $package };
- }
- $href = $dir . $file;
- }
- if ($dir ne $origdir) {
- if ($Mapped{ $origdir }) {
- $Mapped{ $origdir }->[1]++;
- }
- else {
- $Mapped{ $origdir } = [ $dir, 1 ];
- }
- }
+ $dir = $origdir = $1;
+ $file = $2;
+ if ($RevMap{ $dir }) {
+ $package = $RevMap{ $dir };
+ }
+ elsif ($dir =~ m#^\.\./([^/]+)/#) {
+ $package = $1
+ }
+ elsif ($AGGRESSIVE) {
+ $dir =~ m#([^/]+)/$#;
+ $package = $1;
+ }
+
+ if ($package) {
+ if ($ONLINE && $OnlineMap{ $package }) {
+ $dir = $OnlineMap{ $package };
+ }
+ elsif ($LocalMap{ $package }) {
+ $dir = $LocalMap{ $package };
+ }
+ $href = $dir . $file;
+ }
+ if ($dir ne $origdir) {
+ if ($Mapped{ $origdir }) {
+ $Mapped{ $origdir }->[1]++;
+ }
+ else {
+ $Mapped{ $origdir } = [ $dir, 1 ];
+ }
+ }
}
return $href;
}
sub PrintWhatWeHaveDone {
my ($origdir, $info);
foreach $origdir (sort keys %Mapped) {
- $info = $Mapped{$origdir};
- print "$origdir -> ", $info->[0], " (", $info->[1], ")\n";
+ $info = $Mapped{$origdir};
+ print "$origdir -> ", $info->[0], " (", $info->[1], ")\n";
}
}
# regexp matching decorators that should be ignored
my $IGNORE_DECORATORS;
-my %optctl = (module => \$MODULE,
- 'source-dir' => \@SOURCE_DIRS,
- 'ignore-headers' => \$IGNORE_HEADERS,
- 'output-dir' => \$OUTPUT_DIR,
- 'rebuild-types' => \$REBUILD_TYPES,
- 'rebuild-sections' => \$REBUILD_SECTIONS,
- 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
- 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
- 'deprecated-guards' => \$DEPRECATED_GUARDS,
- 'ignore-decorators' => \$IGNORE_DECORATORS);
-GetOptions(\%optctl, "module=s", "source-dir:s", "ignore-headers:s",
- "output-dir:s", "rebuild-types", "rebuild-sections", "version",
- "help", "deprecated-guards:s", "ignore-decorators:s");
-
-if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
- print "@VERSION@\n";
- exit 0;
-}
+my @get_types = ();
-if (!$MODULE) {
- $PRINT_HELP = 1;
-}
+# do not read files twice; checking it here permits to give both srcdir and
+# builddir as --source-dir without fear of duplicities
+my %seen_headers;
+
+
+run() unless caller; # Run program unless loaded as a module
-if ($PRINT_HELP) {
- print <<EOF;
+
+sub run {
+ my %optctl = (module => \$MODULE,
+ 'source-dir' => \@SOURCE_DIRS,
+ 'ignore-headers' => \$IGNORE_HEADERS,
+ 'output-dir' => \$OUTPUT_DIR,
+ 'rebuild-types' => \$REBUILD_TYPES,
+ 'rebuild-sections' => \$REBUILD_SECTIONS,
+ 'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
+ 'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
+ 'deprecated-guards' => \$DEPRECATED_GUARDS,
+ 'ignore-decorators' => \$IGNORE_DECORATORS);
+ GetOptions(\%optctl, "module=s", "source-dir:s", "ignore-headers:s",
+ "output-dir:s", "rebuild-types", "rebuild-sections", "version",
+ "help", "deprecated-guards:s", "ignore-decorators:s");
+
+ if ($PRINT_VERSION) {
+ print "@VERSION@\n";
+ exit 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!$MODULE) {
+ $PRINT_HELP = 1;
+ }
+
+ if ($PRINT_HELP) {
+ print <<EOF;
gtkdoc-scan version @VERSION@ - scan header files for public symbols
--module=MODULE_NAME Name of the doc module being parsed
--version Print the version of this program
--help Print this help
EOF
- exit 0;
-}
-
-$DEPRECATED_GUARDS = $DEPRECATED_GUARDS ? $DEPRECATED_GUARDS : "does_not_match_any_cpp_symbols_at_all_nope";
-
-$IGNORE_DECORATORS = $IGNORE_DECORATORS || "(?=no)match";
-
-$OUTPUT_DIR = $OUTPUT_DIR ? $OUTPUT_DIR : ".";
-
-if (!-d ${OUTPUT_DIR}) {
- mkdir($OUTPUT_DIR, 0755) || die "Cannot create $OUTPUT_DIR: $!";
-}
-
-my $old_decl_list = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl-list.txt";
-my $new_decl_list = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl-list.new";
-my $old_decl = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl.txt";
-my $new_decl = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl.new";
-my $old_types = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE.types";
-my $new_types = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE.types.new";
-my $sections_file = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-sections.txt";
-
-# If this is the very first run then we create the .types file automatically.
-if (! -e $sections_file && ! -e $old_types) {
- $REBUILD_TYPES = 1;
-}
-
-open (DECLLIST, ">$new_decl_list")
- || die "Can't open $new_decl_list";
-open (DECL, ">$new_decl")
- || die "Can't open $new_decl";
-if ($REBUILD_TYPES) {
- open (TYPES, ">$new_types")
- || die "Can't open $new_types";
-}
-
-my %section_list = ();
-my $file;
-
-my @get_types = ();
-
-
-# do not read files twice; checking it here permits to give both srcdir and
-# builddir as --source-dir without fear of duplicities
-my %seen_headers;
-
-# The header files to scan are passed in as command-line args.
-for $file (@ARGV) {
- &ScanHeader ($file, \%section_list);
-}
-
-for my $dir (@SOURCE_DIRS) {
- &ScanHeaders ($dir, \%section_list);
-}
-
-## FIXME: sort by key and output
-#print DECLLIST $section_list;
-my $section;
-foreach $section (sort(keys %section_list)) {
- print DECLLIST "$section_list{$section}";
-}
-
-close (DECLLIST);
-close (DECL);
-
-if ($REBUILD_TYPES) {
- my $func;
-
- foreach $func (sort(@get_types)) {
- print TYPES "$func\n";
+ exit 0;
}
- close (TYPES);
- &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_types, $new_types, 1);
-
- # remove the file if empty
- if (scalar (@get_types) == 0) {
- unlink ("$new_types");
+
+ $DEPRECATED_GUARDS = $DEPRECATED_GUARDS ? $DEPRECATED_GUARDS : "does_not_match_any_cpp_symbols_at_all_nope";
+
+ $IGNORE_DECORATORS = $IGNORE_DECORATORS || "(?=no)match";
+
+ $OUTPUT_DIR = $OUTPUT_DIR ? $OUTPUT_DIR : ".";
+
+ if (!-d ${OUTPUT_DIR}) {
+ mkdir($OUTPUT_DIR, 0755) || die "Cannot create $OUTPUT_DIR: $!";
+ }
+
+ my $old_decl_list = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl-list.txt";
+ my $new_decl_list = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl-list.new";
+ my $old_decl = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl.txt";
+ my $new_decl = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-decl.new";
+ my $old_types = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE.types";
+ my $new_types = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE.types.new";
+ my $sections_file = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-sections.txt";
+
+ # If this is the very first run then we create the .types file automatically.
+ if (! -e $sections_file && ! -e $old_types) {
+ $REBUILD_TYPES = 1;
+ }
+
+ open (DECLLIST, ">$new_decl_list")
+ || die "Can't open $new_decl_list";
+ open (DECL, ">$new_decl")
+ || die "Can't open $new_decl";
+ if ($REBUILD_TYPES) {
+ open (TYPES, ">$new_types")
+ || die "Can't open $new_types";
+ }
+
+ my %section_list = ();
+ my $file;
+
+ # The header files to scan are passed in as command-line args.
+ for $file (@ARGV) {
+ &ScanHeader ($file, \%section_list);
+ }
+
+ for my $dir (@SOURCE_DIRS) {
+ &ScanHeaders ($dir, \%section_list);
+ }
+
+ ## FIXME: sort by key and output
+ #print DECLLIST $section_list;
+ my $section;
+ foreach $section (sort(keys %section_list)) {
+ print DECLLIST "$section_list{$section}";
+ }
+
+ close (DECLLIST);
+ close (DECL);
+
+ if ($REBUILD_TYPES) {
+ my $func;
+
+ foreach $func (sort(@get_types)) {
+ print TYPES "$func\n";
+ }
+ close (TYPES);
+ &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_types, $new_types, 1);
+
+ # remove the file if empty
+ if (scalar (@get_types) == 0) {
+ unlink ("$new_types");
+ }
+ }
+
+ &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_decl_list, $new_decl_list, 1);
+ &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_decl, $new_decl, 1);
+
+ # If there is no MODULE-sections.txt file yet or we are asked to rebuild it,
+ # we copy the MODULE-decl-list.txt file into its place. The user can tweak it
+ # later if they want.
+ if ($REBUILD_SECTIONS || ! -e $sections_file) {
+ `cp $old_decl_list $sections_file`;
+ }
+
+ # If there is no MODULE-overrides.txt file we create an empty one
+ # because EXTRA_DIST in gtk-doc.make requires it.
+ my $overrides_file = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-overrides.txt";
+ if (! -e $overrides_file) {
+ `touch $overrides_file`;
}
}
-&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_decl_list, $new_decl_list, 1);
-&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_decl, $new_decl, 1);
-
-# If there is no MODULE-sections.txt file yet or we are asked to rebuild it,
-# we copy the MODULE-decl-list.txt file into its place. The user can tweak it
-# later if they want.
-if ($REBUILD_SECTIONS || ! -e $sections_file) {
- `cp $old_decl_list $sections_file`;
-}
-
-# If there is no MODULE-overrides.txt file we create an empty one
-# because EXTRA_DIST in gtk-doc.make requires it.
-my $overrides_file = "${OUTPUT_DIR}/$MODULE-overrides.txt";
-if (! -e $overrides_file) {
- `touch $overrides_file`;
-}
-
-
#############################################################################
# Function : ScanHeaders
# set appropriately before running this script.
#
+use strict;
use Getopt::Long;
push @INC, '@PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@';
# name of documentation module
my $MODULE;
+my $TYPES_FILE;
+my $NO_GTK_INIT;
my $OUTPUT_DIR;
my $VERBOSE;
my $PRINT_VERSION;
my $RUN;
# --nogtkinit is deprecated, as it is the default now anyway.
-%optctl = (module => \$MODULE,
+my %optctl = (module => \$MODULE,
types => \$TYPES_FILE,
nogtkinit => \$NO_GTK_INIT,
'type-init-func' => \$TYPE_INIT_FUNC,
my $old_args_filename = "$OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE.args";
my $new_args_filename = "$OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE.args.new";
-# write a C program to scan the types
+# generate a C program to scan the types
-$includes = "";
-@types = ();
+my $includes = "";
+my $forward_decls = "";
+my $get_types = "";
+my $ntypes = 1;
for (<TYPES>) {
if (/^#include/) {
next;
} else {
chomp;
- push @types, $_;
+ $get_types .= " object_types[i++] = $_ ();\n";
+ $forward_decls .= "extern GType $_ (void);\n";
+ $ntypes++;
}
}
-$ntypes = @types + 1;
-
print OUTPUT <<EOT;
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
if ($includes) {
print OUTPUT $includes;
} else {
- for (@types) {
- print OUTPUT "extern GType $_ (void);\n";
- }
+ print OUTPUT $forward_decls;
}
if ($QUERY_CHILD_PROPERTIES) {
#ifdef GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#endif
-GType object_types[$ntypes];
+static GType object_types[$ntypes];
static GType *
get_object_types (void)
{
- gpointer g_object_class;
- gint i = 0;
-EOT
-
-for (@types) {
- print OUTPUT " object_types[i++] = $_ ();\n";
-}
-
-print OUTPUT <<EOT;
- object_types[i] = 0;
-
- /* reference the GObjectClass to initialize the param spec pool
- * potentially needed by interfaces. See http://bugs.gnome.org/571820 */
- g_object_class = g_type_class_ref (G_TYPE_OBJECT);
-
- /* Need to make sure all the types are loaded in and initialize
- * their signals and properties.
- */
- for (i=0; object_types[i]; i++)
- {
- if (G_TYPE_IS_CLASSED (object_types[i]))
- g_type_class_ref (object_types[i]);
- if (G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (object_types[i]))
- g_type_default_interface_ref (object_types[i]);
- }
+ gpointer g_object_class;
+ gint i = 0;
+
+${get_types}
+ object_types[i] = G_TYPE_INVALID;
+
+ /* reference the GObjectClass to initialize the param spec pool
+ * potentially needed by interfaces. See http://bugs.gnome.org/571820 */
+ g_object_class = g_type_class_ref (G_TYPE_OBJECT);
+
+ /* Need to make sure all the types are loaded in and initialize
+ * their signals and properties.
+ */
+ for (i=0; object_types[i]; i++) {
+ if (G_TYPE_IS_CLASSED (object_types[i]))
+ g_type_class_ref (object_types[i]);
+ if (G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (object_types[i]))
+ g_type_default_interface_ref (object_types[i]);
+ }
- g_type_class_unref (g_object_class);
+ g_type_class_unref (g_object_class);
- return object_types;
+ return object_types;
}
/*
const gchar *prerequisites_filename = "$new_prerequisites_filename";
const gchar *args_filename = "$new_args_filename";
-
static void output_signals (void);
static void output_object_signals (FILE *fp,
GType object_type);
return 0;
}
-
static void
output_signals (void)
{
gint i;
fp = fopen (signals_filename, "w");
- if (fp == NULL)
- {
- g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", signals_filename, g_strerror(errno));
- return;
- }
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", signals_filename, g_strerror(errno));
+ return;
+ }
for (i = 0; object_types[i]; i++)
output_object_signals (fp, object_types[i]);
guint sig;
if (G_TYPE_IS_INSTANTIATABLE (object_type) ||
- G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (object_type))
- {
+ G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (object_type)) {
- object_class_name = g_type_name (object_type);
+ object_class_name = g_type_name (object_type);
- signals = g_signal_list_ids (object_type, &n_signals);
- qsort (signals, n_signals, sizeof (guint), compare_signals);
+ signals = g_signal_list_ids (object_type, &n_signals);
+ qsort (signals, n_signals, sizeof (guint), compare_signals);
- for (sig = 0; sig < n_signals; sig++)
- {
- output_object_signal (fp, object_class_name, signals[sig]);
- }
- g_free (signals);
- }
+ for (sig = 0; sig < n_signals; sig++) {
+ output_object_signal (fp, object_class_name, signals[sig]);
+ }
+ g_free (signals);
+ }
}
-
/* This outputs one signal. */
static void
output_object_signal (FILE *fp,
g_signal_query (signal_id, &query_info);
/* Output the signal object type and the argument name. We assume the
- type is a pointer - I think that is OK. We remove "Gtk" or "Gnome" and
- convert to lower case for the argument name. */
+ * type is a pointer - I think that is OK. We remove "Gtk" or "Gnome" and
+ * convert to lower case for the argument name. */
pos = buffer;
sprintf (pos, "%s ", object_name);
pos += strlen (pos);
* search for next upper case
*/
if (!strncmp (object_name, "Gtk", 3))
- object_arg = object_name + 3;
+ object_arg = object_name + 3;
else if (!strncmp (object_name, "Gnome", 5))
- object_arg = object_name + 5;
+ object_arg = object_name + 5;
else
- object_arg = object_name;
+ object_arg = object_name;
object_arg_lower = g_ascii_strdown (object_arg, -1);
sprintf (pos, "*%s\\n", object_arg_lower);
/* Convert signal name to use underscores rather than dashes '-'. */
strncpy (signal_name, query_info.signal_name, 127);
signal_name[127] = '\\0';
- for (i = 0; signal_name[i]; i++)
- {
- if (signal_name[i] == '-')
- signal_name[i] = '_';
- }
+ for (i = 0; signal_name[i]; i++) {
+ if (signal_name[i] == '-')
+ signal_name[i] = '_';
+ }
/* Output the signal parameters. */
- for (param = 0; param < query_info.n_params; param++)
- {
- type_name = get_type_name (query_info.param_types[param] & ~G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE, &is_pointer);
-
- /* Most arguments to the callback are called "arg1", "arg2", etc.
- GtkWidgets are called "widget", "widget2", ...
- GtkCallbacks are called "callback", "callback2", ... */
- if (!strcmp (type_name, "GtkWidget"))
- {
- arg_name = "widget";
- arg_num = &widget_num;
- }
- else if (!strcmp (type_name, "GtkCallback")
- || !strcmp (type_name, "GtkCCallback"))
- {
- arg_name = "callback";
- arg_num = &callback_num;
- }
- else
- {
- arg_name = "arg";
- arg_num = ¶m_num;
- }
- sprintf (pos, "%s ", type_name);
- pos += strlen (pos);
-
- if (!arg_num || *arg_num == 0)
- sprintf (pos, "%s%s\\n", is_pointer ? "*" : " ", arg_name);
+ for (param = 0; param < query_info.n_params; param++) {
+ type_name = get_type_name (query_info.param_types[param] & ~G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE, &is_pointer);
+
+ /* Most arguments to the callback are called "arg1", "arg2", etc.
+ GtkWidgets are called "widget", "widget2", ...
+ GtkCallbacks are called "callback", "callback2", ... */
+ if (!strcmp (type_name, "GtkWidget")) {
+ arg_name = "widget";
+ arg_num = &widget_num;
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp (type_name, "GtkCallback")
+ || !strcmp (type_name, "GtkCCallback")) {
+ arg_name = "callback";
+ arg_num = &callback_num;
+ }
+ else {
+ arg_name = "arg";
+ arg_num = ¶m_num;
+ }
+ sprintf (pos, "%s ", type_name);
+ pos += strlen (pos);
+
+ if (!arg_num || *arg_num == 0)
+ sprintf (pos, "%s%s\\n", is_pointer ? "*" : " ", arg_name);
+ else
+ sprintf (pos, "%s%s%i\\n", is_pointer ? "*" : " ", arg_name,
+ *arg_num);
+ pos += strlen (pos);
+
+ if (arg_num) {
+ if (*arg_num == 0)
+ *arg_num = 2;
else
- sprintf (pos, "%s%s%i\\n", is_pointer ? "*" : " ", arg_name,
- *arg_num);
- pos += strlen (pos);
-
- if (arg_num)
- {
- if (*arg_num == 0)
- *arg_num = 2;
- else
- *arg_num += 1;
- }
+ *arg_num += 1;
}
+ }
pos = flags;
/* We use one-character flags for simplicity. */
GType root_types[$ntypes] = { G_TYPE_INVALID, };
fp = fopen (hierarchy_filename, "w");
- if (fp == NULL)
- {
- g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", hierarchy_filename, g_strerror(errno));
- return;
- }
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", hierarchy_filename, g_strerror(errno));
+ return;
+ }
output_hierarchy (fp, G_TYPE_OBJECT, 0);
output_hierarchy (fp, G_TYPE_INTERFACE, 0);
FILE *fp;
fp = fopen (interfaces_filename, "w");
- if (fp == NULL)
- {
- g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", interfaces_filename, g_strerror(errno));
- return;
- }
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", interfaces_filename, g_strerror(errno));
+ return;
+ }
output_interfaces (fp, G_TYPE_OBJECT);
- for (i = 0; object_types[i]; i++)
- {
- if (!g_type_parent (object_types[i]) &&
- (object_types[i] != G_TYPE_OBJECT) &&
- G_TYPE_IS_INSTANTIATABLE (object_types[i]))
- {
- output_interfaces (fp, object_types[i]);
- }
+ for (i = 0; object_types[i]; i++) {
+ if (!g_type_parent (object_types[i]) &&
+ (object_types[i] != G_TYPE_OBJECT) &&
+ G_TYPE_IS_INSTANTIATABLE (object_types[i])) {
+ output_interfaces (fp, object_types[i]);
}
+ }
fclose (fp);
}
interfaces = g_type_interfaces (type, &n_interfaces);
- if (n_interfaces > 0)
- {
- fprintf (fp, "%s", g_type_name (type));
- for (i=0; i < n_interfaces; i++)
- fprintf (fp, " %s", g_type_name (interfaces[i]));
- fprintf (fp, "\\n");
- }
+ if (n_interfaces > 0) {
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", g_type_name (type));
+ for (i=0; i < n_interfaces; i++)
+ fprintf (fp, " %s", g_type_name (interfaces[i]));
+ fprintf (fp, "\\n");
+ }
g_free (interfaces);
children = g_type_children (type, &n_children);
FILE *fp;
fp = fopen (prerequisites_filename, "w");
- if (fp == NULL)
- {
- g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", prerequisites_filename, g_strerror(errno));
- return;
- }
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", prerequisites_filename, g_strerror(errno));
+ return;
+ }
output_prerequisites (fp, G_TYPE_INTERFACE);
fclose (fp);
}
prerequisites = g_type_interface_prerequisites (type, &n_prerequisites);
- if (n_prerequisites > 0)
- {
- fprintf (fp, "%s", g_type_name (type));
- for (i=0; i < n_prerequisites; i++)
- fprintf (fp, " %s", g_type_name (prerequisites[i]));
- fprintf (fp, "\\n");
- }
+ if (n_prerequisites > 0) {
+ fprintf (fp, "%s", g_type_name (type));
+ for (i=0; i < n_prerequisites; i++)
+ fprintf (fp, " %s", g_type_name (prerequisites[i]));
+ fprintf (fp, "\\n");
+ }
g_free (prerequisites);
children = g_type_children (type, &n_children);
gint i;
fp = fopen (args_filename, "w");
- if (fp == NULL)
- {
- g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", args_filename, g_strerror(errno));
- return;
- }
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ g_warning ("Couldn't open output file: %s : %s", args_filename, g_strerror(errno));
+ return;
+ }
for (i = 0; object_types[i]; i++) {
output_object_args (fp, object_types[i]);
gchar *lower;
gchar *upper;
- if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec);
+ if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec);
- lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gchar), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gchar), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT8 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT8)
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT8)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT8)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecUChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec);
+ lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gchar), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gchar), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT8 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT8)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT8)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT8)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecUChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec);
- lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guchar), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guchar), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT8)
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT8)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec);
+ lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guchar), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guchar), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT8)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT8)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec);
- lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT && pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT)
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecUInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec);
+ lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT && pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecUInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec);
- lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT)
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecLong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec);
+ lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecLong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec);
- lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(glong), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(glong), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == G_MINLONG && pspec->maximum == G_MAXLONG)
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == G_MINLONG)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXLONG)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_ULONG (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecULong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_ULONG (spec);
+ lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(glong), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(glong), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == G_MINLONG && pspec->maximum == G_MAXLONG)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == G_MINLONG)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXLONG)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_ULONG (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecULong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_ULONG (spec);
- lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(gulong), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(gulong), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXULONG)
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXULONG)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec);
+ lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(gulong), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(gulong), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXULONG)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXULONG)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec);
- lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint64), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint64), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT64 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT64)
+ lower = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint64), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_signed_constant (sizeof(gint64), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT64 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT64)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT64)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT64)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT64 (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecUInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT64 (spec);
+
+ lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint64), pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint64), pspec->maximum);
+ if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT64)
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
+ else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT64)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecFloat *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec);
+
+ lower = describe_double_constant (pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_double_constant (pspec->maximum);
+ if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->minimum, -G_MAXFLOAT)) {
+ if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXFLOAT))
desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == G_MININT64)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXINT64)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
}
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT64 (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecUInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT64 (spec);
+ else if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXFLOAT))
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecDouble *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec);
- lower = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint64), pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_unsigned_constant (sizeof(guint64), pspec->maximum);
- if (pspec->minimum == 0 && pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT64)
+ lower = describe_double_constant (pspec->minimum);
+ upper = describe_double_constant (pspec->maximum);
+ if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->minimum, -G_MAXDOUBLE)) {
+ if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXDOUBLE))
desc = g_strdup ("");
- else if (pspec->minimum == 0)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- else if (pspec->maximum == G_MAXUINT64)
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecFloat *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec);
-
- lower = describe_double_constant (pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_double_constant (pspec->maximum);
- if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->minimum, -G_MAXFLOAT))
- {
- if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXFLOAT))
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- }
- else if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXFLOAT))
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecDouble *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec);
-
- lower = describe_double_constant (pspec->minimum);
- upper = describe_double_constant (pspec->maximum);
- if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->minimum, -G_MAXDOUBLE))
- {
- if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXDOUBLE))
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
- }
- else if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXDOUBLE))
- desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
- g_free (lower);
- g_free (upper);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("<= %s", upper);
}
+ else if (GTKDOC_COMPARE_FLOAT (pspec->maximum, G_MAXDOUBLE))
+ desc = g_strdup_printf (">= %s", lower);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("[%s,%s]", lower, upper);
+ g_free (lower);
+ g_free (upper);
+ }
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION (2, 12, 0)
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_GTYPE (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecGType *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_GTYPE (spec);
- gboolean is_pointer;
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_GTYPE (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecGType *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_GTYPE (spec);
+ gboolean is_pointer;
- desc = g_strdup (get_type_name (pspec->is_a_type, &is_pointer));
- }
+ desc = g_strdup (get_type_name (pspec->is_a_type, &is_pointer));
+ }
#endif
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION (2, 25, 9)
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecVariant *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec);
- gchar *variant_type;
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecVariant *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec);
+ gchar *variant_type;
- variant_type = g_variant_type_dup_string (pspec->type);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("GVariant<%s>", variant_type);
- g_free (variant_type);
- }
+ variant_type = g_variant_type_dup_string (pspec->type);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("GVariant<%s>", variant_type);
+ g_free (variant_type);
+ }
#endif
- else
- {
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- }
+ else {
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ }
return desc;
}
{
gchar *desc;
- if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec);
+ if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_CHAR (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecUChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecUChar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UCHAR (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%u", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_BOOLEAN (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecBoolean *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_BOOLEAN (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%u", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_BOOLEAN (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecBoolean *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_BOOLEAN (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%s", pspec->default_value ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%s", pspec->default_value ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecUInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecUInt *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%u", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecLong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%u", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecLong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%ld", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecULong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_ULONG (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%ld", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_LONG (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecULong *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_ULONG (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%lu", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%lu", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_INT64 (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%" G_GINT64_FORMAT, pspec->default_value);
- }
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%" G_GINT64_FORMAT, pspec->default_value);
+ }
else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UINT64 (spec))
{
GParamSpecUInt64 *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UINT64 (spec);
desc = g_strdup_printf ("%" G_GUINT64_FORMAT, pspec->default_value);
}
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UNICHAR (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecUnichar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UNICHAR (spec);
-
- if (g_unichar_isprint (pspec->default_value))
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("'%c'", pspec->default_value);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%u", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_ENUM (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecEnum *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_ENUM (spec);
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_UNICHAR (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecUnichar *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_UNICHAR (spec);
- GEnumValue *value = g_enum_get_value (pspec->enum_class, pspec->default_value);
- if (value)
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%s", value->value_name);
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_FLAGS (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecFlags *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_FLAGS (spec);
- guint default_value;
- GString *acc;
+ if (g_unichar_isprint (pspec->default_value))
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("'%c'", pspec->default_value);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%u", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_ENUM (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecEnum *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_ENUM (spec);
- default_value = pspec->default_value;
- acc = g_string_new ("");
+ GEnumValue *value = g_enum_get_value (pspec->enum_class, pspec->default_value);
+ if (value)
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%s", value->value_name);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_FLAGS (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecFlags *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_FLAGS (spec);
+ guint default_value;
+ GString *acc;
- while (default_value)
- {
- GFlagsValue *value = g_flags_get_first_value (pspec->flags_class, default_value);
+ default_value = pspec->default_value;
+ acc = g_string_new ("");
- if (!value)
- break;
+ while (default_value) {
+ GFlagsValue *value = g_flags_get_first_value (pspec->flags_class, default_value);
- if (acc->len > 0)
- g_string_append (acc, " | ");
- g_string_append (acc, value->value_name);
+ if (!value)
+ break;
- default_value &= ~value->value;
- }
+ if (acc->len > 0)
+ g_string_append (acc, " | ");
+ g_string_append (acc, value->value_name);
- if (default_value == 0)
- desc = g_string_free (acc, FALSE);
- else
- {
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
- g_string_free (acc, TRUE);
- }
+ default_value &= ~value->value;
}
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecFloat *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec);
-
- /* make sure floats are output with a decimal dot irrespective of
- * current locale. Use formatd since we want human-readable numbers
- * and do not need the exact same bit representation when deserialising */
- desc = g_malloc0 (G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE);
- g_ascii_formatd (desc, G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE, "%g",
- pspec->default_value);
- }
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecDouble *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec);
-
- /* make sure floats are output with a decimal dot irrespective of
- * current locale. Use formatd since we want human-readable numbers
- * and do not need the exact same bit representation when deserialising */
- desc = g_malloc0 (G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE);
- g_ascii_formatd (desc, G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE, "%g",
- pspec->default_value);
+
+ if (default_value == 0)
+ desc = g_string_free (acc, FALSE);
+ else {
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("%d", pspec->default_value);
+ g_string_free (acc, TRUE);
}
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_STRING (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecString *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_STRING (spec);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecFloat *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_FLOAT (spec);
- if (pspec->default_value)
- {
- gchar *esc = g_strescape (pspec->default_value, NULL);
+ /* make sure floats are output with a decimal dot irrespective of
+ * current locale. Use formatd since we want human-readable numbers
+ * and do not need the exact same bit representation when deserialising */
+ desc = g_malloc0 (G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE);
+ g_ascii_formatd (desc, G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE, "%g",
+ pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecDouble *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_DOUBLE (spec);
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("\\"%s\\"", esc);
+ /* make sure floats are output with a decimal dot irrespective of
+ * current locale. Use formatd since we want human-readable numbers
+ * and do not need the exact same bit representation when deserialising */
+ desc = g_malloc0 (G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE);
+ g_ascii_formatd (desc, G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE, "%g",
+ pspec->default_value);
+ }
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_STRING (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecString *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_STRING (spec);
- g_free (esc);
- }
- else
- desc = g_strdup_printf ("NULL");
+ if (pspec->default_value) {
+ gchar *esc = g_strescape (pspec->default_value, NULL);
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("\\"%s\\"", esc);
+ g_free (esc);
}
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup_printf ("NULL");
+ }
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION (2, 25, 9)
- else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec))
- {
- GParamSpecVariant *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec);
+ else if (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec)) {
+ GParamSpecVariant *pspec = G_PARAM_SPEC_VARIANT (spec);
- if (pspec->default_value)
- desc = g_variant_print (pspec->default_value, TRUE);
- else
- desc = g_strdup ("NULL");
- }
+ if (pspec->default_value)
+ desc = g_variant_print (pspec->default_value, TRUE);
+ else
+ desc = g_strdup ("NULL");
+ }
#endif
- else
- {
- desc = g_strdup ("");
- }
+ else {
+ desc = g_strdup ("");
+ }
return desc;
}
gchar *type_desc;
gchar *default_value;
- if (G_TYPE_IS_OBJECT (object_type))
- {
- class = g_type_class_peek (object_type);
- if (!class)
- return;
+ if (G_TYPE_IS_OBJECT (object_type)) {
+ class = g_type_class_peek (object_type);
+ if (!class)
+ return;
- properties = g_object_class_list_properties (class, &n_properties);
- }
+ properties = g_object_class_list_properties (class, &n_properties);
+ }
#if GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION > 2 || (GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GLIB_MINOR_VERSION >= 3)
- else if (G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (object_type))
- {
- class = g_type_default_interface_ref (object_type);
+ else if (G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (object_type)) {
+ class = g_type_default_interface_ref (object_type);
- if (!class)
- return;
+ if (!class)
+ return;
- properties = g_object_interface_list_properties (class, &n_properties);
- }
+ properties = g_object_interface_list_properties (class, &n_properties);
+ }
#endif
else
return;
while (TRUE) {
qsort (properties, n_properties, sizeof (GParamSpec *), compare_param_specs);
- for (arg = 0; arg < n_properties; arg++)
- {
- GParamSpec *spec = properties[arg];
- const gchar *nick, *blurb, *dot;
-
- if (spec->owner_type != object_type)
- continue;
-
- pos = flags;
- /* We use one-character flags for simplicity. */
- if (child_prop && !style_prop)
- *pos++ = 'c';
- if (style_prop)
- *pos++ = 's';
- if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE)
- *pos++ = 'r';
- if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_WRITABLE)
- *pos++ = 'w';
- if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)
- *pos++ = 'x';
- if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
- *pos++ = 'X';
- *pos = 0;
-
- nick = g_param_spec_get_nick (spec);
- blurb = g_param_spec_get_blurb (spec);
-
- dot = "";
- if (blurb) {
- int str_len = strlen (blurb);
- if (str_len > 0 && blurb[str_len - 1] != '.')
- dot = ".";
- }
+ for (arg = 0; arg < n_properties; arg++) {
+ GParamSpec *spec = properties[arg];
+ const gchar *nick, *blurb, *dot;
+
+ if (spec->owner_type != object_type)
+ continue;
- type_desc = describe_type (spec);
- default_value = describe_default (spec);
- type_name = get_type_name (spec->value_type, &is_pointer);
- fprintf (fp, "<ARG>\\n<NAME>%s::%s</NAME>\\n<TYPE>%s%s</TYPE>\\n<RANGE>%s</RANGE>\\n<FLAGS>%s</FLAGS>\\n<NICK>%s</NICK>\\n<BLURB>%s%s</BLURB>\\n<DEFAULT>%s</DEFAULT>\\n</ARG>\\n\\n",
- object_class_name, g_param_spec_get_name (spec), type_name, is_pointer ? "*" : "", type_desc, flags, nick ? nick : "(null)", blurb ? blurb : "(null)", dot, default_value);
- g_free (type_desc);
- g_free (default_value);
+ pos = flags;
+ /* We use one-character flags for simplicity. */
+ if (child_prop && !style_prop)
+ *pos++ = 'c';
+ if (style_prop)
+ *pos++ = 's';
+ if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE)
+ *pos++ = 'r';
+ if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_WRITABLE)
+ *pos++ = 'w';
+ if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)
+ *pos++ = 'x';
+ if (spec->flags & G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
+ *pos++ = 'X';
+ *pos = 0;
+
+ nick = g_param_spec_get_nick (spec);
+ blurb = g_param_spec_get_blurb (spec);
+
+ dot = "";
+ if (blurb) {
+ int str_len = strlen (blurb);
+ if (str_len > 0 && blurb[str_len - 1] != '.')
+ dot = ".";
}
+ type_desc = describe_type (spec);
+ default_value = describe_default (spec);
+ type_name = get_type_name (spec->value_type, &is_pointer);
+ fprintf (fp, "<ARG>\\n<NAME>%s::%s</NAME>\\n<TYPE>%s%s</TYPE>\\n<RANGE>%s</RANGE>\\n<FLAGS>%s</FLAGS>\\n<NICK>%s</NICK>\\n<BLURB>%s%s</BLURB>\\n<DEFAULT>%s</DEFAULT>\\n</ARG>\\n\\n",
+ object_class_name, g_param_spec_get_name (spec), type_name, is_pointer ? "*" : "", type_desc, flags, nick ? nick : "(null)", blurb ? blurb : "(null)", dot, default_value);
+ g_free (type_desc);
+ g_free (default_value);
+ }
+
g_free (properties);
#ifdef GTK_IS_CONTAINER_CLASS
$RUN = $ENV{RUN} ? $ENV{RUN} : "";
}
-my $o_file;
-if ($CC =~ /libtool/) {
- $o_file = "$MODULE-scan.lo"
-} else {
- $o_file = "$MODULE-scan.o"
-}
+my $o_file = $CC =~ /libtool/ ? "$MODULE-scan.lo" :"$MODULE-scan.o";
my $stdout="";
if (!defined($VERBOSE) or $VERBOSE eq "0") {
}
# Compiling scanner
-$command = "$CC $stdout $CFLAGS -c -o $o_file $MODULE-scan.c";
+my $command = "$CC $stdout $CFLAGS -c -o $o_file $MODULE-scan.c";
system("($command)") == 0 or die "Compilation of scanner failed: $!\n";
# Linking scanner
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_interfaces_filename, $new_interfaces_filename, 0);
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_prerequisites_filename, $new_prerequisites_filename, 0);
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_args_filename, $new_args_filename, 0);
-
-
macro=`grep '^GTK_DOC_CHECK' $configure 2>/dev/null`
if test $? -eq 0; then
# GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
- params=`echo $macro | sed -e 's/^GTK_DOC_CHECK(\ *\(.*\))/\1/'`
+ params=`echo $macro | sed -e 's/^GTK_DOC_CHECK(\ *\(.*\)).*$/\1/'`
if echo $params | grep -q '^.*\,\ *\[\{0,1\}'; then
extra_options=`echo $params | sed -e 's/^.*\,\ *\[\{0,1\}\([^]]*\)\]\{0,1\}\ *$/\1/'`
#echo >&2 "DEBUG: adding extra options [$extra_options] to [$*]"
done
case "$flavour" in
- legacy*)
- ;;
legacy-flat*)
makefile=gtk-doc.flat.make
;;
- no-tmpl*)
- makefile=gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+ legacy*)
;;
no-tmpl-flat*)
makefile=gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make
;;
+ no-tmpl*)
+ makefile=gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+ ;;
*)
echo "$progname: invalid value for --flavour" 1>&2
echo "$usage" 1>&2
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
<book id="index">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc Manual</title>
- <edition>1.24</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.25</revnumber>
+ <date>21 March 2016</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
<date>29 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class='directory'>sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class='directory'>xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class='directory'>xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class='directory'>html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Files in <filename class='directory'>sgml/</filename> or
- <filename class='directory'>xml/</filename> and <filename class='directory'>html/</filename>
- directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ Files in <filename class='directory'>xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class='directory'>html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</variablelist>
<para>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
</para>
-
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
<book id="index" lang="bn-IN">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc সহায়িকা</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>GTK-Doc ব্যবহারের নির্দেশাবলী সহ, ডিভেলপরদের উদ্দেশ্যে নির্মিত সহায়িকা।</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
- <para><filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> অথবা <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> ও <filename class="directory">html/</filename> ডিরেক্টরির মধ্যে উপস্থিত ফাইলগুলি সর্বদা নতুন করে লেখা হবে। এই ফাইলগুলি সরাসরি পরিবর্তন করা উচিত নয়।</para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : স্থায়ীত্ব সংক্রান্ত তথ্য)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>সাধারণ ট্যাগ</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
# German translation of the gtk-doc manual.
# Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013.
+# Wolfgang Stöggl <c72578@yahoo.de>, 2015.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-08-25 14:20+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 16:36+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-19 07:07+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-05 11:15+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Stoeggl <c72578@yahoo.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.6\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2013\n"
-"Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2013"
+"Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2013, 2015"
-#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
+#: C/index.docbook:12
msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
msgstr "GTK-Doc-Handbuch"
-#: C/index.docbook:13(bookinfo/edition)
-msgid "1.18.1"
-msgstr "1.18.1"
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
+#: C/index.docbook:13
+msgid "1.24.1"
+msgstr "1.24.1"
-#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para)
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: C/index.docbook:14
msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
msgstr ""
"Benutzerhandbuch für Entwickler mit Anweisungen für die Benutzung von GTK-"
"Doc."
-#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:16
msgid ""
"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:25(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:25
msgid ""
"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:34
msgid ""
-"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>
Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>
Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
msgstr ""
-"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>
Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>
Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername)
+#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername
+#: C/index.docbook:45
msgid "GTK-Doc project"
msgstr "GTK-Doc-Projekt"
-#: C/index.docbook:44(bookinfo/publisher)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher
+#: C/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
msgstr ""
"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
-#: C/index.docbook:48(bookinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:48
msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth und Chris Lyttle</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:52(bookinfo/copyright)
-msgid "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
-msgstr "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:52
+msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:65(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:65
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "
"<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">Link</ulink> oder in der mit diesem "
"Handbuch gelieferten Datei COPYING-DOCS."
-#: C/index.docbook:73(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:73
msgid ""
"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
"informiert wurden, sind die Namen in Großbuchstaben oder mit großen "
"Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben."
-#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.
19.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.
24.1</revnumber> <date>30 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.
19.1</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.
24.1</revnumber> <date>30. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:89
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>7. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, veraltete Funktionen verworfen</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17. Juli 2014</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, veraltete Funktionen verworfen</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:113
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16. Februar 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerberhebungen, "
+"Unterstützung für Markdown, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, Verbesserte "
"Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Dringende Bugfix-"
"Aktualisierung</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14. Januar 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:143
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21. Mai 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Bug- und Regressionsfixes</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:149
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28. März 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes und Leistungsverbesserungen</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:155
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Aktualisierung eines "
"beschädigten Tarballs</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:161
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Neue Features und Bugfixes</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:137(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:167
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Migration auf die GNOME doc-"
"utils</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:150(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:180
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Einführung"
-#: C/index.docbook:152(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"Dieses Kapitel führt in GTK-Doc ein und gibt einen Überblick darüber, worum "
"es sich dabei handelt und wie es benutzt wird."
-#: C/index.docbook:158(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:188
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "Was ist GTK-Doc?"
-#: C/index.docbook:160(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:190
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"und GNOME-Bibliotheken. Es kann aber auch zur Dokumentation von "
"Anwendungscode verwendet werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:168(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:198
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Wie funktioniert GTK-Doc?"
-#: C/index.docbook:170(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:200
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"dokumentieren wird, die in den Header-Dateien deklariert sind. Es erstellt "
"keine Ausgaben für statische Funktionen."
-#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:207
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"GTK-Doc besteht aus einer Anzahl von Perl-Skripten, wovon jedes einen "
"bestimmten Schritt in dem Prozess ausführt."
-#: C/index.docbook:182(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:212
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Dieser Vorgang umfasst fünf Hauptschritte:"
-#: C/index.docbook:189(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:219
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"Vergangenheit wurden diese Informationen in erstellte Vorlagendateien "
"eingegeben. Dies wird nicht mehr empfohlen."
-#: C/index.docbook:199(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:229
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu "
"anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <filename><module>-decl.txt</"
"filename>. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden "
-"wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentatione "
+"wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentation "
"erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden "
"werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten "
"ähnlich derer in<filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> innerhalb "
"<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename> platzieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:246
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"any GObject properties and signals it provides."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> kann ebenso dazu verwendet "
-"werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendwine GObject-Subklasse "
-"anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informtionen über jede "
-"Objektposition in der Klassenhierachie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften "
+"werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendeine GObject-Subklasse "
+"anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informationen über jede "
+"Objektposition in der Klassenhierarchie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften "
"und -Signale, die es bietet."
-#: C/index.docbook:222(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:252
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"werden. Es war in der Vergangenheit notwendig, als GObject noch ein "
"GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war."
-#: C/index.docbook:229(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:259
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"Schritt. (Bedenken Sie, dass dies wiederholt ausgeführt werden kann. Es wird "
"versucht sicherzustellen, dass keine Dokumentation jemals verloren geht.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:238(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:268
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der "
"Versionsverwaltung."
-#: C/index.docbook:250(listitem/para)
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
-"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
+#| "<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML "
+#| "or XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or "
+#| "<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source "
+#| "code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment "
+#| "blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only "
+#| "reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend to use "
+#| "Docbook XML."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename "
"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
-"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
+"sources and introspection data."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Erstellen des SGML/XML und HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> wandelt die Vorlagen-Dateien in SGML- "
"werden, so wird nur Dokumentation von den Quell- und introspection-Daten "
"gelesen. Wir empfehlen Docbook XML zu verwenden."
-#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para)
-msgid ""
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
-"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
-"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files "
-"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:289
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into "
+#| "HTML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> "
+#| "subdirectory. Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the "
+#| "SGML/XML files into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</"
+#| "filename>."
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files "
+"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF "
+"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> konvertiert die SGML/XML-Dateien in "
"HTML-Dateien im Unterordner <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename>. "
"Ebenso konvertiert <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> die SGML/XML-"
"Dateien in ein PDF-Dokument namens <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:267(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:295
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+#| "class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory"
+#| "\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never "
+#| "edit them directly."
msgid ""
-"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
-"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
-"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them "
-"directly."
+"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class="
+"\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One "
+"should never edit them directly."
msgstr ""
"Dateien in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> oder <filename "
"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> und <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"filename>-Ordnern werden immer überschrieben. Niemand sollte diese direkt "
"bearbeiten."
-#: C/index.docbook:275(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:303
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-"
"tarball zur Verteilung wandelt <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> alle "
"externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor "
-"erstellter) Dokumente wird die selbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in "
+"erstellter) Dokumente wird dieselbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in "
"lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden)."
-#: C/index.docbook:293(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:321
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "GTK-Doc bekommen"
-#: C/index.docbook:296(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Erfordernisse"
-#: C/index.docbook:297(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - Die Hauptskripte wurden in Perl geschrieben."
-#: C/index.docbook:300(sect2/para)
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink "
-"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
-"davenport</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - Die DTD für DocBook SGML. <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</"
-"ulink>"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:304(sect2/para)
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
-"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
-"\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - Dies ist ein DSSSL-Prozessor zur Umwandlung "
-"von SGML in verschiedene Formate. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" "
-"type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:308(sect2/para)
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to "
-"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with "
-"jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the "
-"program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference "
-"indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl"
-"\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Modulare DocBook-Stilvorlagen</guilabel> Dies ist der DSSSL-Code "
-"zur Umwandlung von DocBook in HTML und einige andere Formate. Es wird "
-"zusammen mit Jade benutzt. Ich habe den DSSSL-Code in gtk-doc.dsl etwas "
-"angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und "
-"um globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. <ulink "
-"url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/"
-"docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:317(sect2/para)
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from "
-"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise "
-"section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and "
-"the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</"
-"ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - Wenn Sie man-Hilfeseiten vom DocBook "
-"erstellen möchten. Ich habe die »translation spec« geringfügig angepasst, um "
-"Abschnittüberschriften groß zu schreiben und den Titel »GTK-bibliothek« oben "
-"auf jeder Seite und das Überarbeitungsdatum unten zu platzieren. Dazu gibt "
-"es einen Verweis auf <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http"
-"\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> HINWEIS: Das funktioniert noch nicht."
-
-#: C/index.docbook:328(sect2/title)
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:328
msgid ""
-"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Es gibt keinen Standardort, an welchem die Modularen DocBook-Stilvorlagen "
-"installiert werden."
-
-#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para)
-msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
+"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
+"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Das Configure-Skript von GTK-Doc durchsucht folgende drei Ordner automatisch:"
+"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - der xslt-Verarbeiter von libxslt <ulink url="
+"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:332
msgid ""
-"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
-"RedHat)"
+"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
+"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
+"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (verwendet "
-"von RedHat)"
+"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - die docbook xsl-Stilvorlagen <ulink url="
+"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
+"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para)
-msgid ""
-"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
-msgstr ""
-"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (verwendet von "
-"Debian)"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:341(sect2/para)
-msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
-msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (verwendet von SuSE)"
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:336
+msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - für gtkdoc-depscan"
-#: C/index.docbook:344(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:339
msgid ""
-"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure "
-"GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
-"PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>"
+"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
+"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
+"examples"
msgstr ""
-"Falls sie Stilvorlagen an anderen Orten installiert haben, müssen Sie GTK-"
-"Doc mit folgender Option konfigurieren: <command>--with-dsssl-dir=<"
-"PFAD_ZUM_BASISORDNER_DER_STILVORLAGEN> </command>"
-#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:347
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Info zu GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:370(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:384(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:349 C/index.docbook:363
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(FIXME)"
-#: C/index.docbook:374(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:353
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with "
+#| "other similar systems.)"
msgid ""
-"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other "
-"similar systems.)"
+"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
+"comparison with other similar systems.)"
msgstr ""
"(Geschichte, Autoren, Webseiten, Lizenz, Zukunftspläne, Vergleich mit "
"ähnlichen Systemen)"
-#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:361
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Über dieses Handbuch"
-#: C/index.docbook:388(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:367
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(wofür es bestimmt ist, wo Sie es erhalten können, Lizenz)"
-#: C/index.docbook:397(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:376
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Einrichten Ihres Projekts"
-#: C/index.docbook:399(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:378
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"Erstellungssysteme</link> die Grundlagen für die Arbeit in einer anderen "
"Erstellungsumgebung."
-#: C/index.docbook:410(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:389
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Einrichten des Grundgerüsts der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:412(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:391
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"die nur eine einzige Bibliothek enthalten, ist dieser Schritt nicht "
"notwendig."
-#: C/index.docbook:421(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:400
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Beispiel für die Ordnerstruktur"
-#: C/index.docbook:422(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"meep/\n"
" docs/\n"
" reference/\n"
" src/\n"
" libmeep/\n"
" meeper/\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"meep/\n"
" docs/\n"
" reference/\n"
" src/\n"
" libmeep/\n"
" meeper/\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:419(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:398
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Dies kann dann wie nachstehend angezeigt aussehen: <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:439(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:446(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:416 C/index.docbook:423
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Integration in autoconf"
-#: C/index.docbook:441(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:418
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"Sehr einfach! Fügen Sie eine Zeile zu Ihrem <filename>configure.ac</"
"filename>-Skript hinzu."
-#: C/index.docbook:447(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"# check for gtk-doc\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"# check for gtk-doc\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:461(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:436
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Halten Sie gtk-doc optional"
-#: C/index.docbook:462(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"# check for gtk-doc\n"
"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
"],[\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
"])\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"# check for gtk-doc\n"
"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
"],[\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
"])\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:456(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:431
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"ist, weil gtkdocize nach <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> am Anfang einer "
"Zeile sucht. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:475(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:448
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure "
"hinzu:"
-#: C/index.docbook:481(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:454
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=PATH : Pfad zur installierten Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:482(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:455
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc : gtk-doc zur Erstellung der Dokumentation verwenden "
"[Vorgabe=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:483(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:456
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : Erstellung der Dokumentation im HTML-Format "
"[Vorgabe=yes]"
-#: C/index.docbook:484(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:457
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : Erstellung der Dokumentation im PDF-Format "
"[Vorgabe=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:488(important/para)
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"erstellte Dokumentation installiert. Dies ergibt für Benutzer durchaus Sinn, "
"aber nicht für Entwickler."
-#: C/index.docbook:496(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:469
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"application> das automatische Kopieren der Makrodefinition für "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> in Ihr Projekt."
-#: C/index.docbook:504(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:477
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Vorbereitung für gtkdocize"
-#: C/index.docbook:505(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:515(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:483
+msgid ""
+"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
+"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
+"<code>autoreconf -i</code> or <code>autogen.sh</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:491
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Integration in automake"
-#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples "
-"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation "
-"directory ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></"
-"filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:493
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples "
+#| "subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation "
+#| "directory ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package>"
+#| "</filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one."
+msgid ""
+"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
+"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"
+"ulink> to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="
+"\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). A local copy "
+"should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"
+"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat "
+"this for each one."
msgstr ""
"Kopieren Sie zunächst die Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> aus dem "
"Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner "
"package></filename>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, "
"müssen Sie dies für jedes davon wiederholen."
-#: C/index.docbook:524(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"Alle Werkzeuge unterstützen <option>--help</option> zur Auflistung der "
"unterstützten Parameter."
-#: C/index.docbook:535(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add "
-"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile."
-"am</filename>:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vielleicht möchten Sie auch GTK-Doc für das distcheckmake-Ziel aktivieren. "
-"Fügen Sie dazu den im nächsten Beispiel gezeigten Einzeiler zur Datei "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> der obersten Ebene hinzu:"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:542(example/title)
-msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
-msgstr "GTK-Doc während »make distcheck« aktivieren"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:543(example/programlisting)
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-
-#: C/index.docbook:554(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:518
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Integration in autogen"
-#: C/index.docbook:556(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:520
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"solchen Skript verwendet werden kann. Es sollte vor autoheader, automake "
"oder autoconf ausgeführt werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:565(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:529
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Ausführen von gtkdocize durch autogen.sh"
-#: C/index.docbook:566(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:530
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:574(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:536
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"function> enthalten ist. Dieses Makro kann verwendet werden, um weitere "
"Parameter an <application>gtkdocize</application> zu übergeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:583(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:545
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
"importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der "
"Versionsverwaltung."
-#: C/index.docbook:600(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:617(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:562 C/index.docbook:579
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Erstellung der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:602(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:564
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"danach <filename>configure</filename> manuell aus, ebenfalls mit dieser "
"Option."
-#: C/index.docbook:609(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:571
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
"(früher .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:618(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:580
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
"make\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
"make\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:626(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:586
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"wenig enttäuschend. Im nächsten Abschnitt zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie die "
"Seiten mit Leben füllen können."
-#: C/index.docbook:634(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme"
-#: C/index.docbook:636(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
-"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
-"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:596
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
+#| "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
+#| "package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</"
+#| "filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+#| "filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "
+"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."
+"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the "
+"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Als Faustregel gilt, dass alle von Ihnen bearbeiteten Dateien auch unter "
"Versionsverwaltung stehen sollten. In typischen Projekten sind das folgende "
"package>-docs..xml</filename> (früher .sgml), <filename><package>-"
"sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:604
+msgid ""
+"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "
+"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "
+"<filename>.stamp</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:612
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme"
-#: C/index.docbook:649(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:614
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
msgstr ""
"Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit <filename>gtk-doc.mak</"
"filename> einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles "
-"(oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen ."
+"(oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen."
-#: C/index.docbook:656(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:657(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// sources have changed\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
"// xml files have changed\n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// sources have changed\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
"// xml files have changed\n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:673(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:636
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"Man muss sich <filename>Makefile.am</filename> und <filename>gtk-doc.mak</"
"filename> anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen."
-#: C/index.docbook:682(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:643
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
+msgid "Integration with CMake build systems"
+msgstr "Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:645
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and "
+"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). "
+"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can "
+"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:655
+msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:656
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n"
+"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:653
+msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:681
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Dokumentieren des Codes"
-#: C/index.docbook:684(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:683
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
msgstr ""
"GTK-Doc benutzt Quellcode-Kommentare mit einer speziellen Syntax für Code-"
"Dokumentation. Weiterhin werden Informationen über Ihre Projektstruktur aus "
-"anderen Quellen geholt. Im nächsten Abschnitt finden sie umfassende "
+"anderen Quellen geholt. Im nächsten Abschnitt finden Sie umfassende "
"Informationen über die Syntax der Kommentare."
-#: C/index.docbook:692(note/title)
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:691
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Platzierung der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:692
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"Informationen oft nicht aktualisiert wurden und die Datei tendenziell "
"Konflikte mit Versionsverwaltungssystemen verursachen kann."
-#: C/index.docbook:699(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:698
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"Dokumentation innerhalb der Quellen zu halten. In diesem Handbuch wird "
"ausschließlich dieser Weg des Dokumentierens des Quellcodes beschrieben."
-#: C/index.docbook:710(example/title) C/index.docbook:729(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:709 C/index.docbook:735
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:711(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
"/* unparseable code here */\n"
"#endif\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
"/* unparseable code here */\n"
"#endif\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:706(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:705
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
-"Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im falle von "
+"Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im Falle von "
"Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc "
"anweisen diese zu überspringen. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:724(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:719
+msgid "Limitations"
+msgstr "Einschränkungen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:720
+msgid ""
+"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but "
+"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:730
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Kommentare zur Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:730(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * identifier:\n"
" * documentation ...\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * identifier:\n"
" * documentation ...\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:726(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:732
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"einen Kommentarblock, der von den Werkzeugen in GTK-Doc verarbeitet wird. <_:"
"example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:745
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts "
"variieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:747(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:751
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. "
"Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur "
"ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche "
-"umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie "
+"umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden Sie "
"stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und "
"dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen)."
-#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:768
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"Was es ist: Der Name für eine Klasse oder Funktion kann manchmal Irre "
"führend sein für Personen, die einen anderen Hintergrund haben."
-#: C/index.docbook:770(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:774
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
"Was es ist: Berichtet über normale Anwendungsfälle. Stellen Sie es ins "
"Verhältnis mit der anderen API."
-#: C/index.docbook:760(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:764
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:785(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:789
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie function(), um einen Bezug zu Funktionen oder Makros "
"herzustellen, die Argumente akzeptieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:794
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"Sie dies auch, wenn es um einen Bezug zu Parametern anderer Funktionen geht, "
"bezogen auf jene, die Sie gerade beschreiben."
-#: C/index.docbook:796(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:800
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr ""
"Benutzen Sie %constant, um einen Bezug auf eine Konstante herzustellen, z.B. "
"%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
-#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:805
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. "
"»structs« und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen."
-#: C/index.docbook:807(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:811
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr "Verwenden Sie #Object::signal, um auf ein GObject-Signal zu verweisen"
-#: C/index.docbook:812(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:816
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie #Object:property, um auf eine GObject-Eigenschaft zu verweisen."
-#: C/index.docbook:817(listitem/para)
-msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure."
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:821
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure."
+msgid ""
+"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
+"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie #Struct.field, um auf ein Feld innerhalb einer Struktur zu "
"verweisen."
-#: C/index.docbook:779(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:783
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"stellt GTK-Doc eine Reihe von praktischen Abkürzungen bereit. <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:825(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:830
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit "
"einem Backslash »\\« maskieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:834(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:839
+msgid ""
+"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
+"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
+"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://"
+"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc "
+"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. "
+"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:850
msgid ""
-"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and "
-"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments "
-"you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</option> "
-"in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is "
+"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook "
+"xml is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:856
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and "
+#| "examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
+#| "comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-"
+#| "mode</option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside "
+#| "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
+"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments "
+"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in "
+"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""
"DocBook kann mehr als nur verknüpfen. Sie können auch Listen, Tabellen und "
"<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> in der Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> "
"die Option <option>--xml-mode</option> oder <option>--sgml-mode</option>."
-#: C/index.docbook:848(example/title)
-msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown"
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:865
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown"
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock in Markdown-Syntax"
-#: C/index.docbook:849(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:866
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * identifier:\n"
" *\n"
-" * documentation ...\n"
+" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
" *\n"
-" * # Sub heading #\n"
+" * # Sub Heading #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
" *\n"
" * more documentation:\n"
+" *\n"
" * - list item 1\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
+" *\n"
" * - list item 2\n"
" *\n"
-" * Even more docs.\n"
+" * 1. numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" *\n"
+" * \n"
+" *\n"
+" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
+" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
+" * ]|\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * identifier:\n"
" *\n"
-" * documentation ...\n"
+" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
" *\n"
-" * # Sub heading #\n"
+" * # Sub Heading #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
" *\n"
" * more documentation:\n"
+" *\n"
" * - list item 1\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
+" *\n"
" * - list item 2\n"
" *\n"
-" * Even more docs.\n"
+" * 1. numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" *\n"
+" * \n"
+" *\n"
+" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
+" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
+" * ]|\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:842(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:905
msgid ""
-"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://"
-"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One can "
-"use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc versions "
-"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line "
-"separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
+"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
+"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
+"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Seit GTK-Doc-1.18 unterstützt das Werkzeug eine Teilmenge, d.h. die <ulink "
-"url=\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</"
-"ulink>. Man kann sie verwenden für Untertitel und einfache aufgegliederte "
-"Listen. In älteren Versionen von GTK-Doc wird der Inhalt unverändert "
-"dargestellt (Die Listeneinträge erscheinen in einer Zeile durch Bindestriche "
-"getrennt). <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:870(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:911
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die "
"Abschnittsdatei einzubauen."
-#: C/index.docbook:884(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:925
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Dokumentieren von Abschnitten"
-#: C/index.docbook:886(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:927
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"Abschnittsblock schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im "
"Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Alle @-Felder sind optional."
-#: C/index.docbook:894(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:935
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Abschnitts-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:895(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
" * @short_description: the application class\n"
" *\n"
" * The application class handles ...\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
" * @short_description: the application class\n"
" *\n"
" * The application class handles ...\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:916(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:955
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<name>"
-#: C/index.docbook:918(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:957
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"angegebene Name sollte der Markierung <FILE> in der Datei "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> entsprechen."
-#: C/index.docbook:927(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:966
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
-#: C/index.docbook:929(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:968
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"Eine einzeilige Beschreibung des Abschnitts, die später hinter den Verweisen "
"im Inhaltsverzeichnis und oben in der Abschnittsseite erscheint."
-#: C/index.docbook:936(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:975
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
-#: C/index.docbook:938(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:977
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"Der Abschnittstitel in der SECTION-Deklaration, Vorgabe ist <name>. Er "
"kann im Feld @title überschrieben werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:945(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:984
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
-#: C/index.docbook:947(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:986
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"wird der <Titel> als section_id verwendet and für andere Abschnitte "
"<MODUL>-<Titel>."
-#: C/index.docbook:955(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:994
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
-#: C/index.docbook:957(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:996
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Eine Liste von Symbolen, welche sich auf diesen Abschnitt beziehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:963(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1002
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
-#: C/index.docbook:970(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1009
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be "
"rare, and to have strong justifications."
msgstr ""
-"Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten "
+"Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten "
"es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese "
"freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen "
"Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle "
"Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen "
"von stark berechtigten."
-#: C/index.docbook:982(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1021
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"Lösung erwartet wird. Es werden keine Garantien zu Quell- oder "
"Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:994(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"kann, aber nicht für Endanwender dokumentiert ist. Solche Funktionen sollten "
"nur auf spezifizierte und dokumentierte Weisen verwendet werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1003(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1042
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"Endanwender-Dokumentation erfordert. Undokumentierte Funktionen werden als "
"intern angesehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:965(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1004
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"Eine informelle Beschreibung der Stabilitätsstufe dieser API. Wir empfehlen "
"dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1015(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1054
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
-#: C/index.docbook:1017(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"<link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">Abschnittsdatei</link> oder von der "
"Befehlszeile wird überschrieben. Dieser Punkt ist optional."
-#: C/index.docbook:1026(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1065
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
-#: C/index.docbook:1028(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"Klasse oder ein Diagramm sein, das die Beziehungen zu anderen Klassen "
"darstellt. Dieses Objekt ist optional."
-#: C/index.docbook:1039(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1078
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"platzieren Sie die Abschnittsdokumentation in die C-Quellen, wo immer es "
"möglich ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1048(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1087
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Dokumentieren von Symbolen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1050(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1089
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
msgstr ""
"Jedes Symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal und property) wird in "
"einem separaten Block dokumentiert. Der Block wird am besten nahe der "
-"Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron "
-"zu halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, "
-"»macro«, »struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei."
+"Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron zu "
+"halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, »macro«, "
+"»struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei."
-#: C/index.docbook:1058(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1087(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1097 C/index.docbook:1163
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Allgemeine Markierungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1060(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1099
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"hinzufügen, um darauf hinzuweisen, wann eine API eingeführt oder wann sie "
"als veraltet markiert wurde."
-#: C/index.docbook:1065(variablelist/title)
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1104
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Versionierungs-Markierungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1066(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Since:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1068(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1107
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Beschreibung, seit welcher Version des Codes die API verfügbar ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1073(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1112
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Deprecated:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1075(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1114
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"werden sollte. Die Beschreibung sollte einen Verweis auf die neue API "
"enthalten."
-#: C/index.docbook:1083(sect2/para)
-msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
-msgstr "(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)"
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1122
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
+#| "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
+msgid ""
+"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to "
+"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor "
+"releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Versionsinformationen zu allen Dokumentationselementen "
+"hinzufügen, um darauf hinzuweisen, wann eine API eingeführt oder wann sie "
+"als veraltet markiert wurde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
+msgid ""
+"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by "
+"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "@stability"
+msgid "Stability Tags"
+msgstr "@stability"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
+msgid "Stability: Stable"
+msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1088(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to "
+"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1144
+msgid "Stability: Unstable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1146
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as "
+"a preview before being stabilised."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1152
+msgid "Stability: Private"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1154
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by "
+"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * foo_get_bar:\n"
" * @foo: some foo\n"
"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
"{\n"
"...\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * foo_get_bar:\n"
" * @foo: some foo\n"
" *\n"
" * Since: 2.6\n"
" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
-" **/\n"
+" */\n"
"Bar *\n"
"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
"{\n"
"...\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1194
+msgid "Annotations"
+msgstr "Anmerkungen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1186
+msgid ""
+"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be "
+"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by "
+"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the "
+"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1195
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
"\n"
-" "
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
-#: C/index.docbook:1110(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1146(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1216 C/index.docbook:1245
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Kommentarblock einer Funktion"
-#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1222
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"Dokumentieren, ob zurückgegebene Objekte, Listen, Zeichenketten usw. befreit/"
"dereferenziert/freigegeben werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1122(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1228
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall "
"geschieht."
-#: C/index.docbook:1127(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1233
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Erwähnen Sie interessante Vorbedingungen (und nachfolgende Bedingungen), wo "
"es nützlich erscheint."
-#: C/index.docbook:1112(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1209(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1218 C/index.docbook:1304
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Bitte denken Sie an: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1134(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1240
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« "
"beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1139(sect2/para)
-msgid ""
-"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
-"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-msgstr ""
-"Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation tags«: "
-"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1147(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * function_name:\n"
" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
" * Since: 2.2\n"
" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * function_name:\n"
" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
" * Since: 2.2\n"
" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1170(variablelist/title)
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1267
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Funktions-Tags"
-#: C/index.docbook:1171(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1268
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Returns:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1173(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1270
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Abschnitt, der das zurückgegebene Ergebnis beschreibt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1178(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1275
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1180(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1277
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1190(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1192(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1287 C/index.docbook:1289
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Property-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1193(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1290
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
" *\n"
" * Here you can document a property.\n"
" */\n"
"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
" *\n"
" * Here you can document a property.\n"
" */\n"
"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1207(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1226(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1302 C/index.docbook:1321
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Signal-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1308
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"Dokumentiert, wann ein Signal ausgegeben wird und ob es vor oder nach "
"anderen Signalen ausgegeben wird."
-#: C/index.docbook:1219(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1314
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Dokumentiert, was eine Anwendung in dem Signal-Handler tun könnte."
-#: C/index.docbook:1227(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
" ...\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
" ...\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1246(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1247(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1339 C/index.docbook:1340
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Struct-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1248(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * FooWidget:\n"
" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-" /*< private >*/\n"
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
"\n"
-" /*< public >*/\n"
" gboolean bar;\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * FooWidget:\n"
" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-" /*< private >*/\n"
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
"\n"
-" /*< public >*/\n"
" gboolean bar;\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1356
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"Feldern, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, "
"verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1273(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1362
+msgid ""
+"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" "
+"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned "
+"in the comment block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1368
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
"and the section)."
msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1285(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1286(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1380 C/index.docbook:1381
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Enum-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1287(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * Something:\n"
" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
" /*< private >*/\n"
" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
"} Something;\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"/**\n"
" * Something:\n"
" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
" *\n"
" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
-" *\n"
-" **/\n"
+" */\n"
"typedef enum {\n"
" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
" /*< private >*/\n"
" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
"} Something;\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1306(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1399
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"Werten, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, "
"verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1316(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1409
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Nützliche DocBook-Tags"
-#: C/index.docbook:1318(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1411
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"Nachfolgend finden Sie einige DocBook-Tags, die beim Dokumentieren von Code "
"nützlich sein können."
-#: C/index.docbook:1327(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1323(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1416
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"dies einfach der Klassenname. Leerzeichen und Unterstriche werden SGML/XML-"
"konform in »-« umgewandelt. "
-#: C/index.docbook:1342(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1339(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1430
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Funktion, z.B. einer C-Standardfunktion: "
"<_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1353(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<example>\n"
" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
" <programlisting>\n"
" ...\n"
" </programlisting>\n"
"</example>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<example>\n"
" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
" <programlisting>\n"
" ...\n"
" </programlisting>\n"
"</example>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1366(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<informalexample>\n"
" <programlisting>\n"
" ...\n"
" </programlisting>\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<informalexample>\n"
" <programlisting>\n"
" ...\n"
" </programlisting>\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1350(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1439
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"kurze Codeschnipsel, die keinen Titel benötigen: <_:informalexample-2/> "
"Außerdem unterstützt GTK-Doc auch eine Abkürzung: |[ ... ]|"
-#: C/index.docbook:1387(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<itemizedlist>\n"
" <listitem>\n"
" <para>\n"
" </para>\n"
" </listitem>\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<itemizedlist>\n"
" <listitem>\n"
" <para>\n"
" </para>\n"
" </listitem>\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1384(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1469
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für eine Liste mit Aufzählungszeichen: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1409(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<note>\n"
" <para>\n"
" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
" </para>\n"
"</note>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<note>\n"
" <para>\n"
" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
" </para>\n"
"</note>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1406(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1489
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Für eine nicht zum eigentlichen Text gehörende Notiz: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1424(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1421(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1502
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Typ: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1435(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1511
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Struktur (die nicht in den GTK-Docs "
"beschrieben wird): <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1446(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1443(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1520
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Feld einer Struktur: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1457(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1454(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1529
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"#GtkWidget (um automatisch eine Verknüpfung zur GtkWidget-Seite zu erstellen "
"- lesen Sie <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">die Abkürzungen</link>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1470(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1467(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1540
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Zum Hervorheben von Text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1481(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1478(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1549
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für Dateinamen: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1492(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1489(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1558
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Schlüssel: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1504(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1571
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Füllen der zusätzlichen Dateien"
-#: C/index.docbook:1506(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1573
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (früher .sgml), "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1515(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1582
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Bearbeiten der Typendatei"
-#: C/index.docbook:1517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1584
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<function>xxx_get_type</function>-Funktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in "
"der Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> aufzulisten."
-#: C/index.docbook:1526(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1593
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Beispiel-Schnipsel einer Typen-Datei"
-#: C/index.docbook:1527(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
"\n"
"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
"\n"
"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1540(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> hinzu. Wenn Sie so vorgehen sollten Sie "
"nicht ??"
-#: C/index.docbook:1549(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Bearbeiten des Master-Dokuments"
-#: C/index.docbook:1551(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1616
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"Dokumentationsseite pro Klasse oder Modul als separate Datei. Das "
"Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge."
-#: C/index.docbook:1558(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
-"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
-"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test "
-"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good "
-"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "
-"introduced there."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1623
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will "
+#| "not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the "
+#| "documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-"
+#| "Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated "
+#| "from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if "
+#| "there are some new goodies introduced there."
+msgid ""
+"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will "
+"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the "
+"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc "
+"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from "
+"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there "
+"are some new goodies introduced there."
msgstr ""
"Während GTK-Doc ein Vorlagen-Hauptdokument für Sie erstellt wird eine "
"spätere Ausführung es nicht mehr verändern. Dies bedeutet, dass man das "
"sich diese von Zeit zu Zeit anzusehen und zu schauen, ob dort einige "
"Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1568(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung "
"die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst."
-#: C/index.docbook:1577(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1642
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"recht wenig. Es gibt einige Platzhalter (Text in eckigen Klammern), die Sie "
"beachten sollten."
-#: C/index.docbook:1584(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1649
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Kopfzeile des Master-Dokuments"
-#: C/index.docbook:1585(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1650
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<bookinfo>\n"
" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
" <releaseinfo>\n"
"\n"
"<chapter>\n"
" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"<bookinfo>\n"
" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
" <releaseinfo>\n"
"\n"
"<chapter>\n"
" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
+msgid ""
+"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can "
+"review these and enable them as you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1672
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Editing the master document"
+msgid "Optional part in the master document"
+msgstr "Bearbeiten des Master-Dokuments"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1681
+msgid ""
+"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link "
+"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind "
+"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1689 C/index.docbook:1724
+msgid "Including generated sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1690
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>my library</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+msgstr ""
"\n"
-" "
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>my library</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
-#: C/index.docbook:1606(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Bearbeiten der Abschnittsdatei"
-#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1704
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"Doc zu organisieren. Man gibt an, welches Symbol zu welchem Modul oder "
"welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1710
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
+#| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as "
+#| "comment lines."
msgid ""
-"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
-"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
-"lines."
+"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank "
+"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines."
msgstr ""
"Die Abschnittsdatei ist eine reine Textdatei mit XML-ähnlicher Syntax (mit "
"Tags). Leere Zeilen werden ignoriert und Zeilen, die mit »#« beginnen, "
"werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1620(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1717
+msgid ""
+"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close "
+"tags like <SUBSECTION>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1725
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1742
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
+#| "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
+#| "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
+#| "template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
+#| "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config."
+#| "sgml</filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
+#| "filename>. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the "
+#| "section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name "
+#| "converted to lower case)."
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
-"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</"
"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
"Abschnittstitel. Für GObject basiert er auf dem GObjekt-Klassennamen in "
"Kleinbuchstaben)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1632(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1754
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"erstellt werden, weil der Titel in der Vorlage diesen überschreibt. Wenn man "
"das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig."
-#: C/index.docbook:1639(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1761
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"SUBSECTION Private> für private Deklarationen verwenden, welche nicht "
"ausgegeben werden …"
-#: C/index.docbook:1658(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1780
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"#include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt "
"werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien "
"ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, "
-"wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende.Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines "
+"wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende. Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines "
"Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1672(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Überprüfung des Ergebnisses"
-#: C/index.docbook:1674(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1796
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"Klartext vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet "
"werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1683(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1805
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"Abschnitts-Dokumente. Unvollständige Einträge sind jene, welche "
"Dokumentation haben, aber z.B. ein neuer Parameter hinzugefügt worden ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1692(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1814
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"den Quellen gefundenen Symbole. Prüfen Sie, ob diese entfernt oder falsch "
"geschrieben wurden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1699(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1821
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"der Datei <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> hinzugefügt "
"wurde."
-#: C/index.docbook:1707(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1829
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"wird damit eine Plausibilitätsprüfung während <command>make check</command> "
"ausgeführt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1714(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"zweite listet alle Deklarationen aus den Kopfdateien. Falls ein Symbol fehlt "
"kann man prüfen, ob diese Datei es enthält."
-#: C/index.docbook:1723(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1845
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files "
+#| "produced by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</"
+#| "filename>, <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, "
+#| "<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+#| "package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>."
+#| "signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one "
+#| "can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further "
+#| "analysis, by running it as <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</"
+#| "command>."
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
-"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc "
+"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc "
"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "
"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
msgstr ""
"behalten, indem man <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command> "
"ausführt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1738(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1860
+msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
+msgstr "Die Dokumentation modernisieren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1862
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
+"features together with the version since when it is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1870
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}"
+#| "</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist die neue Seite xi:eingebunden von <filename><package>-docs.{xml,"
+"sgml}</filename>?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from "
+"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular "
+"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a "
+"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as "
+"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-"
+"sections.txt</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1886
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
+"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
+"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "
+"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into you source "
+"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1900
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the "
+"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the "
+"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for "
+"code that is build conditionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1911
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1917
+msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
+msgstr "gtkdoc-check einschalten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1918
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
+msgid ""
+"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
+"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
+"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1931
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
+"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
+"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link "
+"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1943
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1953
+msgid "Use pre-generated entities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1954
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1945
+msgid ""
+"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at "
+"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. "
+"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file "
+"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is any example that shows how "
+"the entity file is included and how the entities are used. The entities can "
+"also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in "
+"generated xml files. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1979
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1740(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1981
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"dokumentieren. In den nächsten Abschnitten finden Sie Vorschläge, wie die "
"Werkzeuge zum Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen eingesetzt werden können."
-#: C/index.docbook:1747(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1988
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen und Handbuchseiten"
-#: C/index.docbook:1749(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1990
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"the reference and one gets the man-page for free."
msgstr ""
-"Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für ein docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen "
+"Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für einen docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen "
"kann, klingt es nach einer guten Idee, es für diesen Zweck einzusetzen. Auf "
"diese Weise ist die Schnittstelle Teil der Referenz und man erhält "
"kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite."
-#: C/index.docbook:1756(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1997
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Dokumentieren des Werkzeuges"
-#: C/index.docbook:1758(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1999
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"können Sie die generierte Datei im XML-Verzeichnis oder Beispiele (z.B. in "
"glib) ansehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:1768(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2009
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Hinzufügen der zusätzlichen Configure-Überprüfungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1771(example/title) C/index.docbook:1791(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2012 C/index.docbook:2030
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Configure-Überprüfungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1772(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:2013
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
"\n"
"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
"\n"
"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1788(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2027
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Hinzufügen der zusätzlichen Makefile-Regeln"
-#: C/index.docbook:1792(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"man_MANS = \\\n"
" meeper.1\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
-"\n"
-" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\n"
"man_MANS = \\\n"
" meeper.1\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1816(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2053
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "DBus-Schnittstellen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1818(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2055
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1827(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2064
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Häufig gestellte Fragen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1831(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:2068
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Frage"
-#: C/index.docbook:1832(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:2069
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Antwort"
-#: C/index.docbook:1834(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2071
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Keine Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2072
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"Die <function>xxx_get_type()</function>-Funktion des Objekts wurde nicht in "
"die Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> eingegeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:1841(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2078
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Noch immer keine Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2079
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"sections.txt</filename> (lesen Sie die <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/"
"archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">Erklärung</ulink>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1848(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2085
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Verdammt, ich habe immer noch keine Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1849(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2086
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"Ist der Objektname (Name des Instanz-struct, z.B. <type>GtkWidget</type>) "
"Teil des normalen Abschnitts (nicht in den Standard- oder Unterabschnitte)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1856(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2093
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Kein Symbolindex."
-#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2094
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"Enthält <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> einen Index, "
"der den erstellten Index xi:enthält?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1863(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2100
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr "Symbole werden nicht mit deren Dokumentationsbschnitt verknüpft."
-#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2101
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"Verwendet das doc-comment das richtige Markup (hinzugefügtes »#«,»%« oder "
"»()«)? Prüfen Sie, ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen nicht auflösbarer xrefs warnt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1870(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2107
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Eine neue Klasse erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation."
-#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2108
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"Ist die neue Seite xi:eingebunden von <filename><package>-docs.{xml,"
"sgml}</filename>?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1877(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2114
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Ein neues Symbol erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation."
-#: C/index.docbook:1878(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2115
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> in einem öffentlichen "
"Abschnitt gelistet ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1886(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2123
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1887(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2124
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
-"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
+"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown."
msgstr ""
"Wenn der Typ in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> gelistet ist, "
"aber nicht in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, dann prüfen Sie "
"sorgfältig, ob der Typ ordnungsgemäß in <filename><package>-sections."
"txt</filename> abgelegt ist. Falls die Typ-Instanz (z.B. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) nicht aufgelistet oder versehentlich als privat markiert ist, so wird "
-"sie nciht angezeigt."
+"sie nicht angezeigt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1896(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2133
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr "Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen."
-#: C/index.docbook:1897(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2134
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"Prüfen Sie, ob <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> von "
"<filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> xi:eingebunden ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2142
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Parameter wird im Kommentarblock des Quellcodes beschrieben, aber existiert "
"nicht"
-#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2143
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"Überprüfen Sie, ob die Parameternamen der Prototypen in der Quelle und im "
"Header unterschiedlich sind"
-#: C/index.docbook:1911(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2148
#, fuzzy
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "mehrfache »ID« für ?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1912(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2149
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"Das Symbol XYZ erscheint zweifach in der Datei <filename><package>-"
"sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1915(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2152
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1922(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2159
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Werkzeuge mit Bezug zu gtk-doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:1924(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2161
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> Integrations-Plugin, das API-Dokumente zu einer trac-"
"Seite hinzufügt und die trac-Suche einbindet."
-#: C/index.docbook:1929(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2166
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
"Gtkdoc-depscan - ein Werkzeug (Teil von gtk-doc), um die verwendete API für "
"die minimal erforderliche Version zu prüfen."
-#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo
+#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12
msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"
msgstr "Version 1.1, März 2000"
-#: C/index.docbook:15(appendixinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:15
msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:20(para/address)
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/index.docbook:20
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
-#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19
msgid ""
"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
"sie Deutschsprachigen hilft, die GFDL besser zu verstehen. Dieser Text wurde "
"von der spanischen Version übertragen."
-#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642
msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"
msgstr "GNU Freie Dokumentationslizenz"
-#: C/index.docbook:31(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:31(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31
msgid "0. PREAMBLE"
msgstr "0. VORWORT"
-#: C/index.docbook:32(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:32
msgid ""
"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
"Veröffentlicher einen Weg, Anerkennung für seine Arbeit zu bekommen, ohne "
"dabei für Änderungen anderer verantwortlich zu sein."
-#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:43
msgid ""
"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "
"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "
"sein müssen. Es ergänzt die GNU General Public License, die eine Copyleft-"
"Lizenz für freie Software darstellt."
-#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50
msgid ""
"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "
"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "
"Wir empfehlen diese Lizenz prinzipiell für Arbeiten, deren Zweck Anleitungen "
"oder Referenzen sind."
-#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62
msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
msgstr "1. ANWENDBARKEIT UND DEFINITIONEN"
-#: C/index.docbook:63(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:63
msgid ""
"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
"Mitglied der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <quote>Sie</"
"quote> bezeichnet."
-#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:72
msgid ""
"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "
"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
"wortwörtlich kopiert oder mit Modifikationen und/oder in eine andere Sprache "
"übersetzt."
-#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:79
msgid ""
"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "
"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "
"einer gesetzlichen, kommerziellen, philosophischen, ethnischen oder "
"politischen Position ihr gegenüber."
-#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:94
msgid ""
"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "
"Lizenz veröffentlicht ist, gekennzeichnet sind, Unveränderte Abschnitte zu "
"sein."
-#: C/index.docbook:103(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:103
msgid ""
"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "
"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "
"besagt, dass das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> unter dieser "
"Lizenz veröffentlicht ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:111(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:111
msgid ""
"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
"nicht Transparent. Eine Kopie die nicht <quote>Transparent</quote> ist, "
"nennt man <quote>Undurchsichtig</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
msgid ""
"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
"erhältlich sind, und maschinengeneriertes HTML, das von einigen "
"Textverarbeitungen nur zu Ausgabezwecken produziert wurde."
-#: C/index.docbook:141(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:141
msgid ""
"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "
"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "
"<quote>Titelseite</quote> den Text, der der wirkungsvollsten Erscheinung des "
"Arbeitstitels am nächsten kommt und den Textkörper einleitet."
-#: C/index.docbook:153(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:153(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153
msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"
msgstr "3. WORTWÖRTLICHE KOPIEN"
-#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:154
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "
"Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder kommerziell oder nichtkommerziell, "
"vorausgesetzt, dass die Lizenz, die Copyrighthinweise und der Lizenzhinweis, "
"der besagt, dass die Lizenz für das Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien "
-"reproduziert werden, und dass sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere "
+"reproduziert werden, und dass Sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere "
"Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen "
"Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie "
"machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, "
"genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen "
"in <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen."
-#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169
msgid ""
"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
"may publicly display copies."
"Sie dürfen auch Kopien unter den oben genannten Bedingungen verleihen, und "
"Sie dürfen Kopien öffentlich zeigen."
-#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:176(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176
msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"
msgstr "3. KOPIEREN IN MENGEN"
-#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
msgid ""
"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
"diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche "
"Kopien behandelt werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195
msgid ""
"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
"passen) auf die aktuelle Seite setzen, und mit dem Rest auf angrenzenden "
"Seiten fortfahren."
-#: C/index.docbook:202(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:202
msgid ""
"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "
"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "
"dieser Edition (direkt oder über Ihre Vermittler oder Händler) an die "
"Öffentlichkeit verteilt haben."
-#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
"an Kopien weiterverteilen, um ihnen zu ermöglichen, Sie mit einer "
"aktualisierten Version des Dokumentes zu versorgen."
-#: C/index.docbook:231(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:231(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231
msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"
msgstr "4. MODIFIKATIONEN"
-#: C/index.docbook:232(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:232
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "
"vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau "
"dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes "
"einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der "
-"Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zuätzlich "
+"Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zusätzlich "
"müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:"
-#: C/index.docbook:248(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248
msgid "A"
msgstr "A"
-#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:249
msgid ""
"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"vorhergehenden Version nutzen, wenn der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher sein "
"Einverständnis gibt."
-#: C/index.docbook:264(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:264(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264
msgid "B"
msgstr "B"
-#: C/index.docbook:265(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:265
msgid ""
"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "
"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "
"des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> (allen eigentlichen "
"Autoren, wenn es weniger als fünf sind)."
-#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279
msgid "C"
msgstr "C"
-#: C/index.docbook:280(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
msgid ""
"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "
"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
"Veröffentlichers der <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</"
"link> als Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen."
-#: C/index.docbook:291(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291
msgid "D"
msgstr "D"
-#: C/index.docbook:292(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:292
msgid ""
"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link>."
"Alle Copyright-Hinweise des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> "
"beibehalten."
-#: C/index.docbook:301(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301
msgid "E"
msgstr "E"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302
msgid ""
"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
"other copyright notices."
"Einen passenden Copyright-Hinweis für Ihre Modifikationen angrenzend an die "
"anderen Copyright-Hinweise hinzufügen."
-#: C/index.docbook:311(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311
msgid "F"
msgstr "F"
-#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
msgid ""
"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
"Version</link> unter den Bedingungen dieser Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, "
"die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:324(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324
msgid "G"
msgstr "G"
-#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"cover-texts\">Cover-Texte</link>, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des <link linkend="
"\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> gegeben ist, beibehalten."
-#: C/index.docbook:337(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337
msgid "H"
msgstr "H"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338
msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
msgstr "Eine unveränderte Kopie dieser Lizenz einfügen."
-#: C/index.docbook:346(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346
msgid "I"
msgstr "I"
-#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:347
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
"fügen Sie dann einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt "
"wie im vorhergehenden Satz."
-#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365
msgid "J"
msgstr "J"
-#: C/index.docbook:366(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:366
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"dem Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, "
"auf den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt."
-#: C/index.docbook:383(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383
msgid "K"
msgstr "K"
-#: C/index.docbook:384(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:384
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
"Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, "
"der dort aufgeführt ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396
msgid "L"
msgstr "L"
-#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:397
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
"ihrem Text und ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht "
"als Teil von Abschnittstiteln betrachtet."
-#: C/index.docbook:409(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409
msgid "M"
msgstr "M"
-#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:410
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
"sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"modified\">Modifizierte Version</link> aufgenommen werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:421(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421
msgid "N"
msgstr "N"
-#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:422
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
"oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant"
"\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten</link> stehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
msgid ""
"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"Abschnitte</link> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. "
"Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden."
-#: C/index.docbook:444(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:444
msgid ""
"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "
"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden "
"wurde."
-#: C/index.docbook:453(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
"alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt "
"hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen."
-#: C/index.docbook:470(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:470
msgid ""
"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "
"\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> oder deren Durchsetzungen oder "
"Andeutungen zu nutzen."
-#: C/index.docbook:480(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:480(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480
msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"
msgstr "5. DOKUMENTE KOMBINIEREN"
-#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
msgid ""
"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
"alle als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren "
"Lizenzhinweis auf."
-#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:492
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "
"der Liste der Unveränderlichen Abschnitte im Lizenzhinweis der kombinierten "
"Arbeit durch."
-#: C/index.docbook:505(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:505
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"
"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "
"Sie müssen jeden mit <quote>Endorsements</quote> betitelten Abschnitt "
"löschen."
-#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516
msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
msgstr "6. SAMMLUNGEN VON DOKUMENTEN"
-#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
"befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für "
"wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht."
-#: C/index.docbook:527(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:527(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute "
+#| "it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this "
+#| "License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other "
+#| "respects regarding verbatim copying of that document."
msgid ""
-"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it "
"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
"Lizenz in jeglicher Hinsicht bezüglich dem wortwörtlichen Kopieren des "
"Dokuments."
-#: C/index.docbook:537(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:537(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537
msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"
msgstr "7. AGGREGATION MIT UNABHÄNGIGEN ARBEITEN"
-#: C/index.docbook:538(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:538
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "
"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "
"werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten "
"müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das gesamte Aggregat umgeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:561(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:561(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561
msgid "8. TRANSLATION"
msgstr "8. ÜBERSETZUNG"
-#: C/index.docbook:562(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
"englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version "
"Vorrang."
-#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580
msgid "9. TERMINATION"
msgstr "9. TERMINATION"
-#: C/index.docbook:581(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:581
msgid ""
"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
"haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller "
"Zustimmung verbleiben."
-#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594
msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
msgstr "10. ZUKÜNFTIGE REVISIONEN DIESER LIZENZ"
-#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:595
msgid ""
"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
"Siehe auch <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://"
"www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
-#: C/index.docbook:606(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:606
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "
"irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) "
"veröffentlichte Version wählen."
-#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621
msgid "Addendum"
msgstr "Anhang"
-#: C/index.docbook:622(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:622(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622
msgid ""
"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "
"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "
"fügen Sie eine Kopie der Lizenz in das Dokument ein und setzen Sie die "
"folgenden Copyright- und Lizenzhinweise gleich hinter die Titelseite:"
-#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629
msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
msgstr "Copyright (c) JAHR IHR NAME."
-#: C/index.docbook:632(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:632
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"enthalten, der mit <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote> betitelt "
"ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:647
msgid ""
"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "
"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
"AUFGEZÄHLT sind</quote>; genauso bei den <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts"
"\">Rückseitentexten</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:657(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:657
msgid ""
"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
"\">GNU General Public License</ulink>, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch "
"in freier Software zu erlauben."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year)
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/year
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
msgid "2000"
msgstr "2000"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/holder)
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(address/street)
+#. (itstool) path: address/street
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/city)
+#. (itstool) path: address/city
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
msgid "Boston"
msgstr "Boston"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/state)
+#. (itstool) path: address/state
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
msgid "MA"
msgstr "MA"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/postcode)
+#. (itstool) path: address/postcode
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
msgid "02110-1301"
msgstr "02110-1301"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/country)
+#. (itstool) path: address/country
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
msgid "USA"
msgstr "USA"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(para/address)
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
msgid ""
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34
msgid "free"
msgstr "frei"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32
msgid ""
"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
"Anerkennung für seine Arbeit zu bekommen, ohne dabei für Änderungen anderer "
"verantwortlich zu sein."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44
msgid "copyleft"
msgstr "copyleft"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43
msgid ""
"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "
"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "
"die GNU General Public License, die eine Copyleft-Lizenz für freie Software "
"darstellt."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:82(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:99(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:107(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:113(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:156(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:190(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:205(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:224(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:235(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:253(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:294(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:354(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:368(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:400(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:462(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:482(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:519(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:540(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:565(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:583(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608
msgid "Document"
msgstr "Dokument"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69
msgid "you"
msgstr "Sie"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63
msgid ""
"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
"Mitglied der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <_:quote-2/> "
"bezeichnet."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:315(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:351(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:433(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:447(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:459(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:475(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:543(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543
msgid "Modified Version"
msgstr "Modifizierte Version"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "
"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "
"Dokument oder einen Teil davon enthält, entweder wortwörtlich kopiert oder "
"mit Modifikationen und/oder in eine andere Sprache übersetzt."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80
msgid "Secondary Section"
msgstr "Sekundärer Abschnitt"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
"verwandten Sache sein, oder einer gesetzlichen, kommerziellen, "
"philosophischen, ethnischen oder politischen Position ihr gegenüber."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:327(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:398(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:439(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:486(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:494(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:637(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:648(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648
msgid "Invariant Sections"
msgstr "Unveränderliche Abschnitte"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:435(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435
msgid "Secondary Sections"
msgstr "Sekundäre Abschnitte"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
"besagt, dass das <_:link-3/> unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht ist, "
"gekennzeichnet sind, Unveränderliche Abschnitte zu sein."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:181(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:328(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:458(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458
msgid "Cover Texts"
msgstr "Cover-Texte"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
"Vorderseitentexte oder Rückseitentexte, in dem Hinweis aufgeführt sind, der "
"besagt, dass das <_:link-2/> unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht ist."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:124(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:207(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:369(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369
msgid "Transparent"
msgstr "transparente"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:204(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204
msgid "Opaque"
msgstr "Undurchsichtig"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "
"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "
"abzuwenden, ist nicht Transparent. Eine Kopie die nicht <quote>Transparent</"
"quote> ist, nennt man <quote>Undurchsichtig</quote>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:146(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:250(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:266(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:281(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:352(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352
msgid "Title Page"
msgstr "Titelseite"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "
"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "
"Text, der der wirkungsvollsten Erscheinung des Arbeitstitels am nächsten "
"kommt und den Textkörper einleitet."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:551(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551
msgid "section 3"
msgstr "Abschnitt 3"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
"Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder "
"kommerziell oder nichtkommerziell, vorausgesetzt, dass die Lizenz, die "
"Copyrighthinweise und der Lizenzhinweis, der besagt, dass die Lizenz für das "
-"Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien reproduziert werden, und dass sie keine wie "
+"Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien reproduziert werden, und dass Sie keine wie "
"auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie "
"dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder "
"Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren "
"Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien "
"verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> zustimmen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177
msgid ""
"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
"beibehalten und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als "
"wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202
msgid ""
"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "
"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "
"nachdem Sie das letzte Mal eine Undurchsichtige Kopie dieser Edition (direkt "
"oder über Ihre Vermittler oder Händler) an die Öffentlichkeit verteilt haben."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"
"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "
"ihnen zu ermöglichen, Sie mit einer aktualisierten Version des Dokumentes zu "
"versorgen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "
"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "
"genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des "
"Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und "
"Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon "
-"besitzt. Zuätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:"
+"besitzt. Zusätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249
msgid ""
"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
"vorhergehenden Version nutzen, wenn der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher sein "
"Einverständnis gibt."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265
msgid ""
"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "
"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "
"zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren des <_:link-3/> (allen "
"eigentlichen Autoren, wenn es weniger als fünf sind)."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280
msgid ""
"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
"the publisher."
"Auf der <_:link-1/> den Namen des Veröffentlichers der <_:link-2/> als "
"Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292
msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
msgstr "Alle Copyright-Hinweise des <_:link-1/> beibehalten."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312
msgid ""
"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
"öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die <_:link-1/> unter den Bedingungen dieser "
"Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330
msgid "Document's"
msgstr "des Dokuments"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
"In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der <_:link-1/> und benötigten <_:"
"link-2/>, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des <_:link-3/> gegeben ist, beibehalten."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:508(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508
msgid "History"
msgstr "Chronik"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
"einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im "
"vorhergehenden Satz."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
"Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf "
"den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:509(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509
msgid "Acknowledgements"
msgstr "Danksagungen"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:510(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510
msgid "Dedications"
msgstr "Widmungen"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
"Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, "
"der dort aufgeführt ist."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
"ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht als Teil von "
"Abschnittstiteln betrachtet."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445
msgid "Endorsements"
msgstr "Billigungen"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
"in the <_:link-2/>."
"Alle Abschnitte, die mit <_:quote-1/> betitelt sind, löschen. Solche "
"Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <_:link-2/> aufgenommen werden."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425
msgid "Invariant Section"
msgstr "Unveränderlicher Abschnitt"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
"with any <_:link-2/>."
"Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit <_:quote-1/> oder so, dass "
"sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <_:link-2/> stehen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432
msgid ""
"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
"Liste der <_:link-3/> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. "
"Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444
msgid ""
"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
"einer Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards "
"befunden wurde."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455
msgid "Front-Cover Text"
msgstr "Vorderseitentext"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457
msgid "Back-Cover Text"
msgstr "Rückseitentext"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
"alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt "
"hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470
msgid ""
"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
"Bewilligungen irgendeiner <_:link-2/> oder deren Durchsetzungen oder "
"Andeutungen zu nutzen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566
msgid "section 4"
msgstr "Abschnitt 4"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481
msgid ""
"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
"als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren "
"Lizenzhinweis auf."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
"der Liste der Unveränderlichen Abschnitte im Lizenzhinweis der kombinierten "
"Arbeit durch."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511
msgid "Endorsements."
msgstr "Billigungen"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
"quote-3/> betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden mit <_:quote-4/> betitelten "
"Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit <_:quote-5/> betitelten Abschnitt löschen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
"Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser "
"Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546
msgid "aggregate"
msgstr "Aggregate"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550
msgid "Cover Text"
msgstr "Cover-Text"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
"des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das "
"gesamte Aggregat umgeben."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
"englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version "
"Vorrang."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581
msgid ""
"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
"dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese "
"Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597
msgid "Free Software Foundation"
msgstr "Free Software Foundation"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603
msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595
msgid ""
"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
"Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. Siehe "
"auch <_:ulink-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610
msgid "or any later version"
msgstr "oder jeder späteren Version"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
"angibt, können Sie irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation "
"(nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte Version wählen."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Vorderseitentexten"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:654(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Rückseitentexten"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist im Abschnitt <_:quote-4/> "
"enthalten."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
msgstr "ohne unveränderliche Abschnitte"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "keine Vorderseitentexte"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653
msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"
msgstr "Vorderseitentexte aufzulisten"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647
msgid ""
"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "
"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
"schreiben Sie <_:quote-4/> anstelle von <_:quote-5/>; entsprechend für <_:"
"link-6/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
msgid "GNU General Public License"
msgstr "GNU General Public License"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657
msgid ""
"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
"empfehlen wir, diese Beispiele parallel unter einer freien Software-Lizenz, "
"wie der <_:ulink-1/>, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch in freier "
"Software zu erlauben."
+
+#~ msgid "1.18.1"
+#~ msgstr "1.18.1"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."
+#~ "com/davenport</ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - Die DTD für DocBook SGML. <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
+#~ "davenport</ulink>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
+#~ "SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
+#~ "\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - Dies ist ein DSSSL-Prozessor zur "
+#~ "Umwandlung von SGML in verschiedene Formate. <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "jclark.com/jade\" type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code "
+#~ "to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together "
+#~ "with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to "
+#~ "colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global "
+#~ "cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh."
+#~ "com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Modulare DocBook-Stilvorlagen</guilabel> Dies ist der DSSSL-"
+#~ "Code zur Umwandlung von DocBook in HTML und einige andere Formate. Es "
+#~ "wird zusammen mit Jade benutzt. Ich habe den DSSSL-Code in gtk-doc.dsl "
+#~ "etwas angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen "
+#~ "einzufärben und um globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu "
+#~ "unterstützen. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http"
+#~ "\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages "
+#~ "from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to "
+#~ "capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of "
+#~ "the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."
+#~ "com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - Wenn Sie man-Hilfeseiten vom "
+#~ "DocBook erstellen möchten. Ich habe die »translation spec« geringfügig "
+#~ "angepasst, um Abschnittüberschriften groß zu schreiben und den Titel »GTK-"
+#~ "bibliothek« oben auf jeder Seite und das Überarbeitungsdatum unten zu "
+#~ "platzieren. Dazu gibt es einen Verweis auf <ulink url=\"http://www.ora."
+#~ "com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> "
+#~ "HINWEIS: Das funktioniert noch nicht."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
+#~ "installed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es gibt keinen Standardort, an welchem die Modularen DocBook-Stilvorlagen "
+#~ "installiert werden."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Das Configure-Skript von GTK-Doc durchsucht folgende drei Ordner "
+#~ "automatisch:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
+#~ "RedHat)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> "
+#~ "(verwendet von RedHat)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (verwendet von "
+#~ "Debian)"
+
+#~ msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (verwendet von SuSE)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to "
+#~ "configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
+#~ "PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Falls sie Stilvorlagen an anderen Orten installiert haben, müssen Sie GTK-"
+#~ "Doc mit folgender Option konfigurieren: <command>--with-dsssl-dir=<"
+#~ "PFAD_ZUM_BASISORDNER_DER_STILVORLAGEN> </command>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just "
+#~ "add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level "
+#~ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vielleicht möchten Sie auch GTK-Doc für das distcheckmake-Ziel "
+#~ "aktivieren. Fügen Sie dazu den im nächsten Beispiel gezeigten Einzeiler "
+#~ "zur Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> der obersten Ebene hinzu:"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
+#~ msgstr "GTK-Doc während »make distcheck« aktivieren"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "/**\n"
+#~ " * identifier:\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * documentation ...\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * # Sub heading #\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * more documentation:\n"
+#~ " * - list item 1\n"
+#~ " * - list item 2\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * Even more docs.\n"
+#~ " */\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "/**\n"
+#~ " * identifier:\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * documentation ...\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * # Sub heading #\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * more documentation:\n"
+#~ " * - list item 1\n"
+#~ " * - list item 2\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * Even more docs.\n"
+#~ " */\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~ "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One "
+#~ "can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc "
+#~ "versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear "
+#~ "in one line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Seit GTK-Doc-1.18 unterstützt das Werkzeug eine Teilmenge, d.h. die "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown "
+#~ "language</ulink>. Man kann sie verwenden für Untertitel und einfache "
+#~ "aufgegliederte Listen. In älteren Versionen von GTK-Doc wird der Inhalt "
+#~ "unverändert dargestellt (Die Listeneinträge erscheinen in einer Zeile "
+#~ "durch Bindestriche getrennt). <_:example-1/>"
+
+#~ msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
+#~ msgstr "(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation "
+#~ "tags«: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>3. WORTWÖRTLICHE KOPIEN</title>
- <para>Sie dürfen das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder kommerziell oder nichtkommerziell, vorausgesetzt, dass die Lizenz, die Copyrighthinweise und der Lizenzhinweis, der besagt, dass die Lizenz für das Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien reproduziert werden, und dass sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <link linkend="fdl-section3">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen.</para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder kommerziell oder nichtkommerziell, vorausgesetzt, dass die Lizenz, die Copyrighthinweise und der Lizenzhinweis, der besagt, dass die Lizenz für das Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien reproduziert werden, und dass Sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <link linkend="fdl-section3">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen.</para>
<para>Sie dürfen auch Kopien unter den oben genannten Bedingungen verleihen, und Sie dürfen Kopien öffentlich zeigen.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFIKATIONEN</title>
- <para>Sie dürfen eine <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> eines <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> unter den in den Abschnitten <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> und <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zuätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:</para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen eine <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> eines <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> unter den in den Abschnitten <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> und <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zusätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:</para>
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<book id="index" lang="de">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc-Handbuch</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Benutzerhandbuch für Entwickler mit Anweisungen für die Benutzung von GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
<author><firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Stefan</firstname>
- <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <address>
- <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email>
- </address>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
+ <author><firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
</authorgroup>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>GTK-Doc-Projekt</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth und Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
- <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
- </copyright>
+ <copyright><year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:
<copyright>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>development version</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.22</revnumber>
- <date>07 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
- <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</revremark>
- </revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber> <date>30. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>7. Mai 2015</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, veraltete Funktionen verworfen</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17. Juli 2014</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, veraltete Funktionen verworfen</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16. Februar 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerberhebungen, Unterstützung für Markdown, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14. September 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, Verbesserte Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26. Februar 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Dringende Bugfix-Aktualisierung</revremark></revision>
<year>2013</year>
+ <year>2015</year>
+
<holder>Christian Kirbach</holder>
</copyright>
</bookinfo>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Informationen über den Code sammeln.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> analysiert die Header-Dateien des Code und sucht nach Funktionsdeklarationen, Macros, enum (Aufzählung), struct (Strukturen) und »unions«. Es erstellt die Datei <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename>, welche eine Liste der Deklarationen enthält, und platziert diese in Abschnitte entsprechend der Header-Dateien, in der sie sind. Bei erster Ausführung wird diese Datei nach <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename> kopiert. Der Autor kann die Abschnitte und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentatione erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten ähnlich derer in<filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> innerhalb <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename> platzieren.</para>
- <para><application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> kann ebenso dazu verwendet werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendwine GObject-Subklasse anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informtionen über jede Objektposition in der Klassenhierachie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften und -Signale, die es bietet.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Informationen über den Code sammeln.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> analysiert die Header-Dateien des Code und sucht nach Funktionsdeklarationen, Macros, enum (Aufzählung), struct (Strukturen) und »unions«. Es erstellt die Datei <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename>, welche eine Liste der Deklarationen enthält, und platziert diese in Abschnitte entsprechend der Header-Dateien, in der sie sind. Bei erster Ausführung wird diese Datei nach <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename> kopiert. Der Autor kann die Abschnitte und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentation erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten ähnlich derer in<filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> innerhalb <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename> platzieren.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> kann ebenso dazu verwendet werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendeine GObject-Subklasse anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informationen über jede Objektposition in der Klassenhierarchie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften und -Signale, die es bietet.</para>
<para><application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> sollte nicht weiter verwendet werden. Es war in der Vergangenheit notwendig, als GObject noch ein GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war.</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Erstellen des SGML/XML und HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> wandelt die Vorlagen-Dateien in SGML- oder XML-Dateien in den Unterordner <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> oder <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> um. Wenn der Quellcode Dokumentation über Funktionen mittels speziellen Kommentarblöcken enthält, so wird diese hier eingepflegt. Wenn keine tmpl-Dateien eingesetzt werden, so wird nur Dokumentation von den Quell- und introspection-Daten gelesen. Wir empfehlen Docbook XML zu verwenden.</para>
- <para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> konvertiert die SGML/XML-Dateien in HTML-Dateien im Unterordner <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Ebenso konvertiert <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> die SGML/XML-Dateien in ein PDF-Dokument namens <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.</para>
- <para>Dateien in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> oder <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> und <filename class="directory">html/</filename>-Ordnern werden immer überschrieben. Niemand sollte diese direkt bearbeiten.</para>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
+ special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
+ files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
+ document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Querverweise zwischen Dokumenten korrigieren.</guilabel> Nach Intallation der HTML-Dateien kann <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> ausgeführt werden, um alle Querverweise zwischen separaten Dokumenten zu korrigieren. Die GTK+-Dokumentation zum Beispiel enthält viele Querverweise zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-tarball zur Verteilung wandelt <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> alle externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor erstellter) Dokumente wird die selbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Querverweise zwischen Dokumenten korrigieren.</guilabel> Nach Intallation der HTML-Dateien kann <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> ausgeführt werden, um alle Querverweise zwischen separaten Dokumenten zu korrigieren. Die GTK+-Dokumentation zum Beispiel enthält viele Querverweise zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-tarball zur Verteilung wandelt <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> alle externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor erstellter) Dokumente wird dieselbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden).</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<sect2 id="requirements">
<title>Erfordernisse</title>
<para><guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - Die Hauptskripte wurden in Perl geschrieben.</para>
- <para>
- <guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt
- <ulink url="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" type="http">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>
- </para>
- <para>
- <guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets
- <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/" type="http">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>
- </para>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan
- </para>
+ <para><guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - der xslt-Verarbeiter von libxslt <ulink url="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" type="http">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink></para>
+ <para><guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - die docbook xsl-Stilvorlagen <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/" type="http">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink></para>
+ <para><guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - für gtkdoc-depscan</para>
<para>
One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> or
<guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of examples
<para>Erstellen Sie in dem Ordner der obersten Ebene des Projekts die Unterordner namens docs/reference. Auf diese Weise können Sie auch docs/help für die Endbenutzerdokumentation anlegen. Es ist empfehlenswert, einen weiteren Unterordner mit dem Namen des Dokumentationspakets anzulegen. Für Pakete, die nur eine einzige Bibliothek enthalten, ist dieser Schritt nicht notwendig.</para>
<para>Dies kann dann wie nachstehend angezeigt aussehen: <example><title>Beispiel für die Ordnerstruktur</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
meep/
docs/
reference/
src/
libmeep/
meeper/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example></para>
</sect1>
<para>
<example><title>Integration in autoconf</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
# check for gtk-doc
GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>Dazu müssen alle Entwickler gtk-doc installiert haben. Wenn es für das Projekt vertretbar ist, einen optionalen Erstellungsschritt für die api-doc zu haben, so können Sie es wie im Folgenden lösen. Lassen Sie es so, wie es ist, weil gtkdocize nach <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> am Anfang einer Zeile sucht. <example><title>Halten Sie gtk-doc optional</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
# check for gtk-doc
m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [
GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
],[
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)
])
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example></para>
<para>Das erste Argument wird zur Überprüfung von gtkdocversion während des configure-Durchlaufs benutzt. Das zweite, optionale Argument wird von <application>gtkdocize</application> verwendet. Das Makro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure hinzu:</para>
<para>
<example><title>Vorbereitung für gtkdocize</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>
<para>
<example><title>Ausführen von gtkdocize durch autogen.sh</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
gtkdocize || exit 1
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>Der erste Durchlauf von make erstellt verschiedene zusätzliche Dateien in den Dokumentationsordnern. Die bedeutendsten davon sind: <filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (früher .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Erstellung der Dokumentation</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc
make
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>Nun können Sie <filename>docs/reference/<package>/index.html</filename> in Ihrem Browser öffnen. Zugegeben, das Ergebnis ist noch ein wenig enttäuschend. Im nächsten Abschnitt zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie die Seiten mit Leben füllen können.</para>
<sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
<title>Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme</title>
- <para>Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles (oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen .</para>
+ <para>Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles (oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
-cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
+cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>Man muss sich <filename>Makefile.am</filename> und <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<title>Dokumentieren des Codes</title>
- <para>GTK-Doc benutzt Quellcode-Kommentare mit einer speziellen Syntax für Code-Dokumentation. Weiterhin werden Informationen über Ihre Projektstruktur aus anderen Quellen geholt. Im nächsten Abschnitt finden sie umfassende Informationen über die Syntax der Kommentare.</para>
+ <para>GTK-Doc benutzt Quellcode-Kommentare mit einer speziellen Syntax für Code-Dokumentation. Weiterhin werden Informationen über Ihre Projektstruktur aus anderen Quellen geholt. Im nächsten Abschnitt finden Sie umfassende Informationen über die Syntax der Kommentare.</para>
<note>
<title>Platzierung der Dokumentation</title>
<para>Um die bereits genannten Probleme zu vermeiden, empfehlen wir, die Dokumentation innerhalb der Quellen zu halten. In diesem Handbuch wird ausschließlich dieser Weg des Dokumentierens des Quellcodes beschrieben.</para>
</note>
- <para>Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im falle von Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc anweisen diese zu überspringen. <example><title>GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <para>Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im Falle von Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc anweisen diese zu überspringen. <example><title>GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock</title>
+ <programlisting>
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
/* unparseable code here */
#endif
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example></para>
<note>
- <title>Limitations</title>
+ <title>Einschränkungen</title>
<para>
Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
<code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
<title>Kommentare zur Dokumentation</title>
<para>Ein mehrzeiliger Kommentar, der mit einem zusätzlichen »*« beginnt, markiert einen Kommentarblock, der von den Werkzeugen in GTK-Doc verarbeitet wird. <example><title>GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* identifier:
* documentation ...
*/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example></para>
<para>Der »identifier« ist eine Zeile mit dem Namen des Objekts, auf das sich der Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts variieren.</para>
- <para>Der Block »documentation« ist ebenfalls für jeden Symboltyp unterschiedlich. Symboltypen mit Parametern wie Funktionen oder Makros haben eine Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen).</para>
+ <para>Der Block »documentation« ist ebenfalls für jeden Symboltyp unterschiedlich. Symboltypen mit Parametern wie Funktionen oder Makros haben eine Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden Sie stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen).</para>
<tip>
<para>Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: <itemizedlist>
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
- <programlisting><
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
* A C-language example:
- * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
* GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
* ]|
*/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>
<example><title>Abschnitts-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* SECTION:meepapp
* @short_description: the application class
*
* The application class handles ...
*/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<listitem>
<para>Eine informelle Beschreibung der Stabilitätsstufe dieser API. Wir empfehlen dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle eingeführt wurde, und innerhalb der gleichen Hauptversion). Selbst bei einer Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen von stark berechtigten.</para>
+ <para>Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle eingeführt wurde, und innerhalb der gleichen Hauptversion). Selbst bei einer Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen von stark berechtigten.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Instabil - Instabile Schnittstellen sind experimentell oder vorübergehend. Sie werden typischerweise verwendet, um außenstehenden Entwicklern frühen Zugang zu neuen oder sich schnell ändernder Technologie zu geben, oder um eine Übergangslösung für ein Problem zu liefern, für das eine allgemeinere Lösung erwartet wird. Es werden keine Garantien zu Quell- oder Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben.</para>
<sect1 id="documenting_symbols">
<title>Dokumentieren von Symbolen</title>
- <para>Jedes Symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal und property) wird in einem separaten Block dokumentiert. Der Block wird am besten nahe der Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron zu halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, »macro«, »struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei.</para>
+ <para>Jedes Symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal und property) wird in einem separaten Block dokumentiert. Der Block wird am besten nahe der Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron zu halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, »macro«, »struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei.</para>
<sect2><title>Allgemeine Markierungen</title>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>Allgemeine Markierungen</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* foo_get_bar:
* @foo: some foo
foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)
{
...
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+ <sect2><title>Anmerkungen</title>
<para>
Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
<ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
</para>
- <example><title>Annotations</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <example><title>Anmerkungen</title>
+ <programlisting>
/**
* foo_get_bar: (annotation)
* @foo: (annotation): some foo
*
* Sets bar on @foo.
*/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</sect2>
<para>GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt.</para>
<example><title>Kommentarblock einer Funktion</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* function_name:
* @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than
* Since: 2.2
* Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.
*/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
<variablelist><title>Funktions-Tags</title>
<sect2><title>Property-Kommentarblock</title>
<example><title>Property-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* SomeWidget:some-property:
*
* Here you can document a property.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</sect2>
</itemizedlist></para>
<example><title>Signal-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* FooWidget::foobarized:
* @widget: the widget that received the signal
foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =
g_signal_new ("foobarize",
...
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</sect2>
<sect2><title>Struct-Kommentarblock</title>
<example><title>Struct-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* FooWidget:
* @bar: some #gboolean
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
<para>Verwenden Sie <code>/*< private >*/</code> vor den privaten »struct«-Feldern, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>.</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
<sect2><title>Enum-Kommentarblock</title>
<example><title>Enum-Kommentarblock</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
/**
* Something:
* @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo
typedef enum {
SOMETHING_FOO,
SOMETHING_BAR,
- /*< private >*/
+ /*< private >*/
SOMETHING_COUNT
} Something;
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
<para>Verwenden Sie <code>/*< private >*/</code> vor den privaten »enum«-Werten, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>.</para>
<para>Nachfolgend finden Sie einige DocBook-Tags, die beim Dokumentieren von Code nützlich sein können.</para>
<para>So erstellen Sie eine Verknüpfung zu einem anderen Abschnitt in den GTK-Docs: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Hash Tables</link>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Hash Tables</link>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample> »linkend« ist dabei die SGML-XML-Kennung des obersten Elements der Seite, auf welche die Verknüpfung zielt (»gtk«, »gdk«, »glib«), danach folgt der Seitentitel ("Hash Tables"). Für Widgets ist dies einfach der Klassenname. Leerzeichen und Unterstriche werden SGML/XML-konform in »-« umgewandelt. </para>
<para>Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Funktion, z.B. einer C-Standardfunktion: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<function>...</function>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<function>...</function>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>So fügen Sie Beispielcode ein: <placeholder-1/> Vielleicht auch so, für sehr kurze Codeschnipsel, die keinen Titel benötigen: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<informalexample>
- <programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
...
- </programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-]]></programlisting>
+ </programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample> Außerdem unterstützt GTK-Doc auch eine Abkürzung: |[ ... ]|</para>
<para>Für eine Liste mit Aufzählungszeichen: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
+ <programlisting>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
...
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
...
- </para>
- </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-]]></programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Für eine nicht zum eigentlichen Text gehörende Notiz: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<note>
- <para>
+ <programlisting>
+<note>
+ <para>
Make sure you free the data after use.
- </para>
-</note>
-]]></programlisting>
+ </para>
+</note>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Für einen Bezug zu einem Typ: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<type>unsigned char</type>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<type>unsigned char</type>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Struktur (die nicht in den GTK-Docs beschrieben wird): <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Für einen Bezug zu einem Feld einer Struktur: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<structfield>len</structfield>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<structfield>len</structfield>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Um sich auf einen Klassennamen zu beziehen kann man möglicherweise folgendes verwenden: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample> Aber Sie verwenden vermutlich stattdessen #GtkWidget (um automatisch eine Verknüpfung zur GtkWidget-Seite zu erstellen - lesen Sie <link linkend="documenting_syntax">die Abkürzungen</link>).</para>
<para>Zum Hervorheben von Text: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Für Dateinamen: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<para>Für einen Bezug zu einem Schlüssel: <informalexample>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>
-]]></programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>
+</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
</sect1>
<para>
<example><title>Beispiel-Schnipsel einer Typen-Datei</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+ <programlisting>
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
gtk_accel_label_get_type
gtk_adjustment_get_type
gtk_alignment_get_type
gtk_arrow_get_type
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>GTK-Doc erstellt die Dokumentation in DocBook-SGML/XML. Beim Verarbeiten der in den Quellcode eingebetteten Kommentare erzeugt GTK-Doc eine Dokumentationsseite pro Klasse oder Modul als separate Datei. Das Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge.</para>
- <para>Während GTK-Doc ein Vorlagen-Hauptdokument für Sie erstellt wird eine spätere Ausführung es nicht mehr verändern. Dies bedeutet, dass man das Dokument beliebig strukturieren kann. Dies schließt Gruppieren von Seiten und Hinzufügen von zusätzlichen Seiten ein. GTK-Doc hat eine neue Test-Garnitur, wo auch das Hauptdokument von Neuem erstellt wird. Es ist ratsam sich diese von Zeit zu Zeit anzusehen und zu schauen, ob dort einige Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden.</para>
+ <para>
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
+ not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
+ documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
+ GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>Erstellen Sie keine Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitungen als zusätzliche Dokumente. Schreiben Sie lediglich zusätzliche Kapitel. Der Vorteil des direkten Einbettens einer Anleitung für Ihre Bibliothek in die API ist die Möglichkeit der einfachen Verknüpfung der Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung zur Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Kopfzeile des Master-Dokuments</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
-<bookinfo>
- <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <programlisting>
+<bookinfo>
+ <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
for MODULENAME [VERSION]
The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.
- </releaseinfo>
-</bookinfo>
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+</bookinfo>
-<chapter>
- <title>[Insert title here]</title>
-]]></programlisting>
+<chapter>
+ <title>[Insert title here]</title>
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
<para>Die Abschnittsdatei wird verwendet, um die Dokumentations-Ausgaben von GTK-Doc zu organisieren. Man gibt an, welches Symbol zu welchem Modul oder welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat).</para>
- <para>Die Abschnittsdatei ist eine reine Textdatei mit XML-ähnlicher Syntax (mit Tags). Leere Zeilen werden ignoriert und Zeilen, die mit »#« beginnen, werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt.</para>
+ <para>
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
+ Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
+ comment lines.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
- <para>Das Tag <FILE> ... </FILE> wird verwendet, um den Dateinamen ohne Suffix anzugeben. Zum Beispiel wird »<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>« dazu führen, dass der Deklarationsabschnitt in die Vorlage-Datei <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ausgegeben wird, welche in die DocBook SGML/XML-Datei <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> oder die DocBook XML-Datei <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename> umgewandelt wird. (Der Name der HTML-Datei basiert auf dem Modulnamen und dem Abschnittstitel. Für GObject basiert er auf dem GObjekt-Klassennamen in Kleinbuchstaben).</para>
+ <para>
+ The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
+ without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
+ will result in the section declarations being output in the template
+ file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
+ (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
+ title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
+ to lower case).
+ </para>
<para>Das Tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> wird zur Angabe des Abschnitttitels verwendet. Es ist nur nützlich bevor die Vorlagen (falls verwendet) anfangs erstellt werden, weil der Titel in der Vorlage diesen überschreibt. Wenn man das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig.</para>
vmethods).
</para>
- <para>Sie können auch <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> verwenden, um die #include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende.Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt.</para>
+ <para>Sie können auch <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> verwenden, um die #include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende. Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="modernizing">
- <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+ <title>Die Dokumentation modernisieren</title>
<para>
GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<sect1 id="commandline-interfaces">
<title>Befehlszeilenoptionen und Handbuchseiten</title>
- <para>Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für ein docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen kann, klingt es nach einer guten Idee, es für diesen Zweck einzusetzen. Auf diese Weise ist die Schnittstelle Teil der Referenz und man erhält kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite.</para>
+ <para>Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für einen docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen kann, klingt es nach einer guten Idee, es für diesen Zweck einzusetzen. Auf diese Weise ist die Schnittstelle Teil der Referenz und man erhält kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite.</para>
<sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-file">
<title>Dokumentieren des Werkzeuges</title>
<para>
<example><title>Zusätzliche Configure-Überprüfungen</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],
[regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
</sect2>
<para>
<example><title>Zusätzliche Configure-Überprüfungen</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <programlisting>
man_MANS = \
meeper.1
if ENABLE_MAN
%.1 : %.xml
- @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
+ @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
endif
endif
BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)
EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
</sect2>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie.</seg>
- <seg>
- If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename>
- but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
- that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
- If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
- </seg>
+ <seg>Wenn der Typ in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> gelistet ist, aber nicht in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, dann prüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob der Typ ordnungsgemäß in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> abgelegt ist. Falls die Typ-Instanz (z.B. <type>GtkWidget</type>) nicht aufgelistet oder versehentlich als privat markiert ist, so wird sie nicht angezeigt.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen.</seg>
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>3. WORTWÖRTLICHE KOPIEN</title>
- <para>Sie dürfen das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder kommerziell oder nichtkommerziell, vorausgesetzt, dass die Lizenz, die Copyrighthinweise und der Lizenzhinweis, der besagt, dass die Lizenz für das Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien reproduziert werden, und dass sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <link linkend="fdl-section3">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen.</para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder kommerziell oder nichtkommerziell, vorausgesetzt, dass die Lizenz, die Copyrighthinweise und der Lizenzhinweis, der besagt, dass die Lizenz für das Dokument gilt, in allen Kopien reproduziert werden, und dass Sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <link linkend="fdl-section3">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen.</para>
<para>Sie dürfen auch Kopien unter den oben genannten Bedingungen verleihen, und Sie dürfen Kopien öffentlich zeigen.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFIKATIONEN</title>
- <para>Sie dürfen eine <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> eines <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokumentes</link> unter den in den Abschnitten <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> und <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zuätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:</para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen eine <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> eines <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokumentes</link> unter den in den Abschnitten <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> und <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zusätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:</para>
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
# Jennie Petoumenou <epetoumenou@gmail.com>, 2009.
# Marios Zindilis <m.zindilis@dmajor.org>, 2010.
# Tsivikis Vasilis <undersec.tr3los@gmail.com>, 2010.
-# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014.
+# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014, 2015.
# Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis@opensuse.org>, 2015.
-#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-04-02 19:14+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-13 14:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-19 07:07+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-14 12:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Tom Tryfonidis <tomtryf@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el@opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: team@lists.gnome.gr\n"
"Language: el\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.7.5\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
-"Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα GNOME <team@gnome.gr>, 2009-2014\n"
+"Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα GNOME <team@gnome.gr>, 2009-2016\n"
"Τζένη Πετούμενου <epetoumenou@gmail.com>, 2009\n"
-"Θάνος Τρυφωνίδης <tomtryf@gmail.com>, 2012\n"
-"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014\n"
+"Θάνος Τρυφωνίδης <tomtryf@gnome.org>, 2012, 2015, 2016\n"
+"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013-2015\n"
"Μαρία Θουκυδίδου <marablack3@gmail.com>, 2014\n"
"Μαρία Μαυρίδου <mavridou@gmail.com>, 2014"
#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
#: C/index.docbook:13
-msgid "1.20"
-msgstr "1.20"
+msgid "1.24.1"
+msgstr "1.24.1"
#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: C/index.docbook:14
#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
#: C/index.docbook:52
-msgid "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
-msgstr "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: C/index.docbook:65
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
4.1</revnumber> <date>30 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Ιουλ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
4.1</revnumber> <date>30 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:89
msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, απόρριψη παρωχημένων "
+"λειτουργιών</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
+msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
"revremark>"
"λειτουργιών</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:95
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
"βελτιώσεις στυλ</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:101
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:107
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
"markdown</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:113
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>επείγουσα διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:119
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:125
+#: C/index.docbook:143
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και αναδρομής</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:131
+#: C/index.docbook:149
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:137
+#: C/index.docbook:155
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"συμπιεσμένου αρχείου</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:143
+#: C/index.docbook:161
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"και διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:149
+#: C/index.docbook:167
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:162
+#: C/index.docbook:180
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Εισαγωγή"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:164
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"και τον τρόπο χρήσης του."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:170
+#: C/index.docbook:188
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "Τι είναι το GTK-Doc;"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:172
+#: C/index.docbook:190
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"εφαρμογών."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:180
+#: C/index.docbook:198
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Πώς λειτουργεί το GTK-Doc;"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:182
+#: C/index.docbook:200
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"συναρτήσεις)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:189
+#: C/index.docbook:207
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"οποία είναι υπεύθυνο για διαφορετικό στάδιο της όλης διαδικασίας."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:194
+#: C/index.docbook:212
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Η διαδικασία περιλαμβάνει 5 κύρια στάδια:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:201
+#: C/index.docbook:219
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"παράγονταν αυτόματα, αλλά αυτός ο τρόπος δεν συνιστάται πλέον.)"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:211
+#: C/index.docbook:229
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:228
+#: C/index.docbook:246
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"ιεραρχία κλάσεων καθώς και για τις ιδιότητες και σήματα GObject που περιέχει."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:234
+#: C/index.docbook:252
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"gtk+."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:241
+#: C/index.docbook:259
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"και κανενός είδους τεκμηρίωση.)"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:250
+#: C/index.docbook:268
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:262
+#: C/index.docbook:280
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
-"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename "
"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
-"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Παραγωγή SGML/XML και HTML/PDF</guilabel>. Το <application>gtkdoc-"
-"mkdb</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία προτύπων tmpl σε αρχεία SGML ή XML "
-"και τα τοποθετεί στους υποκαταλόγους <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</"
-"filename> ή <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. Αν ο πηγαίος "
-"κώδικας περιέχει τεκμηρίωση συναρτήσεων εντός ειδικών μπλοκ σχολίων, τα "
-"σχόλια συγχωνεύονται σε αυτό το στάδιο. Αν δεν υπάρχουν αρχεία προτύπων "
-"tmpl, τότε χρησιμοποιούνται μόνο τα έγγραφα που προέκυψαν από τον πηγαίο "
-"κώδικα και τα δεδομένα της ενδοσκόπησης. Σας συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιήσετε "
-"το βιβλίο τεκμηρίωσης XML."
+"sources and introspection data."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Δημιουργία του XML και του HTML/PDF</guilabel>. Το "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία προτύπων σε "
+"αρχεία XML στον υποκατάλογο <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. "
+"Αν ο πηγαίος κώδικας περιέχει τεκμηρίωση συναρτήσεων, χρησιμοποιώντας τις "
+"ειδικές ομάδες σχολίων, συγχωνεύεται εδώ. Αν δεν υπάρχουν χρησιμοποιούμενα "
+"αρχεία tmpl, διαβάζει μόνο έγγραφα από τα δεδομένα πηγών και αυτοελέγχου."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:273
+#: C/index.docbook:289
msgid ""
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
-"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
-"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files "
-"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files "
+"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF "
+"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
msgstr ""
-" Το <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML "
-"σε αρχεία HTML που τοποθετούνται στον υποκατάλογο <filename class=\"directory"
-"\">html/</filename>. Ομοίως, το <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> "
-"μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε ένα αρχείο PDF που ονομάζεται <filename><"
-"package>.pdf</filename>."
+"Το <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία XML σε "
+"αρχεία HTML στον υποκατάλογο <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename>. "
+"Ομοίως, το <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία XML "
+"σε ένα έγγραφο PDF που ονομάζεται <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:279
+#: C/index.docbook:295
msgid ""
-"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
-"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
-"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them "
-"directly."
+"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class="
+"\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One "
+"should never edit them directly."
msgstr ""
-"Τα αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename>, "
-"<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> και <filename class=\"directory"
-"\">html/</filename> αντικαθίστανται αυτόματα. Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα "
-"επεξεργάζεστε απευθείας."
+"Τα αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> και "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> αντικαθίστανται πάντα. "
+"Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα επεξεργάζεστε απευθείας."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:287
+#: C/index.docbook:303
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"εγκατεστημένη η τεκμηρίωση)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:305
+#: C/index.docbook:321
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Λήψη GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:308
+#: C/index.docbook:324
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Απαιτήσεις"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:309
+#: C/index.docbook:325
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - οι κύριες δέσμες ενεργειών είναι γραμμένες σε "
"Perl."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:312
+#: C/index.docbook:328
msgid ""
"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
"\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:316
+#: C/index.docbook:332
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:320
+#: C/index.docbook:336
msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - προαιρετική - για το gtkdoc-depscan"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:323
+#: C/index.docbook:339
msgid ""
"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
"για την επισήμανση της σύνταξης στα παραδείγματα"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:331
+#: C/index.docbook:347
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Περί GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:333 C/index.docbook:347
+#: C/index.docbook:349 C/index.docbook:363
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(ΠΡΟΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗ)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:337
+#: C/index.docbook:353
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
"comparison with other similar systems.)"
"σχέδια, σύγκριση με άλλα παρόμοια συστήματα.)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:345
+#: C/index.docbook:361
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Περί του εγχειριδίου"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:351
+#: C/index.docbook:367
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(σε ποιους απευθύνεται, πού θα το βρείτε, άδεια)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:360
+#: C/index.docbook:376
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Δημιουργώντας το δικό σας έργο"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:362
+#: C/index.docbook:378
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"μια διαφορετική δόμηση ρυθμίσεων."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:373
+#: C/index.docbook:389
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Δημιουργία του σκελετού τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:375
+#: C/index.docbook:391
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"περιλαμβάνουν μόνο μία βιβλιοθήκη."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:384
+#: C/index.docbook:400
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Παράδειγμα δομής καταλόγου"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:385
+#: C/index.docbook:401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" meeper/\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:382
+#: C/index.docbook:398
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Αυτό θα φαίνεται, λοιπόν, όπως εμφανίζεται παρακάτω: <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:400 C/index.docbook:407
+#: C/index.docbook:416 C/index.docbook:423
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autoconf"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:402
+#: C/index.docbook:418
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"<filename>configure.ac</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:408
+#: C/index.docbook:424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:420
+#: C/index.docbook:436
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Προαιρετικά διατηρήστε το gtk-doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:421
+#: C/index.docbook:437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"])\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:415
+#: C/index.docbook:431
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:432
+#: C/index.docbook:448
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"symbol> επίσης προσθέτει αρκετούς διακόπτες ρύθμισης:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:438
+#: C/index.docbook:454
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir= PATH : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:439
+#: C/index.docbook:455
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για τη δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης [προεπιλογή=no]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:440
+#: C/index.docbook:456
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [προεπιλογή=yes]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:441
+#: C/index.docbook:457
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [προεπιλογή=no]"
#. (itstool) path: important/para
-#: C/index.docbook:445
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"τον προγραμματιστή)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:453
+#: C/index.docbook:469
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> στο έργο σας."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:461
+#: C/index.docbook:477
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Προετοιμασία για το gtkdocize"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:462
+#: C/index.docbook:478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:467
+#: C/index.docbook:483
msgid ""
"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
"code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:475
+#: C/index.docbook:491
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο automake"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:477
+#: C/index.docbook:493
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
"επαναλάβετε αυτό το βήμα για το καθένα απο αυτά."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:488
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"παραμέτρους."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:502
+#: C/index.docbook:518
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autogen"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:504
+#: C/index.docbook:520
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το autoconf."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:513
+#: C/index.docbook:529
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Εκτέλεση του gtkdocize από το autogen.sh"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:514
+#: C/index.docbook:530
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:520
+#: C/index.docbook:536
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"function>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:529
+#: C/index.docbook:545
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:546 C/index.docbook:563
+#: C/index.docbook:562 C/index.docbook:579
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Εκτέλεση της δόμησης τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:548
+#: C/index.docbook:564
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"με αυτή την επιλογή."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:555
+#: C/index.docbook:571
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:564
+#: C/index.docbook:580
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"make\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:570
+#: C/index.docbook:586
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"κεφάλαιο θα μάθετε πώς μπορείτε να ζωντανέψετε τις σελίδες σας."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:578
+#: C/index.docbook:594
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση σε συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:580
+#: C/index.docbook:596
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "
"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."
"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:588
+#: C/index.docbook:604
msgid ""
"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "
"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "
"<filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:596
+#: C/index.docbook:612
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στα αρχεία makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα δόμησης"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:598
+#: C/index.docbook:614
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
"εργαλεία του gtkdoc στη σωστή σειρά στα makefiles (ή άλλα εργαλεία δόμησης)."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:605
+#: C/index.docbook:621
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Βήματα δόμησης τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:606
+#: C/index.docbook:622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:620
+#: C/index.docbook:636
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> για να επιλέξετε τις ρυθμίσεις που "
"χρειάζονται."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:643
+msgid "Integration with CMake build systems"
+msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση με συστήματα δόμησης CMake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:645
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and "
+"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). "
+"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can "
+"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Το GTK-Doc παρέχει το άρθρωμα <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> (και "
+"το αντίστοιχο άρθρωμα <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>). "
+"Επίσης παρέχει την εντολή <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> την οποία "
+"μπορείτε να ορίσετε στο αρχείο <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:655
+msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake"
+msgstr "Παράδειγμα χρήσης του GTK-Doc από το CMake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:656
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n"
+"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n"
+"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:653
+msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Το ακόλουθο παράδειγμα δείχνει πως να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή. <_:"
+"example-1/>"
+
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:629
+#: C/index.docbook:681
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση κώδικα"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:631
+#: C/index.docbook:683
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"λεπτομέρειες για τη σύνταξη αυτών των σχολίων."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/index.docbook:639
+#: C/index.docbook:691
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Τοποθέτηση τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:640
+#: C/index.docbook:692
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"συγκρούσεις με τα συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων."
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:646
+#: C/index.docbook:698
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"περιγράψουμε σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:657 C/index.docbook:674
+#: C/index.docbook:709 C/index.docbook:735
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:658
+#: C/index.docbook:710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:653
+#: C/index.docbook:705
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"έναν ειδικό χαρακτήρα, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε στο GTK-Doc να τους "
"παραλείψει. <_:example-1/>"
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:719
+msgid "Limitations"
+msgstr "Περιορισμοί"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:720
+msgid ""
+"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but "
+"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημειώστε, ότι το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει το <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</"
+"code>, αλλά όχι το <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> ή άλλους "
+"συνδυασμούς."
+
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:669
+#: C/index.docbook:730
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Σχόλια τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:675
+#: C/index.docbook:736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:671
+#: C/index.docbook:732
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"Doc. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:684
+#: C/index.docbook:745
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"στοιχείου. (ΜΕΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΑ: να προστεθεί πίνακας με τα αναγνωριστικά)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:690
+#: C/index.docbook:751
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"κώδικα)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:707
+#: C/index.docbook:768
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"παραπλανητικό για ανθρώπους που δεν έχουν τεχνογνωσία στο θέμα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:713
+#: C/index.docbook:774
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
"Τι κάνει: Αναφέρει τις κοινές χρήσεις και τις βάζει σε σχέση με άλλο API."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:703
+#: C/index.docbook:764
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Όταν τεκμηριώνετε κώδικα, περιγράψτε δύο πλευρές: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:728
+#: C/index.docbook:789
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το function() για να αναφερθείτε σε συναρτήσεις ή "
"μακροεντολές που δέχονται ορίσματα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:733
+#: C/index.docbook:794
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"συναρτήσεων, σχετικών με την περιγραφόμενη."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:739
+#: C/index.docbook:800
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το %constant για να αναφερθείτε σε σταθερές, π.χ. "
"%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:744
+#: C/index.docbook:805
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"δομές, αριθμήσεις και μακροεντολές που δε δέχονται ορίσματα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:750
+#: C/index.docbook:811
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το #Object::signal για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα σήμα GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:755
+#: C/index.docbook:816
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το #Object::property για να αναφερθείτε σε μία ιδιότητα "
"GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:760
+#: C/index.docbook:821
msgid ""
"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
"δομή και #GObjectClass.foo_bar() για να αναφερθείτε σε μια vmethod."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:722
+#: C/index.docbook:783
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"<_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:769
+#: C/index.docbook:830
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"διαφυγής."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:778
+#: C/index.docbook:839
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
"εμφανίζονται σαν γραμμές που αρχίζουν με μια παύλα."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:789
+#: C/index.docbook:850
+msgid ""
+"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is "
+"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook "
+"xml is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν και τώρα προτιμάται η Markdown μπορεί κάποιος να αναμείξει και τις δύο. "
+"Ένας περιορισμός εδώ είναι ότι κάποιος μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσει το docbook "
+"xml μέσα στο markdown, αλλά το markdown μέσα στο docbook xml δεν "
+"υποστηρίζεται."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:856
msgid ""
"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
-"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
-"comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</"
-"option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments "
+"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in "
+"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>."
msgstr ""
"Σε παλιότερες εκδόσεις του GTK-Doc, αν χρειάζεστε υποστήριξη για πρόσθετη "
-"μορφοποίηση, θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε τη χρήση των ετικετών docbook SGML/"
-"XML μέσα στα doc-comments θέτοντας το <option>--xml-mode</option> ή το "
-"<option>--sgml-mode</option> στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> "
+"μορφοποίηση, θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε τη χρήση των ετικετών docbook XML "
+"μέσα στα doc-comments θέτοντας το <option>--xml-mode</option> (ή το "
+"<option>--sgml-mode</option>) στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> "
"μέσα στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:799
+#: C/index.docbook:865
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας Markdown"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:800
+#: C/index.docbook:866
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" *\n"
" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
" *\n"
-" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
+" * \n"
" *\n"
" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
" *\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
-" * identifier:\n"
+" * ταυτοποιητής:\n"
" *\n"
-" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
+" * παράγραφος τεκμηρίωσης ...\n"
" *\n"
-" * # Sub Heading #\n"
+" * # Δευτερεύουσα επικεφαλίδα #\n"
" *\n"
-" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
+" * ## Δεύτερη δευτερεύουσα επικεφαλίδα\n"
" *\n"
-" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
+" * # Δευτερεύουσα επικεφαλίδα με μια άγκυρα συνδέσμου # {#επικεφαλίδα-δύο}\n"
" *\n"
-" * more documentation:\n"
+" * περισσότερη τεκμηρίωση:\n"
" *\n"
-" * - list item 1\n"
+" * - στοιχείο 1 καταλόγου\n"
" *\n"
-" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
+" * Παράγραφος μέσα σε ένα στοιχείο καταλόγου.\n"
" *\n"
-" * - list item 2\n"
+" * - στοιχείο καταλόγου 2\n"
" *\n"
-" * 1. numbered list item\n"
+" * 1. αριθμημένο στοιχείο καταλόγου\n"
" *\n"
-" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
+" * 2. άλλο αριθμημένο στοιχείο καταλόγου\n"
" *\n"
-" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" * Μια άλλη παράγραφος. [Ένας σύνδεσμος στην ιστοσελίδα GNOME](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
" *\n"
-" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
+" * \n"
" *\n"
-" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
+" * [Ένας σύνδεσμος στην από πάνω άγκυρα επικεφαλίδας][επικεφαλίδα-δύο]\n"
" *\n"
-" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * Ένα παράδειγμα γλώσσας C:\n"
" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
" * ]|\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:839
+#: C/index.docbook:905
msgid ""
"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
"Reference</ulink>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:845
+#: C/index.docbook:911
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:859
+#: C/index.docbook:925
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση ενοτήτων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:861
+#: C/index.docbook:927
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"περιεχομένων. Όλα τα πεδία @fields είναι προαιρετικά."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:869
+#: C/index.docbook:935
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:870
+#: C/index.docbook:936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:889
+#: C/index.docbook:955
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<name>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:891
+#: C/index.docbook:957
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:900
+#: C/index.docbook:966
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:902
+#: C/index.docbook:968
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"της ενότητας."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:909
+#: C/index.docbook:975
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:911
+#: C/index.docbook:977
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"SECTION. Μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί με το πεδίο @title."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:918
+#: C/index.docbook:984
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:920
+#: C/index.docbook:986
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"άλλες ενότητες είναι <MODULE>-<title>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:928
+#: C/index.docbook:994
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:930
+#: C/index.docbook:996
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Λίστα συμβόλων σχετικών με αυτή την ενότητα."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:936
+#: C/index.docbook:1002
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:943
+#: C/index.docbook:1009
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"λόγους."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:955
+#: C/index.docbook:1021
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"συμβατότητας μεταξύ μιας ελάσσονας έκδοσης και της επόμενης."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:967
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"σαφώς καθορισμένων και τεκμηριωμένων διαδικασιών."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:976
+#: C/index.docbook:1042
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"περιέχουν τεκμηρίωση εκλαμβάνονται ως εσωτερικές."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:938
+#: C/index.docbook:1004
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"συνιστούμε τη χρήση ενός από τους ακόλουθους όρους: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:988
+#: C/index.docbook:1054
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:990
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"link> ή στη γραμμή εντολών. Πρόκειται για προαιρετικό στοιχείο."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:999
+#: C/index.docbook:1065
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1001
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"καταχώρηση είναι προαιρετική."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1012
+#: C/index.docbook:1078
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"αρχείο του πηγαίου κώδικα, όπου αυτό είναι δυνατό."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1021
+#: C/index.docbook:1087
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση συμβόλων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1023
+#: C/index.docbook:1089
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1031 C/index.docbook:1060
+#: C/index.docbook:1097 C/index.docbook:1163
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Γενικές ετικέτες"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1033
+#: C/index.docbook:1099
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"τεκμηρίωσης για να πείτε πότε εισήχθηκε ένα API, ή πότε καταργήθηκε."
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1038
+#: C/index.docbook:1104
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Εκδόσεις Ετικετών"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1039
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Από:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1041
+#: C/index.docbook:1107
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Περιγραφή οπό ποια έκδοση του κώδικα και μετά είναι διαθέσιμο το API."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1046
+#: C/index.docbook:1112
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Παρωχημένη:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1048
+#: C/index.docbook:1114
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"συνάρτησης. Η περιγραφή θα πρέπει να παραπέμπει τον αναγνώστη στο νέο API."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1056
-msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
-msgstr "(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)"
+#: C/index.docbook:1122
+msgid ""
+"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to "
+"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor "
+"releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε επίσης να προσθέσετε πληροφορίες σταθερότητας σε όλα τα στοιχεία "
+"της τεκμηρίωσης για να δείξετε αν η σταθερότητα API είναι εγγυημένη για αυτά "
+"για όλες τις μελλοντικές δευτερεύουσες εκδόσεις του έργου."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
+msgid ""
+"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by "
+"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below."
+msgstr ""
+"Το επίπεδο προεπιλεγμένης σταθερότητας για όλα τα στοιχεία τεκμηρίωσης "
+"μπορούν να οριστούν μεταφέροντας το όρισμα <option>--default-stability</"
+"option> στην <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> με μια άπω τις παρακάτω "
+"τιμές."
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1134
+msgid "Stability Tags"
+msgstr "Ετικέτες σταθερότητας"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
+msgid "Stability: Stable"
+msgstr "Σταθερότητα: σταθερό"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to "
+"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημείωση του στοιχείου ως σταθερού. Αυτό είναι για δημόσια APIs που είναι "
+"βέβαια ότι παραμένουν σταθερά για όλες τις μελλοντικές δευτερεύουσες "
+"εκδόσεις του έργου."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1144
+msgid "Stability: Unstable"
+msgstr "Σταθερότητα: ασταθές"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1146
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as "
+"a preview before being stabilised."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημείωση του στοιχείου ως ασταθούς. Αυτό είναι για τα δημόσια APIs που "
+"εκδίδονται ως μια προεπισκόπηση πριν να σταθεροποιηθούν."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1152
+msgid "Stability: Private"
+msgstr "Σταθερότητα: προσωπική"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1154
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by "
+"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημείωση του στοιχείου ως προσωπικό. Αυτό είναι για διεπαφές που μπορούν να "
+"χρησιμοποιηθούν με σφικτά συνδυασμένες ενότητες, αλλά όχι από ελεύθερα τρίτα "
+"μέρη."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1061
+#: C/index.docbook:1164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1081 C/index.docbook:1117
+#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1194
+msgid "Annotations"
+msgstr "Σχόλια"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1186
+msgid ""
+"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be "
+"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by "
+"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the "
+"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι ομάδες τεκμηρίωσης μπορούν να περιέχουν ετικέτες σχολιασμού. Αυτές οι "
+"ετικέτες θα αποδοθούν με συμβουλές οθόνης που περιγράφουν το νόημά τους. Οι "
+"ετικέτες χρησιμοποιούνται από το gobject-introspection για τη δημιουργία των "
+"συνδέσεων γλώσσας. Ένας λεπτομερής κατάλογος των υποστηριζόμενων ετικετών "
+"μπορεί να βρεθεί στο <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/"
+"Annotations\" type=\"http\">η βίκι</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1195
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (σχόλιο)\n"
+" * @foo: (σχόλιο): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Ανακτά @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Επιστρέφει: (σχόλιο): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (σχόλιο) (ένα άλλο σχόλιο)\n"
+" * (και ένα άλλο σχόλιο)\n"
+" * @foo: (σχόλιο) (ένα άλλο σχόλιο): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Ορίζει γραμμή στο @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1216 C/index.docbook:1245
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Ομάδα σχολίων συνάρτησης"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1087
+#: C/index.docbook:1222
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"λπ, θα πρέπει να ελευθερώνονται, να μην ελευθερώνονται ή να απορρίπτονται."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1093
+#: C/index.docbook:1228
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο οι παράμετροι μπορούν να είναι μηδενικές (NULL) και "
"τι συμβαίνει αν είναι."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1098
+#: C/index.docbook:1233
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Αναφέρετε ενδιαφέρουσες προ-καταστάσεις και μετα-καταστάσεις όπου χρειάζεται."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1083 C/index.docbook:1176
+#: C/index.docbook:1218 C/index.docbook:1304
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Παρακαλούμε να θυμηθείτε να: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1105
+#: C/index.docbook:1240
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"ξεκινούν με '_' είναι ιδιωτικά και τα μεταχειρίζεται σαν στατικές "
"συναρτήσεις."
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1110
-msgid ""
-"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
-"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-msgstr ""
-"Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: http://live."
-"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1118
+#: C/index.docbook:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1139
+#: C/index.docbook:1267
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Ετικέτες συναρτήσεων"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1140
+#: C/index.docbook:1268
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Επιστροφές:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1142
+#: C/index.docbook:1270
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Παράγραφος που περιγράφει το επιστρεφόμενο αποτέλεσμα."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1147
+#: C/index.docbook:1275
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1149
+#: C/index.docbook:1277
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1159 C/index.docbook:1161
+#: C/index.docbook:1287 C/index.docbook:1289
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Ομάδα σχολίων ιδιότητας"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1162
+#: C/index.docbook:1290
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1174 C/index.docbook:1193
+#: C/index.docbook:1302 C/index.docbook:1321
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Ομάδα σχολίων σήματος"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1180
+#: C/index.docbook:1308
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"άλλα σήματα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1186
+#: C/index.docbook:1314
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Τεκμηριώστε τι μπορεί να κάνει μια εφαρμογή στον διαχειριστή σημάτων."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1194
+#: C/index.docbook:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1211 C/index.docbook:1212
+#: C/index.docbook:1339 C/index.docbook:1340
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Ομάδα σχολίων δομής"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1213
+#: C/index.docbook:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-" /*< private >*/\n"
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
"\n"
-" /*< public >*/\n"
" gboolean bar;\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
msgstr ""
" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-" /*< private >*/\n"
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
"\n"
-" /*< public >*/\n"
" gboolean bar;\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1230
+#: C/index.docbook:1356
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"public >*/</code>για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1236
+#: C/index.docbook:1362
+msgid ""
+"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" "
+"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned "
+"in the comment block."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πρώτο πεδίο είναι \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" ή \"parent_class\" "
+"θα θεωρηθεί αυτόματα ιδιωτικό και δεν θα χρειαστεί να αναφερθεί στην περιοχή "
+"των σχολίων."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1368
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1248 C/index.docbook:1249
+#: C/index.docbook:1380 C/index.docbook:1381
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Ομάδα σχολίων Enum"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1250
+#: C/index.docbook:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"} Something;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1267
+#: C/index.docbook:1399
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
">*/</code> για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1277
+#: C/index.docbook:1409
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Χρήσιμες ετικέτες DocBook"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1279
+#: C/index.docbook:1411
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"του κώδικα."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1288
+#: C/index.docbook:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1284
+#: C/index.docbook:1416
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το SGML/XML."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1301
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1298
+#: C/index.docbook:1430
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1310
+#: C/index.docbook:1442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</example>\n"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1321
+#: C/index.docbook:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1307
+#: C/index.docbook:1439
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης μια συντόμευση: |[ ... ]|"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1340
+#: C/index.docbook:1472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1337
+#: C/index.docbook:1469
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Συμπερίληψη λιστών με κουκκίδες: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1360
+#: C/index.docbook:1492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</note>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1357
+#: C/index.docbook:1489
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr ""
"informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1373
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1370
+#: C/index.docbook:1502
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε έναν τύπο: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1382
+#: C/index.docbook:1514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1379
+#: C/index.docbook:1511
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"τεκμηρίωση GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1391
+#: C/index.docbook:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1388
+#: C/index.docbook:1520
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα πεδίο μιας δομής: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1400
+#: C/index.docbook:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1397
+#: C/index.docbook:1529
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">τις συντομεύσεις</link>)."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1411
+#: C/index.docbook:1543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1408
+#: C/index.docbook:1540
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Χρήση έντονων χαρακτήρων: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1420
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1417
+#: C/index.docbook:1549
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για ονόματα αρχείων χρησιμοποιήστε: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1429
+#: C/index.docbook:1561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1426
+#: C/index.docbook:1558
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε κλειδιά χρησιμοποιήστε: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1439
+#: C/index.docbook:1571
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Συμπλήρωση των επιπλέον αρχείων"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1441
+#: C/index.docbook:1573
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1450
+#: C/index.docbook:1582
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία του αρχείου types"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1452
+#: C/index.docbook:1584
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<filename><package>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1461
+#: C/index.docbook:1593
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Υπόδειγμα αποσπάσματος αρχείου types"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1462
+#: C/index.docbook:1594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1473
+#: C/index.docbook:1605
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"types ούτε στη διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1482
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία κύριου εγγράφου (master)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1484
+#: C/index.docbook:1616
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"ταξινομεί."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1491
+#: C/index.docbook:1623
msgid ""
-"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
-"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
-"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test "
-"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good "
-"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "
-"introduced there."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν και το GTK-Doc παράγει αυτόματα ένα πρότυπο κύριο έγγραφο, δεν το "
-"τροποποιεί κατά τις επόμενες εκτελέσεις. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι έχετε τη "
-"δυνατότητα να αλλάξετε τη δομή της τεκμηρίωσης. Μπορείτε να ομαδοποιήσετε "
-"κάποιες σελίδες ή να προσθέσετε νέες. Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει πλέον μια σουίτα "
-"για δοκιμές, στην οποία το κύριο έγγραφο παράγεται εκ νέου. Συνιστάται να "
-"εÏ\80αναλαμβάνεÏ\84ε Ï\84ακÏ\84ικά αÏ\85Ï\84ή Ï\84η διαδικαÏ\83ία, για να διαÏ\80ιÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8eνεÏ\84ε αν ÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν "
-"προστεθεί νέα στοιχεία."
+"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will "
+"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the "
+"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc "
+"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from "
+"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there "
+"are some new goodies introduced there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν και το GTK-Doc παράγει αυτόματα ένα πρότυπο κύριο έγγραφο για σας, οι "
+"επόμενες εκτελέσεις δεν θα το ξαναθίξουν. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να "
+"δομήσετε την τεκμηρίωση ελεύθερα. Αυτό περιλαμβάνει την ομαδοποίηση των "
+"σελίδων και την προσθήκη πρόσθετων σελίδων. Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει πλέον μια "
+"σουίτα για δοκιμές, στην οποία το κύριο έγγραφο αναδημιουργείται από την "
+"αÏ\81Ï\87ή. Î\95ίναι καλÏ\8c να Ï\84ο κοιÏ\84άÏ\84ε κάÏ\80οÏ\85-κάÏ\80οÏ\85 για να δείÏ\84ε αν Ï\85Ï\80άÏ\81Ï\87οÏ\85ν κάÏ\80οια "
+"νέα καλούδια που εισήχθησαν εκεί."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1501
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"καθίσταται πιθανότερη η ενημέρωση του εγχειριδίου μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1510
+#: C/index.docbook:1642
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"αγκυλών) που πρέπει να διευκρινήσετε."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1517
+#: C/index.docbook:1649
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Κεφαλίδα κύριου εγγράφου"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1518
+#: C/index.docbook:1650
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<chapter>\n"
" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
+msgid ""
+"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can "
+"review these and enable them as you like."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιπλέον κάποια στοιχεία επιλογής δημιουργούνται με μορφή σχολίου. Μπορείτε "
+"να τα ελέγξετε και να τα ενεργοποιήσετε όπως θέλετε."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1672
+msgid "Optional part in the master document"
+msgstr "Προαιρετικό τμήμα στο κύριο έγγραφο"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- ενεργοποιήστε το όταν χρησιμοποιείτε σχόλια αυτοελέγχου gobject\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1681
+msgid ""
+"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link "
+"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind "
+"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc."
+msgstr ""
+"Τέλος, χρειάζεται να προσθέσετε νέα ενότητα όποτε εισάγετε μία. Το εργαλείο "
+"<link linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> θα σας "
+"θυμίσει τα νεοδημιουργούμενα αρχεία xml που δεν περιλαμβάνονται ακόμα στο "
+"έγγραφο."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1689 C/index.docbook:1724
+msgid "Including generated sections"
+msgstr "Συμπερίληψη των δημιουργούμενων ενοτήτων"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1690
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>my library</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>my library</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1537
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία αρχείου ενοτήτων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1539
+#: C/index.docbook:1704
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"σύμβολο και αποφασίζεται η ορατότητά του (αν θα είναι δημόσιο ή ιδιωτικό)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1545
+#: C/index.docbook:1710
msgid ""
-"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
-"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
-"lines."
+"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank "
+"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines."
msgstr ""
-"Το αρχείο ενοτήτων είναι ένα αρχείο απλού κειμένου με σύνταξη παρόμοια με "
-"XML (χρησιμοποιώντας ετικέτες). Οι κενές γραμμές αγνοούνται, ενώ οι γραμμές "
-"που ξεκινούν με '#' αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων."
+"Το αρχείο ενοτήτων είναι ένα αρχείο απλού κειμένου με ετικέτες οριοθετημένων "
+"περιοχών. Οι κενές γραμμές αγνοούνται, ενώ οι γραμμές που ξεκινούν με '#' "
+"αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1717
+msgid ""
+"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close "
+"tags like <SUBSECTION>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ενώ οι ετικέτες δείχνουν πως είναι ένα αρχείο xml, στην πραγματικότητα δεν "
+"είναι. Παρακαλούμε μην κλείνετε τις ετικέτες όπως <SUBSECTION>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1725
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1551
+#: C/index.docbook:1742
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
-"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</"
"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
"lower case)."
msgstr ""
"Η ετικέτα <FILE> ... </FILE> χρησιμοποιείται για να δηλώσει το "
-"όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>"
-"gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα "
-"βÏ\81ίÏ\83κονÏ\84αι Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\80Ï\81Ï\8cÏ\84Ï\85Ï\80ο αÏ\81Ï\87είο <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, "
-"το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-"
-"config.sgml</filename> ή DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
-"filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του αρθρώματος και "
-"τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα κλάσης "
-"GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)."
+"όνομα του αρχείου, χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθημα. Παραδείγματος χάρη, η χρήση "
+"του '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' θα καταλήξει στην ενότητα "
+"δηλÏ\8eÏ\83εÏ\89ν Ï\80οÏ\85 εξάγονÏ\84αι Ï\83Ï\84ο αÏ\81Ï\87είο Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"filename>, το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-"
+"config.sgml</filename> ή στο αρχείο DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config."
+"xml</filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του "
+"αρθρώματος και τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα "
+"κλάσης GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1563
+#: C/index.docbook:1754
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"αυτό είναι παρωχημένο."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1570
+#: C/index.docbook:1761
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"(μεταβλητές,vmethods)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1589
+#: C/index.docbook:1780
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"μόνο τη συγκεκριμένη ενότητα. "
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1603
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Έλεγχος αποτελέσματος"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1605
+#: C/index.docbook:1796
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"filename>. Είναι αρχεία απλού κειμένου, εύκολα στην ανάγνωση και επεξεργασία."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1614
+#: C/index.docbook:1805
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"προστέθηκε μια νέα παράμετρος."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1623
+#: C/index.docbook:1814
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"έχουν αφαιρεθεί ή αν περιέχουν συντακτικά λάθη."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1630
+#: C/index.docbook:1821
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"προστεθεί ακόμη στο αρχείο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1638
+#: C/index.docbook:1829
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"<command>make check</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1645
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1654
+#: C/index.docbook:1845
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1669
+#: C/index.docbook:1860
msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
msgstr "Εκσυγχρονίζοντας την τεκμηρίωση"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1671
+#: C/index.docbook:1862
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
"features together with the version since when it is available."
"διαθέσιμες."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1677
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1679
+#: C/index.docbook:1870
msgid ""
"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
"το κύριο έγγραφο <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1684
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"sections.txt</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1695
+#: C/index.docbook:1886
msgid ""
"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "
"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"
-"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into you source "
+"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done."
msgstr ""
"Η εκδοση 1.8 εισήγαγε ήδη τη σύνταξη για τις ενότητες τεκμηρίωσης στις "
"πηγές, αντί για τα ξεχωριστά αρχεία, κάτω από το <filename class=\"directory"
"\">tmpl</filename>. Αυτή η έκδοση προσθέτει επιλογές για τη μετατροπή "
"ολόκληρου του αρθρώματος doc ώστε να μη χρησιμοποιεί καθόλου το επιπλέον "
-"στάδιο δόμησης tmpl, με τη χρήση της επιλογής <option>--flavour no-tmpl</"
-"option> στο <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+"στάδιο δόμησης tmpl, με τη χρήση του <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> στο "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Εάν δεν έχετε ένα <filename class="
+"\"directory\">tmpl</filename> σημειωμένο στο σύστημα ελέγχου πηγής και δεν "
+"έχετε ακόμα αλλάξει, προσθέστε απλά τη σημαία στο <filename>configure.ac</"
+"filename> και τελειώσατε."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1705
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1707
+#: C/index.docbook:1900
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"am</filename> για τον κώδικα που δομείται υπό όρους."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1718
+#: C/index.docbook:1911
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1724
+#: C/index.docbook:1917
msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του gtkdoc-check"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1725
+#: C/index.docbook:1918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1720
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
msgid ""
"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1738
+#: C/index.docbook:1931
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1740
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
msgid ""
"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
"περισσότερα στυλ. Η ενότητα που εξηγεί τη <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax"
"\">σύνταξη σχολίων</link> έχει όλες τις λεπτομέρειες."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1943
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1953
+msgid "Use pre-generated entities"
+msgstr "Χρήση προδημιουργημένων οντοτήτων"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1954
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1945
+msgid ""
+"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at "
+"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. "
+"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file "
+"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is any example that shows how "
+"the entity file is included and how the entities are used. The entities can "
+"also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in "
+"generated xml files. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Τα αρχεία makefiles που έρχονται με αυτή την έκδοση παράγουν ένα αρχείο "
+"οντοτήτων στο <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, το οποίο "
+"περιλαμβάνει οντότητες π.χ. package_name και package_version. Μπορείτε να το "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε π.χ. στο κύριο αρχείο xml για να αποφύγετε τον στατικό "
+"ορισμό του αριθμού έκδοσης. Παρακάτω είναι ένα παράδειγμα που σας δείχνει "
+"πως συμπεριλαμβάνεται το αρχείο οντοτήτων και πως οι οντότητες "
+"χρησιμοποιούνται. Οι οντότητες μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν και σε όλα τα "
+"δημιουργημένα αρχεία, καθώς το GTK-Doc θα χρησιμοποιήσει την ίδια κεφαλίδα "
+"xml σε όλα τα δημιουργημένα αρχεία xml. <_:example-1/>"
+
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1751
+#: C/index.docbook:1979
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση άλλων διεπαφών"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1753
+#: C/index.docbook:1981
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να καταγράφετε και άλλες διεπαφές."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1760
+#: C/index.docbook:1988
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Επιλογές γραμμής εντολών και σελίδες τεκμηρίωσης man"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1762
+#: C/index.docbook:1990
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"δωρεάν την σελίδα-man."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1769
+#: C/index.docbook:1997
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση του εργαλείου"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1771
+#: C/index.docbook:1999
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"αρχείο στον υποκατάλογο xml καθώς επίσης και τα παραδείγματα π.χ. στο glib."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1781
+#: C/index.docbook:2009
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Προσθήκη του έξτρα ελέγχου διαμόρφωσης"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1784 C/index.docbook:1802
+#: C/index.docbook:2012 C/index.docbook:2030
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Επιπλέον έλεγχοι ρυθμίσεων"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1785
+#: C/index.docbook:2013
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1799
+#: C/index.docbook:2027
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Προσθήκη των επιπλέον κανόνων makefile"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1803
+#: C/index.docbook:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1825
+#: C/index.docbook:2053
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "Διεπαφές DBus"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1827
+#: C/index.docbook:2055
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1836
+#: C/index.docbook:2064
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Συχνές ερωτήσεις"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1840
+#: C/index.docbook:2068
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Ερώτηση"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1841
+#: C/index.docbook:2069
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Απάντηση"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1843
+#: C/index.docbook:2071
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1844
+#: C/index.docbook:2072
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"εισαχθεί στο αρχείο <filename><package>.types</filename>"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1850
+#: C/index.docbook:2078
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Εξακολουθεί να μην υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1851
+#: C/index.docbook:2079
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">αιτιολόγηση</ulink>)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1857
+#: C/index.docbook:2085
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Στο καλό του, πάλι δεν έχω ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1858
+#: C/index.docbook:2086
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"Private)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1865
+#: C/index.docbook:2093
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ευρετήριο συμβόλων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1866
+#: C/index.docbook:2094
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"ευρετήριο το οποίο περιλαμβάνει με xi:includes το παραγόμενο ευρετήριο;"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1872
+#: C/index.docbook:2100
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr ""
"Δεν υπάρχουν σύνδεσμοι μεταξύ των συμβόλων και των κατάλληλων ενοτήτων της "
"τεκμηρίωσης."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1873
+#: C/index.docbook:2101
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"()); Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1879
+#: C/index.docbook:2107
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Μια νέα κλάση δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1880
+#: C/index.docbook:2108
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>;"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1886
+#: C/index.docbook:2114
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Ένα νέο σύμβολο δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1887
+#: C/index.docbook:2115
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> σε μια δημόσια υποενότητα."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1895
+#: C/index.docbook:2123
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Λείπει ένας τύπος από την ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1896
+#: C/index.docbook:2124
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"εμφανιστεί."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1905
+#: C/index.docbook:2133
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr "Λαμβάνω συνδέσμους foldoc για όλες τις σημειώσεις gobject."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1906
+#: C/index.docbook:2134
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"included από το <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1914
+#: C/index.docbook:2142
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Μια παράμετρος περιγράφεται σε σχόλιο του πηγαίου κώδικα, αλλά δεν υπάρχει"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1915
+#: C/index.docbook:2143
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"παράμετρο από αυτό που αναφέρεται στον κώδικα."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1920
+#: C/index.docbook:2148
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "Πολλαπλά \"Αναγνωριστικά\" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1921
+#: C/index.docbook:2149
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1924
+#: C/index.docbook:2152
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
"αντιστοιχεί σε κανένα πρότυπο."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1931
+#: C/index.docbook:2159
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Εργαλεία σχετικά με το gtk-doc"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1933
+#: C/index.docbook:2161
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"ιστοσελίδες trac και ενσωματώνεται με την αναζήτηση trac."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1938
+#: C/index.docbook:2166
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
"ελεύθερου λογισμικού της αρεσκείας σας,όπως η <_:ulink-1/>, ώστε να "
"επιτρέψετε τη χρήση τους σε ελεύθερο λογισμικό. "
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "/**\n"
+#~ " * FooWidget:\n"
+#~ " * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+#~ " */\n"
+#~ "typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+#~ " /*< private >*/\n"
+#~ " GtkWidget parent;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " /*< public >*/\n"
+#~ " gboolean bar;\n"
+#~ "} FooWidget;\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "/**\n"
+#~ " * FooWidget:\n"
+#~ " * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+#~ " */\n"
+#~ "typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+#~ " /*< private >*/\n"
+#~ " GtkWidget parent;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " /*< public >*/\n"
+#~ " gboolean bar;\n"
+#~ "} FooWidget;\n"
+
+#~ msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
+#~ msgstr "(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)"
+
+#~ msgid "1.20"
+#~ msgstr "1.20"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: http://live."
+#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+
#~ msgid "1.18.1"
#~ msgstr "1.18.1"
#~ "com/davenport</ulink> ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Αυτή η δυνατότητα δε λειτουργεί προς το "
#~ "παρόν."
-#~ msgid "Installation"
-#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
#~ "installed."
<book id="index" lang="el">
<bookinfo>
<title>Εγχειρίδιο GTK-Doc</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Εγχειρίδιο χρήστη για προγραμματιστές με οδηγίες για τη χρήση του GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
</authorgroup>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Έργο GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth και Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
- <copyright><year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
+ <copyright><year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:
<copyright>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>development version</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.22</revnumber>
- <date>07 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
- </revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber> <date>30 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 Μαΐου 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, απόρριψη παρωχημένων λειτουργιών</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Ιουλ 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, απόρριψη παρωχημένων λειτουργιών</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Φεβ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, υποστήριξη markdown, και βελτιώσεις στυλ</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark></revision>
</othercredit>
<copyright>
- <year>2009-2014</year>
+ <year>2009-2015</year>
<holder>Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα GNOME</holder>
</copyright>
<year>2012</year>
+ <year>2015</year>
+
<holder>Θάνος Τρυφωνίδης</holder>
</copyright>
</othercredit>
<copyright>
- <year>2013</year>
-
- <year>2014</year>
+ <year>2013-2015</year>
<holder>Δημήτρης Σπίγγος</holder>
</copyright>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>ΠαÏ\81αγÏ\89γή SGML/XML και HTML/PDF</guilabel>. Το <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> μεÏ\84αÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν tmpl Ï\83ε αÏ\81Ï\87εία SGML ή XML και Ï\84α Ï\84οÏ\80οθεÏ\84εί Ï\83Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\85Ï\80οκαÏ\84αλÏ\8cγοÏ\85Ï\82 <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ή <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Î\91ν ο Ï\80ηγαίοÏ\82 κÏ\8eδικαÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\85ναÏ\81Ï\84ήÏ\83εÏ\89ν ενÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\82 ειδικÏ\8eν μÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν, Ï\84α Ï\83Ï\87Ï\8cλια Ï\83Ï\85γÏ\87Ï\89νεÏ\8dονÏ\84αι Ï\83ε αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c Ï\84ο Ï\83Ï\84άδιο. Î\91ν δεν Ï\85Ï\80άÏ\81Ï\87οÏ\85ν αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν tmpl, Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\84ε Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιοÏ\8dνÏ\84αι μÏ\8cνο Ï\84α ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86α Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\80Ï\81οÎκÏ\85Ï\88αν αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84ον Ï\80ηγαίο κÏ\8eδικα και Ï\84α δεδομÎνα Ï\84ηÏ\82 ενδοÏ\83κÏ\8cÏ\80ηÏ\83ηÏ\82. ΣαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νιÏ\83Ï\84οÏ\8dμε να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ο βιβλίο Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 XML.</para>
- <para> Το <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε αρχεία HTML που τοποθετούνται στον υποκατάλογο <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Ομοίως, το <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε ένα αρχείο PDF που ονομάζεται <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.</para>
- <para>Τα αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>, <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> και <filename class="directory">html/</filename> αντικαθίστανται αυτόματα. Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα επεξεργάζεστε απευθείας.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Î\94ημιοÏ\85Ï\81γία Ï\84οÏ\85 XML και Ï\84οÏ\85 HTML/PDF</guilabel>. Το <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> μεÏ\84αÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν Ï\83ε αÏ\81Ï\87εία XML Ï\83Ï\84ον Ï\85Ï\80οκαÏ\84άλογο <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Î\91ν ο Ï\80ηγαίοÏ\82 κÏ\8eδικαÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\85ναÏ\81Ï\84ήÏ\83εÏ\89ν, Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιÏ\8eνÏ\84αÏ\82 Ï\84ιÏ\82 ειδικÎÏ\82 ομάδεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν, Ï\83Ï\85γÏ\87Ï\89νεÏ\8dεÏ\84αι εδÏ\8e. Î\91ν δεν Ï\85Ï\80άÏ\81Ï\87οÏ\85ν Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιοÏ\8dμενα αÏ\81Ï\87εία tmpl, διαβάζει μÏ\8cνο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86α αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84α δεδομÎνα Ï\80ηγÏ\8eν και αÏ\85Ï\84οελÎγÏ\87οÏ\85.</para>
+ <para>Το <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία XML σε αρχεία HTML στον υποκατάλογο <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Ομοίως, το <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία XML σε ένα έγγραφο PDF που ονομάζεται <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Τα αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> και <filename class="directory">html/</filename> αντικαθίστανται πάντα. Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα επεξεργάζεστε απευθείας.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Πρέπει να κοιτάξετε στα αρχεία <filename>Makefile.am</filename> και <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> για να επιλέξετε τις ρυθμίσεις που χρειάζονται.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
</example></para>
<note>
- <title>Limitations</title>
- <para>
- Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
- <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
- <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
- </para>
+ <title>Περιορισμοί</title>
+ <para>Σημειώστε, ότι το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει το <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code>, αλλά όχι το <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> ή άλλους συνδυασμούς.</para>
</note>
<!-- -->
<para>Το DocBook μπορεί να κάνει παραπάνω από απλούς συνδέσμους. Μπορεί κάποιος να έχει και λίστες, παραδείγματα, κεφαλίδες και εικόνες. Από την έκδοση 1.20 και μετά, ο προτιμώμενος τρόπος είναι με τη χρήση ενός υποσυνόλου της βασικής σύνταξης για μορφοποίηση κειμένου που ονομάζεται <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>. Σε παλιότερες εκδόσεις GTK-Doc οποιαδήποτε τεκμηρίωση που περιλαμβάνει Markdown θα αποδίδεται ως έχει. Για παράδειγμα, οι καταχωρήσεις της λίστας θα εμφανίζονται σαν γραμμές που αρχίζουν με μια παύλα.</para>
- <para>
- While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
- that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
- docbook xml is not supported.
- </para>
+ <para>Αν και τώρα προτιμάται η Markdown μπορεί κάποιος να αναμείξει και τις δύο. Ένας περιορισμός εδώ είναι ότι κάποιος μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσει το docbook xml μέσα στο markdown, αλλά το markdown μέσα στο docbook xml δεν υποστηρίζεται.</para>
- <para>Σε παλιότερες εκδόσεις του GTK-Doc, αν χρειάζεστε υποστήριξη για πρόσθετη μορφοποίηση, θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε τη χρήση των ετικετών docbook SGML/XML μέσα στα doc-comments θέτοντας το <option>--xml-mode</option> ή το <option>--sgml-mode</option> στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> μέσα στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Σε παλιότερες εκδόσεις του GTK-Doc, αν χρειάζεστε υποστήριξη για πρόσθετη μορφοποίηση, θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε τη χρήση των ετικετών docbook XML μέσα στα doc-comments θέτοντας το <option>--xml-mode</option> (ή το <option>--sgml-mode</option>) στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> μέσα στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
/**
- * identifier:
+ * ταυτοποιητής:
*
- * documentation paragraph ...
+ * παράγραφος τεκμηρίωσης ...
*
- * # Sub Heading #
+ * # Δευτερεύουσα επικεφαλίδα #
*
- * ## Second Sub Heading
+ * ## Δεύτερη δευτερεύουσα επικεφαλίδα
*
- * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}
+ * # Δευτερεύουσα επικεφαλίδα με μια άγκυρα συνδέσμου # {#επικεφαλίδα-δύο}
*
- * more documentation:
+ * περισσότερη τεκμηρίωση:
*
- * - list item 1
+ * - στοιχείο 1 καταλόγου
*
- * Paragraph inside a list item.
+ * Παράγραφος μέσα σε ένα στοιχείο καταλόγου.
*
- * - list item 2
+ * - στοιχείο καταλόγου 2
*
- * 1. numbered list item
+ * 1. αριθμημένο στοιχείο καταλόγου
*
- * 2. another numbered list item
+ * 2. άλλο αριθμημένο στοιχείο καταλόγου
*
- * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
+ * Μια άλλη παράγραφος. [Ένας σύνδεσμος στην ιστοσελίδα GNOME](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
- * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ * [Ένας σύνδεσμος στην από πάνω άγκυρα επικεφαλίδας][επικεφαλίδα-δύο]
*
- * A C-language example:
+ * Ένα παράδειγμα γλώσσας C:
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
* GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
* ]|
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)</para>
-
+ <para>Μπορείτε επίσης να προσθέσετε πληροφορίες σταθερότητας σε όλα τα στοιχεία της τεκμηρίωσης για να δείξετε αν η σταθερότητα API είναι εγγυημένη για αυτά για όλες τις μελλοντικές δευτερεύουσες εκδόσεις του έργου.</para>
+
+ <para>Το επίπεδο προεπιλεγμένης σταθερότητας για όλα τα στοιχεία τεκμηρίωσης μπορούν να οριστούν μεταφέροντας το όρισμα <option>--default-stability</option> στην <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> με μια άπω τις παρακάτω τιμές.</para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Ετικέτες σταθερότητας</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Σταθερότητα: σταθερό</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Σημείωση του στοιχείου ως σταθερού. Αυτό είναι για δημόσια APIs που είναι βέβαια ότι παραμένουν σταθερά για όλες τις μελλοντικές δευτερεύουσες εκδόσεις του έργου.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Σταθερότητα: ασταθές</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Σημείωση του στοιχείου ως ασταθούς. Αυτό είναι για τα δημόσια APIs που εκδίδονται ως μια προεπισκόπηση πριν να σταθεροποιηθούν.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Σταθερότητα: προσωπική</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Σημείωση του στοιχείου ως προσωπικό. Αυτό είναι για διεπαφές που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν με σφικτά συνδυασμένες ενότητες, αλλά όχι από ελεύθερα τρίτα μέρη.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>Γενικές ετικέτες</title>
<programlisting>
/**
</example>
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+ <sect2><title>Σχόλια</title>
- <para>
- Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
- rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
- gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
- of the supported tags can be found on
- <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
- </para>
+ <para>Οι ομάδες τεκμηρίωσης μπορούν να περιέχουν ετικέτες σχολιασμού. Αυτές οι ετικέτες θα αποδοθούν με συμβουλές οθόνης που περιγράφουν το νόημά τους. Οι ετικέτες χρησιμοποιούνται από το gobject-introspection για τη δημιουργία των συνδέσεων γλώσσας. Ένας λεπτομερής κατάλογος των υποστηριζόμενων ετικετών μπορεί να βρεθεί στο <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">η βίκι</ulink>.</para>
- <example><title>Annotations</title>
- <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <example><title>Σχόλια</title>
+ <programlisting>
/**
- * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
- * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ * foo_get_bar: (σχόλιο)
+ * @foo: (σχόλιο): some foo
*
- * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ * Ανακτά @foo's bar.
*
- * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ * Επιστρέφει: (σχόλιο): @foo's bar
*/
...
/**
- * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
- * (and another annotation)
- * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (σχόλιο) (ένα άλλο σχόλιο)
+ * (και ένα άλλο σχόλιο)
+ * @foo: (σχόλιο) (ένα άλλο σχόλιο): some foo
*
- * Sets bar on @foo.
+ * Ορίζει γραμμή στο @foo.
*/
-]]></programlisting>
+</programlisting>
</example>
</sect2>
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
</programlisting>
<para>Χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>/*< private >*/</code> πριν από πεδία ιδιωτικών δομών που θέλετε να αποκρύψετε. Χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>/*< public >*/</code>για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά.</para>
+ <para>Αν το πρώτο πεδίο είναι "g_iface", "parent_instance" ή "parent_class" θα θεωρηθεί αυτόματα ιδιωτικό και δεν θα χρειαστεί να αναφερθεί στην περιοχή των σχολίων.</para>
+
<para>Οι ομάδες σχολίων μιας δομής μπορούν επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθούν για GObjects και για GObjectClasses. Είναι συνήθως καλή ιδέα να προσθέτετε μία ομάδα σχολίου για μια κλάση, εάν έχει vmethods (γιατί έτσι μπορούν να τεκμηριωθούν). Για το ίδιο το GObject μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σχετικά έγγραφα τμημάτων, έχοντας μία ξεχωριστή ομάδα για το στιγμιότυπο δομής θα ήταν χρήσιμο εάν το στιγμιότυπο έχει δημόσια πεδία. Ένα μειονέκτημα εδώ είναι ότι θα δημιουργηθούν δύο καταχωρήσεις δεικτών για το ίδιο όνομα (για την δομή και για το τμήμα).</para>
</sect2>
<para>Το GTK-Doc παράγει τεκμηρίωση σε μορφή SGML/XML DocBook. Κατά την επεξεργασία των σχολίων εντός του πηγαίου κώδικα, τα εργαλεία του GTK-Doc παράγουν μία σελίδα τεκμηρίωσης ανά κλάση ή άρθρωμα, η οποία αποθηκεύεται ως ξεχωριστό αρχείο. Το κύριο έγγραφο συμπεριλαμβάνει αυτά τα αρχεία και τα ταξινομεί.</para>
- <para>Αν και το GTK-Doc παράγει αυτόματα ένα πρότυπο κύριο έγγραφο, δεν το τροποποιεί κατά τις επόμενες εκτελέσεις. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι έχετε τη δυνατότητα να αλλάξετε τη δομή της τεκμηρίωσης. Μπορείτε να ομαδοποιήσετε κάποιες σελίδες ή να προσθέσετε νέες. Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει πλέον μια σουίτα για δοκιμές, στην οποία το κύριο έγγραφο παράγεται εκ νέου. Συνιστάται να επαναλαμβάνετε τακτικά αυτή τη διαδικασία, για να διαπιστώνετε αν έχουν προστεθεί νέα στοιχεία.</para>
+ <para>Αν και το GTK-Doc παράγει αυτόματα ένα πρότυπο κύριο έγγραφο για σας, οι επόμενες εκτελέσεις δεν θα το ξαναθίξουν. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να δομήσετε την τεκμηρίωση ελεύθερα. Αυτό περιλαμβάνει την ομαδοποίηση των σελίδων και την προσθήκη πρόσθετων σελίδων. Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει πλέον μια σουίτα για δοκιμές, στην οποία το κύριο έγγραφο αναδημιουργείται από την αρχή. Είναι καλό να το κοιτάτε κάπου-κάπου για να δείτε αν υπάρχουν κάποια νέα καλούδια που εισήχθησαν εκεί.</para>
<tip>
<para>Μη δημιουργείτε εγχειρίδια ως νέα έγγραφα. Απλά προσθέστε επιπλέον κεφάλαια. Το όφελος της ενσωμάτωσης απευθείας του εγχειριδίου για μια βιβλιοθήκη στην τεκμηρίωση API είναι ότι έτσι διευκολύνεται η διαδικασία δημιουργίας συνδέσμων από το εγχειρίδιο προς την τεκμηρίωση των συμβόλων. Επίσης, έτσι καθίσταται πιθανότερη η ενημέρωση του εγχειριδίου μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη.</para>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>Επιπλέον κάποια στοιχεία επιλογής δημιουργούνται με μορφή σχολίου. Μπορείτε να τα ελέγξετε και να τα ενεργοποιήσετε όπως θέλετε.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Προαιρετικό τμήμα στο κύριο έγγραφο</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ <!-- ενεργοποιήστε το όταν χρησιμοποιείτε σχόλια αυτοελέγχου gobject
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Τέλος, χρειάζεται να προσθέσετε νέα ενότητα όποτε εισάγετε μία. Το εργαλείο <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> θα σας θυμίσει τα νεοδημιουργούμενα αρχεία xml που δεν περιλαμβάνονται ακόμα στο έγγραφο.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Συμπερίληψη των δημιουργούμενων ενοτήτων</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<para>Το αρχείο ενοτήτων χρησιμεύει στην οργάνωση της τεκμηρίωσης που παράγεται από το GTK-Doc. Εδώ διευκρινίζεται σε ποιο άρθρωμα ή κλάση ανήκει κάθε σύμβολο και αποφασίζεται η ορατότητά του (αν θα είναι δημόσιο ή ιδιωτικό).</para>
- <para>Το αρχείο ενοτήτων είναι ένα αρχείο απλού κειμένου με σύνταξη παρόμοια με XML (χρησιμοποιώντας ετικέτες). Οι κενές γραμμές αγνοούνται, ενώ οι γραμμές που ξεκινούν με '#' αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων.</para>
+ <para>Το αρχείο ενοτήτων είναι ένα αρχείο απλού κειμένου με ετικέτες οριοθετημένων περιοχών. Οι κενές γραμμές αγνοούνται, ενώ οι γραμμές που ξεκινούν με '#' αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Ενώ οι ετικέτες δείχνουν πως είναι ένα αρχείο xml, στην πραγματικότητα δεν είναι. Παρακαλούμε μην κλείνετε τις ετικέτες όπως <SUBSECTION>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Συμπερίληψη των δημιουργούμενων ενοτήτων</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
- <para>Η ετικέτα <FILE> ... </FILE> χρησιμοποιείται για να δηλώσει το όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα βρίσκονται στο πρότυπο αρχείο <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ή DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του αρθρώματος και τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα κλάσης GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα).</para>
+ <para>Η ετικέτα <FILE> ... </FILE> χρησιμοποιείται για να δηλώσει το όνομα του αρχείου, χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθημα. Παραδείγματος χάρη, η χρήση του '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' θα καταλήξει στην ενότητα δηλώσεων που εξάγονται στο αρχείο προτύπου <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ή στο αρχείο DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του αρθρώματος και τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα κλάσης GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα).</para>
<para>Η ετικέτα <TITLE> ... </TITLE> χρησιμοποιείται για να ορίσει τους τίτλους των ενοτήτων. Χρησιμεύει μόνο πριν τη δημιουργία των προτύπων, καθώς ο τίτλος που περιέχεται στα αρχεία προτύπων αντικαθιστά αυτούς τους τίτλους. Επίσης, αν χρησιμοποιείται το σχόλιο SECTION στον πηγαίο κώδικα, αυτό είναι παρωχημένο.</para>
<para>Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Αυτό λειτουργεί καλά μόνο για έργα που έχουν μια πολύ κανονική δομή (π.χ. το κάθε ζεύγος .{c,h} θα δημιουργεί μια νέα ενότητα). Αν κάποιος οργανώσει ένα έργο κοντά σε αυτό, τότε η ενημέρωση μιας ενότητας αρχείων που συντηρούνται χειρονακτικά μπορεί να είναι τόσο απλή όσο και το να εκτελούμε <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
- <para>
- Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
- the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
- This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
- extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
- checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
- add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
- </para>
+ <para>Η εκδοση 1.8 εισήγαγε ήδη τη σύνταξη για τις ενότητες τεκμηρίωσης στις πηγές, αντί για τα ξεχωριστά αρχεία, κάτω από το <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>. Αυτή η έκδοση προσθέτει επιλογές για τη μετατροπή ολόκληρου του αρθρώματος doc ώστε να μη χρησιμοποιεί καθόλου το επιπλέον στάδιο δόμησης tmpl, με τη χρήση του <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> στο <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Εάν δεν έχετε ένα <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> σημειωμένο στο σύστημα ελέγχου πηγής και δεν έχετε ακόμα αλλάξει, προσθέστε απλά τη σημαία στο <filename>configure.ac</filename> και τελειώσατε.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
<para>Η έκδοση 1.18 έφερε μια αρχική υποστήριξη για το markdown. Η χρήση markdown στα σχόλια του doc είναι λιγότερο ενοχλητική από το να γράφει κανείς docbook xml. Αυτή η έκδοση επιφέρει μεγάλες βελτιώσεις σε αυτό και προσθέτει περισσότερα στυλ. Η ενότητα που εξηγεί τη <link linkend="documenting_syntax">σύνταξη σχολίων</link> έχει όλες τις λεπτομέρειες.</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>Τα αρχεία makefiles που έρχονται με αυτή την έκδοση παράγουν ένα αρχείο οντοτήτων στο <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, το οποίο περιλαμβάνει οντότητες π.χ. package_name και package_version. Μπορείτε να το χρησιμοποιήσετε π.χ. στο κύριο αρχείο xml για να αποφύγετε τον στατικό ορισμό του αριθμού έκδοσης. Παρακάτω είναι ένα παράδειγμα που σας δείχνει πως συμπεριλαμβάνεται το αρχείο οντοτήτων και πως οι οντότητες χρησιμοποιούνται. Οι οντότητες μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν και σε όλα τα δημιουργημένα αρχεία, καθώς το GTK-Doc θα χρησιμοποιήσει την ίδια κεφαλίδα xml σε όλα τα δημιουργημένα αρχεία xml. <example><title>Χρήση προδημιουργημένων οντοτήτων</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+</programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="en-GB">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc Manual</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>User manual for developers with instructions on GTK-Doc usage.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or
- <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename>
- directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</variablelist>
<para>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
</para>
-
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
# Francisco Javier Fernandez Serrador <fserrador@gmail.com>, 2009, 2010\r
# Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009.\r
# Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011.\r
-# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.\r
-#\r
-msgid ""\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"\r
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-17 09:02+0000\n"\r
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-29 \n"\r
-"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n"\r
-"Language-Team: Español; Castellano <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"\r
-"Language: \n"\r
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"\r
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"\r
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"\r
-"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"\r
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"\r
-\r
-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2\r
-msgctxt "_"\r
-msgid "translator-credits"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009-2015\n"\r
-"Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009-2011\n"\r
-"Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrrador@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:12\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"\r
-msgstr "Manual de GTK-Doc"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition\r
-#: C/index.docbook:13\r
-msgid "1.23"\r
-msgstr "1.23"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: abstract/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:14\r
-msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Manual del usuario para desarrolladores con instrucciones del uso de GTK-Doc."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author\r
-#: C/index.docbook:16\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "\r
-"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "\r
-"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author\r
-#: C/index.docbook:25\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "\r
-"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "\r
-"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author\r
-#: C/index.docbook:34\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "\r
-"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "\r
-"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername\r
-#: C/index.docbook:45\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc project"\r
-msgstr "Proyecto GTK-Doc"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher\r
-#: C/index.docbook:44\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright\r
-#: C/index.docbook:48\r
-msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"\r
-msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright\r
-#: C/index.docbook:52\r
-msgid "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"\r
-msgstr "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:65\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "\r
-"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "\r
-"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation "\r
-"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A "\r
-"copy of the license is <link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Se concede autorización para copiar, distribuir o modificar este documento "\r
-"según los términos de la <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</"\r
-"citetitle>, Versión 1.1, o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por "\r
-"Free Software Foundation sin secciones invariables, textos de portada ni "\r
-"textos de contraportada. Se <link linkend=\"fdl\">incluye</link> una copia "\r
-"de la licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:73\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "\r
-"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "\r
-"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the "\r
-"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial "\r
-"caps."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Muchos de los nombres usados por compañías para distinguir sus productos y "\r
-"servicios se mencionan como marcas comerciales. Donde aparezcan dichos "\r
-"nombres en cualquier documentación GNOME, y para que los miembros del "\r
-"proyecto de documentación las reconozcan dichas marcas comerciales, dichos "\r
-"nombres se imprimen en mayúsculas o iniciales mayúsculas."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:83\r
-#| msgid ""\r
-#| "<revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> "\r
-#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development version</"\r
-#| "revremark>"\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber> <date>17 de mayo de 2015</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:89\r
-#| msgid ""\r
-#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 de mayo de 2015</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:95\r
-#| msgid ""\r
-#| "<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"\r
-#| "revremark>"\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>7 de mayo de 2015</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "\r
-"eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:101\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de julio de 2014</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "\r
-"eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:107\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 de febrero de 2014</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>errores corregidos, soporte "\r
-"de marcado, mejoras en los estilos</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:113\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:119\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de septiembre de 2011</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "\r
-"mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:125\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 de febrero de 2011</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización urgente de "\r
-"corrección de error</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:131\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 de enero de 2011</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "\r
-"mejoras en la distribución</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:137\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 de mayo de 2010</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "\r
-"regresiones</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:143\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"\r
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 de marzo de 2010</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "\r
-"mejoras en el rendimiento</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:149\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 de diciembre de 2009</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización del tarball "\r
-"roto</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:155\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "\r
-"bugfixes</revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 de diciembre de 2009</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "\r
-"nuevas características</revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision\r
-#: C/index.docbook:161\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 de noviembre de 2008</date> "\r
-"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Migración a GNOME doc-utils</"\r
-"revremark>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:174\r
-msgid "Introduction"\r
-msgstr "Introducción"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:176\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "\r
-"it is used."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Este capítulo introduce GTK-Doc y proporciona una visión general de lo que "\r
-"es y cómo usarlo."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:182\r
-msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"\r
-msgstr "¿Qué es GTK-Doc?"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:184\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "\r
-"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "\r
-"also be used to document application code."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc se usa para documentar código C. Generalmente se usa para documentar "\r
-"la API pública de bibliotecas, tales como las bibliotecas GTK+ y de GNOME. "\r
-"Pero también se puede usar para documentar código de aplicaciones."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:192\r
-msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"\r
-msgstr "¿Cómo funciona GTK-Doc?"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:194\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "\r
-"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "\r
-"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only "\r
-"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce "\r
-"output for static functions)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc funciona usando documentación de las funciones ubicadas dentro de "\r
-"los archivos de fuentes en bloques de comentarios especialmente formateados, "\r
-"o documentación añadida a los archivos de plantillas que GTK-Doc usa (aunque "\r
-"debe notar que GTK-Doc sólo documentará las funciones declaradas en los "\r
-"archivos de cabecera; no produce salida para funciones estáticas)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:201\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "\r
-"step in the process."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc consiste en un número de scripts en Perl, cada uno realiza un paso "\r
-"diferente en el proceso."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:206\r
-msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"\r
-msgstr "Existen 5 pasos importantes en el proceso:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:213\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "\r
-"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "\r
-"the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not "\r
-"recommended anymore)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>Escribir la documentación.</guilabel> El autor rellena los "\r
-"archivos de fuentes con la documentación para cada función, macro, unión, "\r
-"etc. (En el pasado la información se introducía en archivos de plantillas, "\r
-"lo que ya no se recomienda)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:223\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "\r
-"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. "\r
-"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> "\r
-"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according "\r
-"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to "\r
-"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange "\r
-"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the "\r
-"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><"\r
-"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations "\r
-"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show "\r
-"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or "\r
-"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to "\r
-"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><"\r
-"module>-overrides.txt</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>Obtener información acerca del código</guilabel>. "\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> analiza los archivos de cabecera del "\r
-"código buscando declaraciones de funciones, macros, enumeraciones, "\r
-"estructuras y uniones. Crea el archivo <filename><module>-decl-list."\r
-"txt</filename> que contiene una lista de las declaraciones, ubicándolas en "\r
-"secciones de acuerdo con el archivo de cabecera en el que están. Durante la "\r
-"primera ejecución este archivo se copia en <filename><module>-sections."\r
-"txt</filename>. El autor puede reordenar las secciones y el orden de las "\r
-"declaraciones en ellas, para producir la salida que quiere. El segundo "\r
-"archivo que genera es <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>. Este "\r
-"archivo contiene las declaraciones completas que encontró el análisis. Si "\r
-"por alguna razón quisiese que algunos símbolos apareciesen en los "\r
-"documentos, donde el análisis no puede encontrar la declaración completa o "\r
-"la declaración debería aparecer de forma diferente, puede introducir "\r
-"entradas de forma similar a las que hay en <filename><module>-decl."\r
-"txt</filename> dentro de <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:240\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "\r
-"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "\r
-"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about "\r
-"any GObject properties and signals it provides."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> también se puede usar para "\r
-"consultar dinámicamente una biblioteca sobre cualquiera de las subclases "\r
-"GObject que exporta. Guarda información sobre la posición de cada objeto en "\r
-"la jerarquía de clases y sobre cualquier propiedad de GObject y las señales "\r
-"que proporciona."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:246\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "\r
-"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> no se debería usar más. Se "\r
-"necesitó en el pasado, cuando GObject todavía era GtkObject dentro de GTK+."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:253\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"\r
-"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="\r
-"\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered "\r
-"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to "\r
-"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>Generar los archivos «plantilla».</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"\r
-"mktmpl</application> crea un número de archivos en la subcarpeta <filename "\r
-"class=\"directory\">tmpl/</filename>, usando la información obtenida en el "\r
-"primer paso. (Tenga en cuenta que esto se puede ejecutar de forma separada. "\r
-"Intentará asegurarse de que la documentación nunca se pierde.)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: note/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:262\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "\r
-"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "\r
-"a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that "\r
-"skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, "\r
-"please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Desde de GTK-Doc 1.9 se pueden evitar las plantillas. Animamos a la gente a "\r
-"que mantenga la documentación en el código. <application>gtkdocize</"\r
-"application> ahora soporta una opción <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> "\r
-"que elige un archivo makefile que omite completamente el uso de tmpl. Si "\r
-"nunca ha cambiado a mano el archivo tmpl, elimine la carpeta una vez (por "\r
-"ejemplo, desde el sistema de control de versiones)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:274\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "\r
-"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "\r
-"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "\r
-"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "\r
-"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "\r
-"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>Generar el SGML/XML y el HTML/PDF.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-"\r
-"mkdb</application> convierte los archivos de plantilla en archivos SGML o "\r
-"XML en la subcarpeta <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> o "\r
-"<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. Si el código fuente contiene "\r
-"documentación de funciones, usando los bloques especiales de comentarios, "\r
-"entonces se mezclarán aquí. Si no se usan archivos tmpl sólo obtiene los "\r
-"documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección. Se "\r
-"recomienda usar Docbook XML."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:285\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "\r
-"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "\r
-"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files "\r
-"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> convierte los archivos SGML/XML en "\r
-"archivos HTML en la subcarpeta <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"\r
-"filename>. De la misma forma <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> "\r
-"convierte los archivos SGML/XML en un documento PDF llamado <filename><"\r
-"paquete>.pdf</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:291\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="\r
-"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"\r
-"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them "\r
-"directly."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Los archivos en las carpetas <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> "\r
-"o <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> y <filename class=\"directory"\r
-"\">html/</filename> siempre se sobrescriben. Nunca se deben editar "\r
-"directamente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:299\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "\r
-"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "\r
-"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, "\r
-"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in "\r
-"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, "\r
-"<application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-"\r
-"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application "\r
-"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>Arreglar referencias cruzadas entre documentos.</guilabel> Después "\r
-"de instalar los archivos HTML se puede ejecutar <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</"\r
-"application> para arreglar cualquier referencia cruzada entre documentos "\r
-"separados. Por ejemplo, la documentación GTK+ contiene muchas referencias "\r
-"cruzadas a tipos documentados en el manual de GLib. Al crear los "\r
-"archivadores «tarball» para su distribución, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</"\r
-"application> convierte todos los enlaces externos en enlaces web. Al "\r
-"instalar la documentación distribuida (pregenerada) la misma aplicación "\r
-"intentará convertir de nuevo los enlaces, esta vez a enlaces locales (donde "\r
-"esa documentación está instalada)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:317\r
-msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"\r
-msgstr "Obtener GTK-Doc"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:320\r
-msgid "Requirements"\r
-msgstr "Requerimientos"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:321\r
-msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."\r
-msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel>: los scripts principales están en Perl."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:324\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="\r
-"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel>: el procesador xslt de libxslt <ulink url="\r
-"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:328\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="\r
-"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"\r
-"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel>: las hojas de estilo XLS de docbook <ulink "\r
-"url=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type="\r
-"\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:332\r
-msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"\r
-msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel>: opcional, para gtkdoc-depscan"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:335\r
-msgid ""\r
-"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "\r
-"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "\r
-"examples"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una de <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "\r
-"o <guilabel>vim</guilabel>: opcional, usada para el resaltado de sintaxis de "\r
-"los ejemplos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:343\r
-msgid "About GTK-Doc"\r
-msgstr "Acerca de GTK-Doc"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:345 C/index.docbook:359\r
-msgid "(FIXME)"\r
-msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:349\r
-msgid ""\r
-"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "\r
-"comparison with other similar systems.)"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"(Historia, autores, páginas web, listas de correo, licencias, planes "\r
-"futuros, comparación con otros sistemas similares.)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:357\r
-msgid "About this Manual"\r
-msgstr "Acerca de este manual"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:363\r
-msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"\r
-msgstr "(a quién está dirigido, dónde puede obtenerse, licencia)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:372\r
-msgid "Setting up your project"\r
-msgstr "Configurando su proyecto"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:374\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "\r
-"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "\r
-"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called "\r
-"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In "\r
-"addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other "\r
-"build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different "\r
-"build setup."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Las siguientes secciones describen los pasos que realizar para integrar GTK-"\r
-"Doc en su proyecto. Estas secciones asumen que se trabaja en un proyecto "\r
-"llamado «meep». Este proyecto contiene una biblioteca llamada «libmeep» y una "\r
-"aplicación final de usuario llamada «meeper». También se asume que usará "\r
-"«autoconf» y «automake». En la sección <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles"\r
-"\">Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción</link> se "\r
-"describen las necesidades básicas para trabajar con un sistema de "\r
-"construcción diferente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:385\r
-msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"\r
-msgstr "Configurar el esquema de la documentación"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:387\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "\r
-"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "\r
-"recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. "\r
-"For packages with just one library this step is not necessary."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Bajo su carpeta de nivel superior cree carpetas llamadas docs/reference (de "\r
-"esta forma también puede tener docs/help para la documentación final de "\r
-"usuario). Se recomienda crear otra subcarpeta con el nombre doc-package. "\r
-"Para paquetes con una sola biblioteca este paso no es necesario."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:396\r
-msgid "Example directory structure"\r
-msgstr "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:397\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"meep/\n"\r
-" docs/\n"\r
-" reference/\n"\r
-" libmeep/\n"\r
-" meeper/\n"\r
-" src/\n"\r
-" libmeep/\n"\r
-" meeper/\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"meep/\n"\r
-" docs/\n"\r
-" reference/\n"\r
-" libmeep/\n"\r
-" meeper/\n"\r
-" src/\n"\r
-" libmeep/\n"\r
-" meeper/\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:394\r
-msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Esto después aparecerá como se muestra debajo: <_:example-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:412 C/index.docbook:419\r
-msgid "Integration with autoconf"\r
-msgstr "Integración con autoconf"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:414\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "\r
-"script."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Muy fácil, simplemente añada una línea a su script <filename>configure.ac</"\r
-"filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:420\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"# check for gtk-doc\n"\r
-"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"# check for gtk-doc\n"\r
-"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:432\r
-msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"\r
-msgstr "Mantener gtk-doc como opcional"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:433\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"# check for gtk-doc\n"\r
-"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"\r
-"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"\r
-"],[\n"\r
-"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"\r
-"])\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"# check for gtk-doc\n"\r
-"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"\r
-"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"\r
-"],[\n"\r
-"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"\r
-"])\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:427\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "\r
-"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "\r
-"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"\r
-"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esto requerirá que todos los desarrolladores tengan gtk-doc instalado. Si "\r
-"para su proyecto es correcto tener una configuración de construcción de api-"\r
-"doc opcional, puede resolver esto como sigue. Manténgalo como está, ya que "\r
-"gtkdocize busca en <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> al inicio de la línea. "\r
-"<_:example-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:444\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "\r
-"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "\r
-"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure "\r
-"switches:"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El primer argumento se usa para comprobar gtkdocversion durante la "\r
-"configuración. El segundo, y opcional, argumento lo usa "\r
-"<application>gtkdocize</application>. La macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"\r
-"symbol> también añade diversas opciones de configuración:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:450\r
-msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"\r
-msgstr "--with-html-dir=RUTA: ruta a los documentos instalados"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:451\r
-msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "\r
-"[predeterminado=no]"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:452\r
-msgid ""\r
-"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "\r
-"[predeterminado=sí]"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:453\r
-msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "\r
-"[predeterminado=no]"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: important/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:457\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"\r
-"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "\r
-"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for "\r
-"users but not for developers)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc está desactivado de forma predeterminada. Recuerde pasar la opción "\r
-"<option>«--enable-gtk-doc»</option> en la siguiente ejecución de "\r
-"<filename>configure</filename>. De otra forma, la documentación pregenerada "\r
-"se instala (lo que tiene sentido para usuarios, pero no para "\r
-"desarrolladores)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:465\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "\r
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "\r
-"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro "\r
-"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Aún más, se recomienda que tenga la siguiente línea en su script "\r
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Esto permite que <filename>gtkdocize</"\r
-"filename> copie automáticamente la definición del macro para "\r
-"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> a su proyecto."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:473\r
-msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"\r
-msgstr "Preparación para gtkdocize"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:474\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:479\r
-msgid ""\r
-"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "\r
-"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "\r
-"<code>autoreconf -i</code> or <code>autogen.sh</code>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Después de hacer los cambios en el <filename>configure.ac</filename> "\r
-"actualice el archivo <filename>configure</filename>. Esto se puede hacer "\r
-"volviendo a ejecutar <code>autoreconf -i</code> o <code>autogen.sh</code>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:487\r
-msgid "Integration with automake"\r
-msgstr "Integración con automake"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:489\r
-msgid ""\r
-"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="\r
-"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"\r
-"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"\r
-"ulink> to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="\r
-"\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). A local copy "\r
-"should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"\r
-"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat "\r
-"this for each one."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Primero copie el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> de la subcarpeta "\r
-"<filename class=\"directory\">examples</filename> de <ulink url=\"https://"\r
-"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"\r
-"ulink> a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (<filename "\r
-"class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Debería "\r
-"haber una copia local disponible en <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"\r
-"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, "\r
-"repítalo para cada uno de ellos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:500\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"\r
-"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "\r
-"purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every "\r
-"tool has a variable of the form <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. "\r
-"All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported "\r
-"parameters."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El siguiente paso es editar la configuración dentro de <filename>Makefile."\r
-"am</filename>. Todos los ajustes tienen un comentario encima que describe su "\r
-"propósito. Muchos ajustes son opciones adicionales pasadas a las respectivas "\r
-"herramientas. Cada herramienta tiene una variable de la forma <option><"\r
-"NOMBRE_DE_LA_HERRAMIENTA>_OPCIONES</option>. Todas las herramientas "\r
-"soportan <option>--help</option> para listar los parámetros que soportan."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:514\r
-msgid "Integration with autogen"\r
-msgstr "Integración con autogen"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:516\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "\r
-"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "\r
-"as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <application>gtkdocize</"\r
-"application> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before "\r
-"autoheader, automake or autoconf."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La mayoría de los proyectos tienen un script <filename>autogen.sh</filename> "\r
-"para configurar la infraestructura de construcción después de hacer un "\r
-"«checkout» desde los sistemas de control de versiones (tales como cvs/svn/"\r
-"git). GTK-Doc tiene una herramienta llamada <filename>gtkdocize</filename> "\r
-"que se puede usar en tal script. Se debería ejecutar antes que autoheader, "\r
-"automake o autoconf."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:525\r
-msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"\r
-msgstr "Ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:526\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:532\r
-msgid ""\r
-"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"\r
-"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "\r
-"<option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks you configure script for "\r
-"the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation. This macro can be used to "\r
-"pass extra parameters to <application>gtkdocize</application>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Al ejecutar <filename>gtkdocize</filename> copia <filename>gtk-doc.make</"\r
-"filename> a la raíz de su proyecto (o cualquier carpeta especificada por la "\r
-"opción <option>--docdir</option>). También comprueba su script de "\r
-"configuración para la invocación de <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. Esta "\r
-"macro se puede usar para pasar parámetros adicionales a "\r
-"<application>gtkdocize</application>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:541\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "\r
-"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "\r
-"generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get "\r
-"all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be "\r
-"avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. "\r
-"<application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--flavour no-"\r
-"tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. "\r
-"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be "\r
-"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</"\r
-"symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in "\r
-"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and "\r
-"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from "\r
-"version control system)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Históricamente GTK-Doc generaba plantillas de archivos donde los "\r
-"desarrolladores introducían los documentos. Al final esto resulto no ser muy "\r
-"bueno (por ejemplo, por la necesidad de tener archivos generados bajo un "\r
-"control de versiones). Desde la versión de DTK-Doc 1.9 las herramientas "\r
-"pueden obtener toda la información desde los comentarios del código fuente y "\r
-"por ello se pueden evitar las plantillas. Se anima a los desarrolladores a "\r
-"mantener su documentación en el código. <application>gtkdocize</application> "\r
-"ahora soporta una opción <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> que elije un "\r
-"makefile que omite completamente el uso de plantillas. Además de añadir la "\r
-"opción directamente a la línea de comandos al invocarlo, se pueden añadir a "\r
-"una variable de entorno llamada <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> o "\r
-"configurar como un segundo parámetro en la macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"\r
-"symbol> en el script de configuración. Si nunca ha cambiado un archivo tmpl "\r
-"(plantilla) a mano, elimine la carpeta una vez (ej. desde el sistema de "\r
-"control de versiones)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:558 C/index.docbook:575\r
-msgid "Running the doc build"\r
-msgstr "Ejecutar la construcción de la documentación"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:560\r
-msgid ""\r
-"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "\r
-"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "\r
-"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run "\r
-"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Después de los pasos anteriores es hora de ejecutar el constructor. Primero "\r
-"se debe volver a ejecutar <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Si este script "\r
-"ejecuta configure automáticamente, entonces debe pasar la opción <option>--"\r
-"enable-gtk-doc</option>. De otra forma, ejecute posteriormente "\r
-"<filename>configure</filename> con esta opción."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:567\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"\r
-"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"\r
-"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ."\r
-"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El primer make genera diversas líneas adicionales en las carpetas de "\r
-"documentación. Las importantes son: <filename><paquete>.types</"\r
-"filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el "\r
-"pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:576\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"\r
-"make\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"\r
-"make\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:582\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"\r
-"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "\r
-"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Ahora puede apuntar su navegador a <filename>docs/reference/<paquete>/"\r
-"index.html</filename>. Sí, aún es un poco decepcionante. Pero espere, "\r
-"durante el siguiente capítulo aprenderá a rellenar las páginas con "\r
-"información."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:590\r
-msgid "Integration with version control systems"\r
-msgstr "Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:592\r
-msgid ""\r
-"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "\r
-"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."\r
-"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the "\r
-"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Como regla principal, son los archivos que edita los que deberían estar bajo "\r
-"el control de versiones. Para proyectos típicos son los archivos: "\r
-"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs."\r
-"xml</filename> (anteriormente .sgml), <filename><paquete>-sections."\r
-"txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:600\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "\r
-"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "\r
-"<filename>.stamp</filename> files."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Los archivos de las carpetas <filename>xml/</filename> y <filename>html/</"\r
-"filename> No deberían estar bajo control de versiones. Tampoco ninguno de "\r
-"los archivos <filename>.stamp</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:608\r
-msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"\r
-msgstr "Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:610\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"\r
-"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "\r
-"in own makefiles (or other build tools)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En el caso de que no quiera usar automake y por ello <filename>gtk-doc.mak</"\r
-"filename> deberá llamar a las herramientas gtkdoc en el orden correcto en "\r
-"makefiles propios (o en otras herramientas de construcción)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:617\r
-msgid "Documentation build steps"\r
-msgstr "Pasos de construcción de la documentación"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:618\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"\r
-"// sources have changed\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"\r
-"// xml files have changed\n"\r
-"mkdir html\n"\r
-"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"\r
-"// sources have changed\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"\r
-"// xml files have changed\n"\r
-"mkdir html\n"\r
-"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"\r
-"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:632\r
-msgid ""\r
-"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "\r
-"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Deberá mirar en el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> y <filename>gtk-"\r
-"doc.mak</filename> para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:641\r
-msgid "Documenting the code"\r
-msgstr "Documentar el código"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:643\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "\r
-"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "\r
-"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information "\r
-"about the syntax of the comments."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc usa código fuente comentado con una sintaxis especial para "\r
-"documentar el código. Además obtiene información acerca de la estructura de "\r
-"su proyecto de otras fuentes. En la siguiente sección encontrará información "\r
-"acerca de la sintaxis de los comentarios."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: note/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:651\r
-msgid "Documentation placement"\r
-msgstr "Ubicación de la documentación"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: note/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:652\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "\r
-"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "\r
-"information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause "\r
-"conflicts with version control systems."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En el pasado la mayoría de la documentación se debía rellenar en campos "\r
-"dentro de la carpeta <filename>tmpl</filename>. Esto tiene las desventajas "\r
-"de que la información. Esto tiene las desventajas de que la información no "\r
-"se actualiza muy a menudo y que el archivo tiene tendencia a causar "\r
-"conflictos con los sistemas de control de versiones."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: note/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:658\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "\r
-"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "\r
-"code."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para evitar los problemas anteriormente mencionados, se sugiere dejar la "\r
-"documentación dentro de los fuentes. Este manual sólo describe esta forma de "\r
-"documentar el código."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:669 C/index.docbook:695\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:670\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"\r
-"/* unparseable code here */\n"\r
-"#endif\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"\r
-"/* unparseable code here */\n"\r
-"#endif\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:665\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "\r
-"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "\r
-"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El analizador puede manejar bien la mayoría de cabeceras de C. En el caso de "\r
-"recibir avisos del analizador que parecen casos especiales, puede sugerir a "\r
-"GTK-Doc que los omita. <_:example-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: note/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:679\r
-#| msgid "Annotations"\r
-msgid "Limitations"\r
-msgstr "Limitaciones"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: note/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:680\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but "\r
-"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Tenga en cuenta que GTK-Doc soporta <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> "\r
-"pero <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> u otras combinaciones."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:690\r
-msgid "Documentation comments"\r
-msgstr "Comentarios de la documentación"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:696\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * identifier:\n"\r
-" * documentation ...\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * identifier:\n"\r
-" * documentation ...\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:692\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "\r
-"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Un comentario de varias líneas que comienza con un «*» adicional marca un "\r
-"bloque de documentación que GTK-Doc tools procesarán. <_:example-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:705\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "\r
-"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "\r
-"table showing identifiers)"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El «identificador» es una línea con el nombre del elemento relacionado con el "\r
-"comentario. La sintaxis difiere un poco dependiendo del elemento. (Por "\r
-"hacer: añadir una tabla mostrando los identificadores)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:711\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "\r
-"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "\r
-"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows "\r
-"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA "\r
-"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph "\r
-"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-"\r
-"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El bloque de «Documentación» también es diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. "\r
-"Los tipos de símbolos que obtienen parámetros tales como funciones o macros, "\r
-"tienen primero las descripciones seguidas por una línea blanca (exactamente "\r
-"un «*»). Después siguen las descripciones detalladas. Todas las líneas (fuera "\r
-"de los programas; listados y CDATA de la secciones) que solo contengan un « "\r
-"*» (asterisco con espacio) se convierten en párrafos. Si no quiere un "\r
-"espaciado de párrafo, cámbielo a un « * » (espacio-asterisco-espacio). Esto "\r
-"es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:728\r
-msgid ""\r
-"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "\r
-"people coming from a different background."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Qué es: el nombre de la clase o la función puede confundir a veces a "\r
-"personas que provengan de otros entornos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:734\r
-msgid ""\r
-"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."\r
-msgstr "Qué hace: indique los usos comunes, en relación con las otras API."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: tip/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:724\r
-msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Al documentar código, describa dos aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:749\r
-msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Use función() para referirse a funciones o macros que toman argumentos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:754\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "\r
-"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Use @parámetro para referirse a parámetros. Úselo también al referirse a "\r
-"parámetros de otras funciones, relacionados al que se describe."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:760\r
-msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."\r
-msgstr "Use %constant para referirse a una constante, ej: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:765\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "\r
-"macros which don't take arguments."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Use #símbolo para referirse a otro tipo de símbolos, como por ejemplo "\r
-"estructuras, enumeraciones y macros que no toman argumentos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:771\r
-msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."\r
-msgstr "Use #Object::signal para referirse a una señal de GObject."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:776\r
-msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."\r
-msgstr "Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:781\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."\r
-"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura y "\r
-"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:743\r
-msgid ""\r
-"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "\r
-"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "\r
-"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:"\r
-"itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una ventaja del hipertexto sobre el texto plano es la capacidad de tener "\r
-"enlaces en el documento. Escribir las marcas adecuadas para un enlace puede "\r
-"ser tedioso aunque GTK-Doc le ayuda proporcionando abreviaturas útiles. <_:"\r
-"itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: tip/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:790\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "\r
-"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "\r
-"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&"\r
-"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them "\r
-"with a backslash '\\'."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» "\r
-"en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML "\r
-"«&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y "\r
-"«&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\\»."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:799\r
-msgid ""\r
-"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "\r
-"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "\r
-"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://"\r
-"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc "\r
-"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. "\r
-"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"DocBook puede crear algo más que enlaces. También se pueden tener listas, "\r
-"ejemplos, cabeceras e imágenes. En la versión 1.20, la manera prefefira de "\r
-"hacer esto es usando un subconjunto de la sintaxis básica de formateado de "\r
-"texto llamada <ulink url=\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/"\r
-"\">Marcado</ulink>. En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, cualquier "\r
-"documentación que incluya marcado se renderizará como tal. Por ejemplo, los "\r
-"elementos de una lista aparecerán como líneas que empiezan con un guión."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:810\r
-msgid ""\r
-"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is "\r
-"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook "\r
-"xml is not supported."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Aunque el marcado es el preferido, puede mezclar ambos. Una limitación aquí "\r
-"es que se puede usar docbook xml con marcado, pero el marcado con docbook "\r
-"xml no está soportado."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:816\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "\r
-"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"\r
-"comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</"\r
-"option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, si necesitaba soporte para formato "\r
-"adicional, necesitaba activar el uso de etiquetas SGML/XML dentro de "\r
-"comentarios en la documentación poniendo <option>--xml-mode</option> o "\r
-"<option>--sgml-mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> "\r
-"dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:825\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:826\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * identifier:\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * documentation paragraph ...\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * # Sub Heading #\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * more documentation:\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * - list item 1\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * - list item 2\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * 1. numbered list item\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * 2. another numbered list item\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * A C-language example:\n"\r
-" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"\r
-" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"\r
-" * ]|\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * identifier:\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * documentation paragraph ...\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * # Sub Heading #\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * more documentation:\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * - list item 1\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * - list item 2\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * 1. numbered list item\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * 2. another numbered list item\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * A C-language example:\n"\r
-" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"\r
-" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"\r
-" * ]|\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:865\r
-msgid ""\r
-"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "\r
-"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"\r
-"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Se pueden encontrar más ejemplos de las etiquetas de marcado soportadas en "\r
-"el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/"\r
-"Markdown\">Manual de referencia de sintaxis de marcado de documentación de "\r
-"GTK+</ulink>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: tip/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:871\r
-msgid ""\r
-"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "\r
-"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "\r
-"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. "\r
-"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the "\r
-"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, "\r
-"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert "\r
-"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Tal y como se ha mencionado antes, la documentación anterior de GTK-Doc es "\r
-"para documentar la API pública .Por ello, no se puede escribir documentación "\r
-"para los símbolos estáticos. No obstante es una buena práctica comentar los "\r
-"símbolos. Esto ayuda a que otros entiendan su código. Por ello se recomienda "\r
-"comentarlos usando comentarios normales (sin el segundo «*» en la primera "\r
-"línea). Si la función, posteriormente, se debe hacer pública, todo lo que el "\r
-"programador debe hacer es añadir otro «*» en el bloque de comentario e "\r
-"introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de "\r
-"secciones."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:885\r
-msgid "Documenting sections"\r
-msgstr "Documentar secciones"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:887\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "\r
-"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "\r
-"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are "\r
-"optional."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Cada sección del documento contiene información acerca de una clase o un "\r
-"módulo. Para introducir el componente puede escribir un bloque de sección. "\r
-"La descripción corta además se usa dentro de la tabla de contenidos. Todos "\r
-"los campos @ son opcionales."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:895\r
-msgid "Section comment block"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentarios en una sección"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:896\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * SECTION:meepapp\n"\r
-" * @short_description: the application class\n"\r
-" * @title: Meep application\n"\r
-" * @section_id:\n"\r
-" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"\r
-" * @stability: Stable\n"\r
-" * @include: meep/app.h\n"\r
-" * @image: application.png\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * The application class handles ...\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * SECTION:meepapp\n"\r
-" * @short_description: the application class\n"\r
-" * @title: Meep application\n"\r
-" * @section_id:\n"\r
-" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"\r
-" * @stability: Stable\n"\r
-" * @include: meep/app.h\n"\r
-" * @image: application.png\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * The application class handles ...\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:915\r
-msgid "SECTION:<name>"\r
-msgstr "SECCIÓN <nombre>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:917\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "\r
-"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "\r
-"should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections."\r
-"txt</filename> file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El nombre enlaza la sección de la documentación con la parte respectiva en "\r
-"el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>. El nombre aquí "\r
-"proporcionado debería coincidir con la etiqueta <ARCHIVO> en el "\r
-"archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:926\r
-msgid "@short_description"\r
-msgstr "@short_description"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:928\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "\r
-"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una línea descrita en la sección, que después aparece tras los enlaces en el "\r
-"TOC y en la página de la sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:935\r
-msgid "@title"\r
-msgstr "@title"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:937\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "\r
-"can be overridden with the @title field."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"De forma predeterminada el título de la sección es <name> de la "\r
-"declaración SECTION. Se puede sobrescribir con el campo @title."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:944\r
-msgid "@section_id"\r
-msgstr "@section_id"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:946\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"\r
-"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"\r
-"MODULE>-<title>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Sobrescribe el uso del título como el identificador de sección. <"\r
-"title> se usa en GObjects como el identificador de sección (section_id) y "\r
-"para otra sección es <MÓDULO>-<title>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:954\r
-msgid "@see_also"\r
-msgstr "@see_also"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:956\r
-msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."\r
-msgstr "Una lista de símbolos relacionados con esta sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:962\r
-msgid "@stability"\r
-msgstr "@stability"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:969\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "\r
-"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "\r
-"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after "\r
-"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major "\r
-"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be "\r
-"rare, and to have strong justifications."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Estable: La intención de una interfaz estable es la de permitir que terceras "\r
-"partes arbitrarias desarrollen aplicaciones para esas interfaces, las "\r
-"liberen, y confíen que que se podrán ejecutar en todas las publicaciones "\r
-"menores del producto (después de que se introdujese la interfaz en una de "\r
-"ellas, y dentro de la misma versión principal de la publicación). Incluso en "\r
-"publicaciones importantes no se espera que existan cambios incompatibles, y "\r
-"de haberlos habrá buenas razones para ello."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:981\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "\r
-"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "\r
-"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a "\r
-"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source "\r
-"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Inestable: Las interfaces inestables son experimentales o de transición. "\r
-"Generalmente se usan para dar a los desarrolladores externos acceso a "\r
-"tecnología nueva o cambiante, o para proporcionar una solución a un "\r
-"problema, anticipándose a una solución más general. No se realizan "\r
-"reclamaciones acerca de la compatibilidad del código o del binario desde una "\r
-"publicación menor a la siguiente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:993\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "\r
-"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "\r
-"specified and documented ways."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Privada: Una interfaz que se puede usar en la pila de GNOME en si misma, "\r
-"pero que no está documentada para usuarios finales. Tales funciones sólo se "\r
-"deberían usar de formas especificadas y documentadas."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1002\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "\r
-"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "\r
-"Internal."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Interna: Una interfaz que es interna a un módulo y no requiere documentación "\r
-"para el usuario final. Se asume que las funciones que están sin documentar "\r
-"son internas."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:964\r
-msgid ""\r
-"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "\r
-"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta API tiene una descripción informal del nivel de estabilidad. Se "\r
-"recomienda el uso de uno de estos términos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1014\r
-msgid "@include"\r
-msgstr "@include"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1016\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "\r
-"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="\r
-"\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This item is "\r
-"optional."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Los archivos <literal>#include</literal> para mostrar en la sección del "\r
-"resumen (una lista separada por comas), sobrescribiendo el valor global del "\r
-"<link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">archivo de secciones</link> o de la "\r
-"línea de comandos. Este elemento es opcional."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1025\r
-msgid "@image"\r
-msgstr "@image"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1027\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "\r
-"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "\r
-"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is "\r
-"optional."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La imagen para mostrar en la parte superior de la página de referencia, para "\r
-"esta sección. Generalmente será un tipo de diagrama para ilustrar la "\r
-"apariencia visual de una clase o diagrama de su relación con otras clases. "\r
-"Este elemento es opcional."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: tip/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1038\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "\r
-"into the c-source where possible."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para evitar recompilaciones innecesarias después de cambios en la "\r
-"documentación ponga los documentos de sección en el código fuente C cuando "\r
-"sea posible."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1047\r
-msgid "Documenting symbols"\r
-msgstr "Documentar símbolos"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1049\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "\r
-"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "\r
-"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus "\r
-"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and "\r
-"enums in the header file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Cada símbolo (función, macro, estructura, enum, señal y propiedad) está "\r
-"documentado en un bloque separado. La mejor posición para el bloque es junto "\r
-"a la definición del símbolo de tal forma que sea fácil mantenerlos "\r
-"sincronizados. Por ello las funciones generalmente se documentan en el "\r
-"código C y las macros, estructuras y enum en el archivo de cabecera."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1057 C/index.docbook:1086\r
-msgid "General tags"\r
-msgstr "Etiquetas generales"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1059\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "\r
-"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede añadir información de versiones a todos los elementos de la "\r
-"documentación para mostrar cuándo se introdujo una API o cuándo se declaró "\r
-"obsoleta."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1064\r
-msgid "Versioning Tags"\r
-msgstr "Versionado de etiquetas"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1065\r
-msgid "Since:"\r
-msgstr "Desde:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1067\r
-msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."\r
-msgstr "Descripción desde qué versión del código está disponible la API."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1072\r
-msgid "Deprecated:"\r
-msgstr "Obsoleto:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1074\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "\r
-"description should point the reader to the new API."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Párrafo que denota que esta función no se debería usar más. La descripción "\r
-"debería informar al lector de la nueva API."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1082\r
-msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"\r
-msgstr "(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1087\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * foo_get_bar:\n"\r
-" * @foo: some foo\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Since: 2.6\n"\r
-" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"Bar *\n"\r
-"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"\r
-"{\n"\r
-"...\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * foo_get_bar:\n"\r
-" * @foo: some foo\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Since: 2.6\n"\r
-" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"Bar *\n"\r
-"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"\r
-"{\n"\r
-"...\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1107 C/index.docbook:1117\r
-msgid "Annotations"\r
-msgstr "Anotaciones"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1109\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be "\r
-"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by "\r
-"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the "\r
-"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"\r
-"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Los bloques de documentación pueden contener etiquetas de anotaciones. Estas "\r
-"etiquetas se renderizarán con consejos que describan su significado. Las "\r
-"etiquetas se usan en la introspección de GObject para generar vinculaciones "\r
-"del lenguaje. Puede obtener una lista detallada de las etiquetas soportadas "\r
-"en <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" "\r
-"type=\"http\">el wiki</ulink>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1118\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"\r
-" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"...\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"\r
-" * (and another annotation)\n"\r
-" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"\r
-" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"...\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"\r
-" * (and another annotation)\n"\r
-" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1139 C/index.docbook:1168\r
-msgid "Function comment block"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentario de función"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1145\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"\r
-"unrefed/released."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El documento, dependiendo de si devuelve objetos, listas, cadenas, etc. "\r
-"debería liberarse/desreferenciarse/etc."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1151\r
-msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El documento, dependiendo de si sus parámetros pueden ser nulos, y qué "\r
-"sucede si lo son."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1156\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Mencionar precondiciones y postcondiciones interesantes donde sea apropiado."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1141 C/index.docbook:1227\r
-msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Recuerde: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1163\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "\r
-"private. They are treated like static functions."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por «_» "\r
-"son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1169\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * function_name:\n"\r
-" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"\r
-" * one line.\n"\r
-" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"\r
-" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"\r
-" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"\r
-" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"\r
-" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Returns: an integer.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Since: 2.2\n"\r
-" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * function_name:\n"\r
-" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"\r
-" * one line.\n"\r
-" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"\r
-" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"\r
-" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"\r
-" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"\r
-" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Returns: an integer.\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Since: 2.2\n"\r
-" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1190\r
-msgid "Function tags"\r
-msgstr "Etiquetas de funciones"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1191\r
-msgid "Returns:"\r
-msgstr "Devuelve:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1193\r
-msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."\r
-msgstr "Párrafo que describe el resultado devuelto."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1198\r
-msgid "@...:"\r
-msgstr "@...:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1200\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "\r
-"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En el caso de que la función tenga argumentos variados debe usar esta "\r
-"etiqueta (@Vargargs: también funciona por razones históricas)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1210 C/index.docbook:1212\r
-msgid "Property comment block"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentario de propiedad"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1213\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Here you can document a property.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Here you can document a property.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1225 C/index.docbook:1244\r
-msgid "Signal comment block"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentario de señal"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1231\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "\r
-"after other signals."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Documentar cuando la señal se emite e indica si se emite antes o después de "\r
-"otras señales."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: listitem/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1237\r
-msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."\r
-msgstr "Documentar qué aplicación debe gestionar las señales."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1245\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"\r
-" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"\r
-" * @foo: some foo\n"\r
-" * @bar: some bar\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"\r
-" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"\r
-" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"\r
-" * @foo: some foo\n"\r
-" * @bar: some bar\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"\r
-" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1262 C/index.docbook:1263\r
-msgid "Struct comment block"\r
-msgstr "Bloque de comentario de estructura"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1264\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * FooWidget:\n"\r
-" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"\r
-" /*< private >*/\n"\r
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-" /*< public >*/\n"\r
-" gboolean bar;\n"\r
-"} FooWidget;\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * FooWidget:\n"\r
-" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"\r
-" /*< private >*/\n"\r
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-" /*< public >*/\n"\r
-" gboolean bar;\n"\r
-"} FooWidget;\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1281\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "\r
-"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "\r
-"behaviour."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de campos de estructuras "\r
-"privadas que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para "\r
-"revertir el comportamiento anterior."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1287\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "\r
-"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "\r
-"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one "\r
-"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance "\r
-"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage "\r
-"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure "\r
-"and the section)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"También se pueden usar bloques de comentario para GObjects y GObjectClasses. "\r
-"Generalmente es buena idea añadir un bloque de comentario para una clase, si "\r
-"tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, se "\r
-"puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque separado "\r
-"para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene campos "\r
-"públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice con el "\r
-"mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1299 C/index.docbook:1300\r
-msgid "Enum comment block"\r
-msgstr "Enumerar bloques de comentarios"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1301\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * Something:\n"\r
-" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"\r
-" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"typedef enum {\n"\r
-" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"\r
-" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"\r
-" /*< private >*/\n"\r
-" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"\r
-"} Something;\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"/**\n"\r
-" * Something:\n"\r
-" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"\r
-" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"\r
-" *\n"\r
-" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"\r
-" */\n"\r
-"typedef enum {\n"\r
-" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"\r
-" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"\r
-" /*< private >*/\n"\r
-" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"\r
-"} Something;\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1318\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "\r
-"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "\r
-"behaviour."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de enumerar valores privados "\r
-"que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para revertir el "\r
-"comportamiento anterior."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1328\r
-msgid "Useful DocBook tags"\r
-msgstr "Etiquetas DocBook útiles"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1330\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Aquí están varias etiquetas de DocBook muy útiles al documentar código."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1339\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1335\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "\r
-"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "\r
-"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and "\r
-"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class "\r
-"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para enlazar otra sección en GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/>. El enlace es "\r
-"el id SGML en el elemento superior de la página a la que quiere enlazar. "\r
-"Para la mayoría de las páginas esta es la parte («gtk», «gdk», «glib») y "\r
-"después el título de página («Tablas hash»). Para los widgets es simplemente "\r
-"el nombre de la clase. Los espacios y guiones bajos se convierten a «-» para "\r
-"ajustarse a SGML/XML."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1352\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<function>...</function>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<function>...</function>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1349\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"\r
-"informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para referirse a una función externa, ej. una función de C estándar: <_:"\r
-"informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1361\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<example>\n"\r
-" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"\r
-" <programlisting>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </programlisting>\n"\r
-"</example>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<example>\n"\r
-" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"\r
-" <programlisting>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </programlisting>\n"\r
-"</example>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1372\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<informalexample>\n"\r
-" <programlisting>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </programlisting>\n"\r
-"</informalexample>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<informalexample>\n"\r
-" <programlisting>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </programlisting>\n"\r
-"</informalexample>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1358\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "\r
-"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "\r
-"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para incluir un código de ejemplo: <_:informalexample-1/> o posiblemente "\r
-"este, para fragmentos de código muy cortos que no necesitan título: <_:"\r
-"informalexample-2/>. El último GTK-Doc también soporta abreviación: |[ ... ]|"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1391\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<itemizedlist>\n"\r
-" <listitem>\n"\r
-" <para>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </para>\n"\r
-" </listitem>\n"\r
-" <listitem>\n"\r
-" <para>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </para>\n"\r
-" </listitem>\n"\r
-"</itemizedlist>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<itemizedlist>\n"\r
-" <listitem>\n"\r
-" <para>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </para>\n"\r
-" </listitem>\n"\r
-" <listitem>\n"\r
-" <para>\n"\r
-" ...\n"\r
-" </para>\n"\r
-" </listitem>\n"\r
-"</itemizedlist>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1388\r
-msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para incluir listas de topos: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1411\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<note>\n"\r
-" <para>\n"\r
-" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"\r
-" </para>\n"\r
-"</note>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<note>\n"\r
-" <para>\n"\r
-" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"\r
-" </para>\n"\r
-"</note>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1408\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para incluir una nota que sobresale del texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1424\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1421\r
-msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para referirse a un tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1433\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1430\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"\r
-"informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para referirse a una estructura externa (no una descrita en la documentación "\r
-"de GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1442\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1439\r
-msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para referirse a un campo o a una estructura: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1451\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1448\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "\r
-"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "\r
-"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the "\r
-"abbreviations</link>)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para referirse a un nombre de clase, se podría usar: <_:informalexample-1/> "\r
-"pero probablemente estará usando #GtkWidget en su lugar (para crear "\r
-"automáticamente un enlace a la página GtkWidget; consulte <link linkend="\r
-"\"documenting_syntax\">abreviaciones</link>)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1462\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1459\r
-msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para enfatizar un texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1471\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1468\r
-msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para uso de nombres de archivo: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1480\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1477\r
-msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-msgstr "Para referirse a claves: <_:informalexample-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1490\r
-msgid "Filling the extra files"\r
-msgstr "Rellenar campos adicionales"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1492\r
-msgid ""\r
-"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "\r
-"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "\r
-"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), "\r
-"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Existen tres archivos adicionales que deben mantenerse junto con los "\r
-"comentarios en línea del código fuente: <filename><paquete>.types</"\r
-"filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el "\r
-"pasado) y <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1501\r
-msgid "Editing the types file"\r
-msgstr "Editar los tipos de archivo"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1503\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "\r
-"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "\r
-"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</"\r
-"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><"\r
-"package>.types</filename> file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si su biblioteca o aplicación incluye GObjects puede querer que sus señales, "\r
-"argumentos y/o parámetros y posición en la jerarquía se muestre en la "\r
-"documentación. Todo lo que debe hacer es listar las funciones "\r
-"<function>xxx_get_type</function> junto con sus «include» en el archivo "\r
-"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1512\r
-msgid "Example types file snippet"\r
-msgstr "Fragmento de ejemplo de tipos de archivo"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1513\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"\r
-"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"\r
-"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"\r
-"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"\r
-"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"\r
-"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"\r
-"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1524\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "\r
-"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not "\r
-"dist the types file nor have it under version control."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Desde GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> puede genera esta "\r
-"lista. Simplemente añada «--rebuild-types» a SCAN_OPTIONS en el "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Si usa esto no debería ejecutar dist sobre "\r
-"los tipos de archivo ni tenerlos bajo el control de versiones."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1533\r
-msgid "Editing the master document"\r
-msgstr "Editar la sección maestra del documento"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1535\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "\r
-"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "\r
-"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them "\r
-"and place them in an order."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc produce documentación en DocBook SGML/XML. Cuando se procesan los "\r
-"comentarios en las líneas del código, las herramientas de GTK-Doc generan "\r
-"una página de documentación por clase o módulo en un archivo aparte. El "\r
-"documento maestro las incluye y ordena."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1542\r
-msgid ""\r
-"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "\r
-"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "\r
-"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test "\r
-"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good "\r
-"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "\r
-"introduced there."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puesto que GTK-Doc crea una documento maestro de plantilla, una posterior "\r
-"ejecución no lo tocará de nuevo. Esto significa que se puede estructurar "\r
-"libremente la documentación. Esto incluye agrupar páginas y añadir páginas "\r
-"adiciones. Ahora GTK-Doc tiene un entorno de pruebas, donde también el "\r
-"documento maestro se vuelve a crear desde cero. Es una buena idea mirarlo de "\r
-"vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: tip/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1552\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "\r
-"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "\r
-"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol "\r
-"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along "\r
-"with the library."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"No crear tutoriales como documentos adicionales. Solamente escriba capítulos "\r
-"adicionales. La ventaja de integrar directamente el tutorial para su "\r
-"biblioteca en la documentación de la API es que es fácil para el tutorial "\r
-"enlazar la documentación de símbolos. Además las posibilidades de actualizar "\r
-"el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1561\r
-msgid ""\r
-"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "\r
-"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "\r
-"which you should take care of."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"¿Así que qué es lo que hay que cambiar en el documento maestro? Para empezar "\r
-"es muy poco. Existen algunos «placeholders» (texto entre corchetes) de los "\r
-"que habría que encargarse."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1568\r
-msgid "Master document header"\r
-msgstr "Cabecera del documento maestro"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1569\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<bookinfo>\n"\r
-" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"\r
-" <releaseinfo>\n"\r
-" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"\r
-" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"\r
-" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"\r
-" </releaseinfo>\n"\r
-"</bookinfo>\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"<chapter>\n"\r
-" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"<bookinfo>\n"\r
-" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"\r
-" <releaseinfo>\n"\r
-" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"\r
-" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"\r
-" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"\r
-" </releaseinfo>\n"\r
-"</bookinfo>\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"<chapter>\n"\r
-" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1588\r
-msgid "Editing the section file"\r
-msgstr "Editar el archivo de sección"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1590\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "\r
-"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "\r
-"the visibility (public or private)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El archivo de sección se usa para organizar la salida de la documentación "\r
-"por GTK-Doc. Aquí se especifica qué símbolos pertenecen a qué módulo o clase "\r
-"y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1596\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "\r
-"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "\r
-"lines."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El archivo de sección es un archivo de texto plano con sintaxis parecida a "\r
-"XML (usando etiquetas). Se ignoran las líneas vacías y las líneas que "\r
-"comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1602\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "\r
-"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"\r
-"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "\r
-"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "\r
-"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"\r
-"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "\r
-"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "\r
-"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "\r
-"lower case)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La etiqueta <FILE> ... </FILE> se usa para especificar el nombre "\r
-"del archivo, sin sufijo. Por ejemplo, usar «<FILE>gnome-config</"\r
-"FILE>» dará como resultado en la sección de declaraciones la salida "\r
-"<filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> en el archivo de plantilla, que "\r
-"se convertirá al archivo DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"\r
-"filename> o al archivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"\r
-"filename>. (El nombre del archivo HTML está basado en el nombre del módulo y "\r
-"en el título de la sección, o para GObjects está basado en el nombre de "\r
-"clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1614\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "\r
-"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "\r
-"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if "\r
-"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La etiqueta <TITLE> ... </TITLE> se usa para especificar el "\r
-"título de una sección. Sólo es útil antes de que las plantillas (si se usan) "\r
-"se creen inicialmente, ya que el título configurado en la plantilla lo "\r
-"sobrescribe. Además, si una usa comentarios SECTION en los fuentes, se queda "\r
-"obsoleto."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1621\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "\r
-"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "\r
-"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject "\r
-"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like "\r
-"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the "\r
-"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private "\r
-"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning "\r
-"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types "\r
-"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of "\r
-"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. "\r
-"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or "\r
-"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede agrupar elementos en la sección usando la etiqueta <SUBSECTION>. "\r
-"Actualmente esto genera una línea en blanco entre subsecciones en la sección "\r
-"de resumen. También puede usar <SUBSECTION Standard> para "\r
-"declaraciones estándar de GObject (ej. funciones como g_object_get_type and "\r
-"macros como G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Actualmente éstas se han dejado "\r
-"fuera de la documentación. También puede usar <SUBSECTION Private> "\r
-"para declaraciones privadas que no producirán ninguna salida (s una manera "\r
-"práctica de evitar mensajes de advertencia sobre declaraciones sin usar). Si "\r
-"sus bibliotecas contienen tipos privados que no quiere que aparezcan en la "\r
-"jerarquía de objetos o en la lista de interfaces implementados o necesarios, "\r
-"añádalos a una subsección Privada. Si ubica GObject y GObjectClass como "\r
-"estructuras en la sección pública o estándar, depende de si tienen entradas "\r
-"públicas (variables, vmethods)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1640\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "\r
-"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"\r
-"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it "\r
-"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. "\r
-"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"También puede usar <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> para especificar qué "\r
-"archivos #include se muestran en la sección de resumen. Contiene una lista "\r
-"de archivos #include separados por comas, sin las almohadillas. Si lo "\r
-"configura fuera de cualquier sección, actúa para todas las secciones hasta "\r
-"el final del archivo. Si lo configura dentro de una sección, sólo se aplica "\r
-"a esa sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1654\r
-msgid "Controlling the result"\r
-msgstr "Controlar el resultado"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1656\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "\r
-"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"\r
-"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and "\r
-"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text "\r
-"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una ejecución de GTK-Doc genera archivos de informe dentro de la carpeta de "\r
-"la documentación. Los archivos generados se llaman <filename><paquete>-"\r
-"undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>-undeclared.txt</"\r
-"filename> y <filename><paquete>-unused.txt</filename>.Todos son "\r
-"archivos de texto plano y se pueden ver y posprocesar fácilmente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1665\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "\r
-"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "\r
-"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The "\r
-"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, "\r
-"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El archivo <filename><paquete>-undocumented.txt</filename> comienza "\r
-"con el resumen de cobertura de la documentación. Debajo hay dos secciones "\r
-"divididas por líneas vacías. La primera sección lista los símbolos "\r
-"incompletos o indocumentados. La segunda sección hace lo mismo para los "\r
-"documentos de sección. Las entradas incompletas son aquellas que tienen "\r
-"documentación pero dónde; p.e. se ha añadido un parámetro nuevo."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1674\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "\r
-"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "\r
-"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El archivo <filename><paquete>-undeclared.txt</filename> lista "\r
-"símbolos proporcionados en el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections."\r
-"txt</filename>, pero no encontrados en los fuentes. Compruebe si se han "\r
-"eliminado o no se han escrito correctamente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1681\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "\r
-"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "\r
-"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the "\r
-"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El archivo <filename><paquete>-unused.txt</filename> lista nombres de "\r
-"símbolos, donde el analizador de GTK-Doc ha encontrado documentación, pero "\r
-"no sabe dónde ponerla. Esto significa que el símbolo no se ha añadido "\r
-"todavía al archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: tip/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1689\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."\r
-"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "\r
-"<command>make check</command> run."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Activar o añadir la línea <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> en Makefile."\r
-"am. Si como mínimo está instalado GTK-Doc 1.9, esto ejecutará comprobaciones "\r
-"de integridad durante la ejecución de make check."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1696\r
-msgid ""\r
-"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "\r
-"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"\r
-"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "\r
-"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "\r
-"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if "\r
-"this file contains it."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"También puede mirar los archivos producidos por el analizador del código "\r
-"fuente: <filename><paquete>-decl-list.txt</filename> y <filename><"\r
-"paquete>-decl.txt</filename>. El primero se puede comparar con el archivo "\r
-"de sección si se mantiene manualmente. El segundo lista todas las "\r
-"declaraciones desde las cabeceras. Si falta un símbolo, se puede comprobar "\r
-"si este archivo lo contiene."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1705\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "\r
-"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "\r
-"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"\r
-"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."\r
-"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"\r
-"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc "\r
-"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "\r
-"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si el proyecto está basado en GObject, también se puede mirar en los "\r
-"archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <filename><paquete>."\r
-"args.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, "\r
-"<filename><paquete>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><"\r
-"paquete>.prerequisites.txt</filename> y <filename><paquete>.signals."\r
-"txt</filename>. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que "\r
-"GTK-Doc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero "\r
-"ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1720\r
-msgid "Modernizing the documentation"\r
-msgstr "Modernizar la documentación"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1722\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "\r
-"features together with the version since when it is available."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GTK-Doc ha existido durante mucho tiempo. En esta sección se listan las "\r
-"características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1728\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"\r
-msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1730\r
-msgid ""\r
-"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "\r
-"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Al usar XML en lugar de SGML, actualmente se puede nombrar el documento "\r
-"maestro <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1735\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"\r
-"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from "\r
-"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular "\r
-"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a "\r
-"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as "\r
-"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-"\r
-"sections.txt</code>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> en "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activada, el archivo "\r
-"<filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> se genera automáticamente "\r
-"y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos "\r
-"que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección "\r
-"nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección "\r
-"mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar <code>meld <"\r
-"paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1746\r
-#| msgid ""\r
-#| "Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "\r
-#| "sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"\r
-#| "\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc "\r
-#| "module to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--"\r
-#| "flavour no-tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>."\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "\r
-"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"\r
-"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "\r
-"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"\r
-"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a "\r
-"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into you source "\r
-"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to "\r
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las "\r
-"fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo <filename "\r
-"class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename>. Esta versión añade opciones para "\r
-"cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de "\r
-"construcción de tmpl adicional, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> en "\r
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Si no tiene una <filename class="\r
-"\"directory\">tmpl</filename> marcada en su sistema de control de versiones "\r
-"y todavía no ha cambiado, simplemente añada la opción al archivo "\r
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename> y lo tendrá hecho."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1758\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"\r
-msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1760\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"\r
-"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the "\r
-"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the "\r
-"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for "\r
-"code that is build conditionally."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> en "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activado, el archivo "\r
-"<filename><package>.types</filename> se genera automáticamente y se "\r
-"puede eliminar del control de versiones. Al usar esta característica es "\r
-"importante configurar la variable <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> en el "\r
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> para el código que se construye de manera "\r
-"condicional."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1771\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"\r
-msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1777\r
-msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"\r
-msgstr "Activar gtkdoc-check"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1778\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"\r
-"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"\r
-" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"\r
-" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"\r
-"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"\r
-"endif\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"\r
-"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"\r
-" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"\r
-" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"\r
-"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"\r
-"endif\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1773\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "\r
-"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "\r
-"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta versión incluye una herramienta nueva llamada gtkdoc-check. Esta "\r
-"herramienta puede ejecutar una serie de comprobaciones de integridad de la "\r
-"documentación. Se activa añadiendo las siguientes líneas al final del "\r
-"archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1791\r
-msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"\r
-msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1793\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "\r
-"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "\r
-"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link "\r
-"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado "\r
-"en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del "\r
-"«docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La "\r
-"sección que explica la <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">sintaxis de los "\r
-"comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1804\r
-msgid "Documenting other interfaces"\r
-msgstr "Documentar otras interfaces"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1806\r
-msgid ""\r
-"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "\r
-"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "\r
-"interfaces too."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Hasta ahora se ha usado GTK-Doc para documentar la API del código. Las "\r
-"siguientes secciones contienen sugerencias acerca de cómo se pueden usar las "\r
-"herramientas para documentar otras interfaces."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1813\r
-msgid "Command line options and man pages"\r
-msgstr "Opciones de la línea de comandos y páginas man"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1815\r
-msgid ""\r
-"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "\r
-"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "\r
-"the reference and one gets the man-page for free."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Ya que también se pueden generar páginas man para referencias de entrada "\r
-"docbook, parece buena idea usarlas para ese propósito. De esta forma la "\r
-"interfaz es parte de la referencia y se obtienen las páginas man sin trabajo."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1822\r
-msgid "Document the tool"\r
-msgstr "Documentar la herramienta"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1824\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="\r
-"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"\r
-"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml tags that should be "\r
-"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as "\r
-"examples e.g. in glib."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Cree un archivo de entrada de referencia para cada herramienta. Siguiendo "\r
-"<link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles\">el ejemplo</link> se llamará "\r
-"<filename>meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. Para las etiquetas "\r
-"xml que se deben usar puede mirar al archivo generado en la subcarpeta xml "\r
-"así como los ejemplos en, por ejemplo, glib."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1834\r
-msgid "Adding the extra configure check"\r
-msgstr "Añadir la comprobación de configuración adicional"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1837 C/index.docbook:1855\r
-msgid "Extra configure checks"\r
-msgstr "Comprobaciones de configuración adicionales"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1838\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"\r
-" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"\r
-" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"\r
-" enable_man=no)\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"\r
-"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"\r
-" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"\r
-" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"\r
-" enable_man=no)\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"\r
-"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1852\r
-msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"\r
-msgstr "Añadir reglas de makefile adicionales"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1856\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"man_MANS = \\\n"\r
-" meeper.1\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"\r
-"if ENABLE_MAN\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"%.1 : %.xml\n"\r
-" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"endif\n"\r
-"endif\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"\r
-"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"\n"\r
-"man_MANS = \\\n"\r
-" meeper.1\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"\r
-"if ENABLE_MAN\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"%.1 : %.xml\n"\r
-" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"endif\n"\r
-"endif\n"\r
-"\n"\r
-"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"\r
-"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1878\r
-msgid "DBus interfaces"\r
-msgstr "Interfaces de DBus"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1880\r
-msgid ""\r
-"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"\r
-"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"(ARREGLAR: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"\r
-"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1889\r
-msgid "Frequently asked questions"\r
-msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1893\r
-msgid "Question"\r
-msgstr "Pregunta"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1894\r
-msgid "Answer"\r
-msgstr "Respuesta"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1896\r
-msgid "No class hierarchy."\r
-msgstr "Sin jerarquía de clases."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1897\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "\r
-"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Los objetos de la función <function>xxx_get_type()</function> no se han "\r
-"introducido en el archivo <filename><package>.types</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1903\r
-msgid "Still no class hierarchy."\r
-msgstr "Aún sin jerarquía de clases."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1904\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "\r
-"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"\r
-"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Nombre incorrecto o ausente en el archivo <filename><package>-sections."\r
-"txt</filename> (consulte la <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-"\r
-"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicación</ulink>)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1910\r
-msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."\r
-msgstr "Maldición, aún no hay una jerarquía de clases."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1911\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"\r
-"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "\r
-"subsections)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Es el nombre del objeto (nombre de la estructura de la instancia, ej. "\r
-"<type>GtkWidget</type>) parte de la sección normal (no ponga esto en "\r
-"Estándar o Privado)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1918\r
-msgid "No symbol index."\r
-msgstr "Sin índice de símbolos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1919\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "\r
-"index that xi:includes the generated index?"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"¿<filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contiene un índice que "\r
-"«xi:includes» el índice generado?"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1925\r
-msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."\r
-msgstr "Los símbolos no se enlazan con su sección en el documento."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1926\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "\r
-"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"¿Está doc-comment usando el marcado correcto (añadido #,% o ())? Compruebe "\r
-"si gtk-doc-fixxref avisa de alguna referencia xref sin resolver."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1932\r
-msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."\r
-msgstr "Una clase nueva no aparece en la documentación."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1933\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"\r
-"filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Es la página nueva «xi:included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,"\r
-"sgml}</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1939\r
-msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."\r
-msgstr "Un símbolo nuevo no aparece en la documentación."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1940\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "\r
-"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "\r
-"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><"\r
-"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Comprobar que el doc-comment está formateado correctamente. Compruebe "\r
-"errores de escritura al principio del comentario. Compruebe si gtkdoc-"\r
-"fixxref avisa acerca de referencias xref no solventables. Compruebe si el "\r
-"símbolo está listado correctamente en <filename><package>-sections."\r
-"txt</filename> en una subsección pública."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1948\r
-msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."\r
-msgstr "Falta un tipo en la clase de jerarquías"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1949\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "\r
-"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "\r
-"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"\r
-"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "\r
-"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si el tipo está listado en <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> "\r
-"pero no en <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, entonces compruebe dos "\r
-"veces que el tipo está correctamente ubicado en la <filename><package>-"\r
-"sections.txt</filename>. No se mostrará el tipo de instancia (ej. "\r
-"<type>GtkWidget</type>) si no está listada o accidentalmente marcada como "\r
-"privada."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1958\r
-msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Obtengo enlaces de seguimiento de documentos para todas las anotaciones "\r
-"gobject."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1959\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "\r
-"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Compruebe que <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> está «xi:"\r
-"included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1967\r
-msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Parámetro descrito en el bloque de comentarios del código fuente pero no "\r
-"existe"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1968\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "\r
-"source."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Compruebe si el prototipo en la cabecera tiene nombres de parámetro "\r
-"diferentes de la fuente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1973\r
-msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"\r
-msgstr "múltiples «ID» para la restricción enlazada: XYZ"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1974\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"\r
-"filename> file."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El símbolo XYZ aparece dos veces en el archivo <filename><package>-"\r
-"sections.txt</filename>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1977\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "\r
-"matches."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Elemento typename en namespace «» encontrado en para, pero ninguna plantilla "\r
-"coincide."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1984\r
-msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"\r
-msgstr "Herramientas relacionadas con GTK-Doc"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1986\r
-msgid ""\r
-"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "\r
-"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "\r
-"integrates with the trac search."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"GtkDocPlugin: un complemento de integración <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks."\r
-"org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> que añade documentos de la API "\r
-"a un sitio «trac» y se integra con la búsqueda de «trac»."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: chapter/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:1991\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "\r
-"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Gtkdoc-depscan: una herramienta (parte de gtk-doc) para comprobar la API "\r
-"usada contra etiquetas en la API para determinar la versión mínima necesaria."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo\r
-#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12\r
-msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"\r
-msgstr "Versión 1.1, marzo de 2000"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright\r
-#: C/index.docbook:15\r
-msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"\r
-msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/address\r
-#: C/index.docbook:20\r
-#, no-wrap\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"\r
-" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"\r
-" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"\r
-" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"\r
-" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19\r
-msgid ""\r
-"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "\r
-"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"<_:address-1/>. Se permite la copia y distribución de copias literales de "\r
-"este documento, pero no se permite su modificación."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: appendix/title\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642\r
-msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"\r
-msgstr "Licencia de documentación libre de GNU"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31\r
-msgid "0. PREAMBLE"\r
-msgstr "0. PREÁMBULO"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:32\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "\r
-"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "\r
-"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "\r
-"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "\r
-"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "\r
-"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El propósito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de texto, u "\r
-"otro documento escrito sea <quote>libre</quote> en el sentido de libertad: "\r
-"asegurar a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y redistribuirlo, "\r
-"con o sin modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En segundo término, esta "\r
-"Licencia proporciona al autor y al editor una manera de obtener "\r
-"reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las "\r
-"modificaciones realizadas por otros."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:43\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "\r
-"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "\r
-"It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license "\r
-"designed for free software."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta Licencia es de tipo <quote>copyleft</quote>, lo que significa que los "\r
-"trabajos derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo "\r
-"sentido. Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia "\r
-"tipo copyleft diseñada para el software libre."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50\r
-msgid ""\r
-"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "\r
-"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "\r
-"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. "\r
-"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any "\r
-"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a "\r
-"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose "\r
-"is instruction or reference."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Hemos diseñado esta Licencia para usarla en manuales de software libre, ya "\r
-"que el software libre necesita documentación libre: Un programa libre debe "\r
-"venir con los manuales que ofrezcan la mismas libertades que da el software. "\r
-"Pero esta licencia no se limita a manuales de software; puede ser usada para "\r
-"cualquier trabajo textual, sin tener en cuenta su temática o si se publica "\r
-"como libro impreso. Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos "\r
-"cuyo fin sea instructivo o de referencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62\r
-msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"\r
-msgstr "1. APLICABILIDAD Y DEFINICIONES"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:63\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "\r
-"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "\r
-"of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such "\r
-"manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "\r
-"<quote>you</quote>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga un "\r
-"aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede distribuirse "\r
-"bajo los términos de esta Licencia. El <quote>Documento</quote>, abajo, se "\r
-"refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un "\r
-"licenciatario, y será referido como <quote>Usted</quote>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:72\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "\r
-"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "\r
-"modifications and/or translated into another language."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una <quote>Versión Modificada</quote> del Documento significa cualquier "\r
-"trabajo que contenga el Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia "\r
-"literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:79\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "\r
-"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "\r
-"exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the "\r
-"Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and "\r
-"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For "\r
-"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary "\r
-"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter "\r
-"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of "\r
-"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding "\r
-"them."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una <quote>Sección Secundaria</quote> es un apéndice con título o una "\r
-"sección preliminar del Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relación "\r
-"entre los autores o editores y el tema general del<link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Documento</link> que trata exclusivamente con la relación entre "\r
-"los editores o autores del Documento con el asunto general del Documento (o "\r
-"asuntos relacionados) y no contiene nada que pueda considerarse dentro del "\r
-"tema principal. (Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en parte un libro de texto "\r
-"de matemáticas, una Sección Secundaria no explicará nada de matemáticas.) La "\r
-"relación puede ser una conexión histórica con el asunto o temas "\r
-"relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, ética o política "\r
-"acerca de ellos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:94\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "\r
-"those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under this License."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Las <quote>Secciones Invariantes</quote> son ciertas <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"secondary\">Secciones Secundarias</link> cuyos títulos son designados como "\r
-"Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Documento</link> se publica bajo esta Licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:103\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "\r
-"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "\r
-"that the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under "\r
-"this License."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Los <quote>Textos de Cubierta</quote> son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto "\r
-"que se listan como Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera "\r
-"en la nota que indica que el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> "\r
-"se publica bajo esta Licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:111\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "\r
-"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "\r
-"specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be "\r
-"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors "\r
-"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) "\r
-"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text "\r
-"formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for "\r
-"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file "\r
-"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent "\r
-"modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "\r
-"<quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una copia <quote>Transparente</quote> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Documento</link>, significa una copia para lectura en máquina, "\r
-"representada en un formato cuya especificación está disponible al público en "\r
-"general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto y editados directamente con editores "\r
-"de texto genéricos o (para imágenes compuestas por píxeles) con programas "\r
-"genéricos de manipulación de imágenes o (para dibujos) con algún editor de "\r
-"dibujos ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada para "\r
-"formateadores de texto o para su traducción automática a formatos adecuados "\r
-"para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato definido como "\r
-"Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de él haya sido diseñado para "\r
-"impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por parte de los lectores no "\r
-"es Transparente. Una copia que no es <quote>Transparente</quote> se denomina "\r
-"<quote>Opaca</quote>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "\r
-"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "\r
-"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for "\r
-"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary "\r
-"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, "\r
-"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally "\r
-"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors "\r
-"for output purposes only."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Como ejemplos de formatos adecuados para copias Transparentes están ASCII "\r
-"puro sin marcaje, formato de entrada de Texinfo, formato de entrada de "\r
-"LaTeX, SGML o XML usando una DTD disponible públicamente, y HTML, PostScript "\r
-"o PDF simples, que sigan los estándares y diseños para que los modifiquen "\r
-"personas.Los formatos Opacos incluyen formatos propietarios que pueden ser "\r
-"leídos y editados únicamente en procesadores de textos propietarios, SGML o "\r
-"XML para los cuáles las DTD y/o herramientas de procesamiento no estén "\r
-"ampliamente disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos "\r
-"procesadores de textos sólo como salida."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:141\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "\r
-"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "\r
-"material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in "\r
-"formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> "\r
-"means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, "\r
-"preceding the beginning of the body of the text."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" La <quote>Portada</quote> significa, en un libro impreso, la página de "\r
-"título, más las páginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener "\r
-"legiblemente el material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para "\r
-"trabajos en formatos que no tienen página de portada como tal, "\r
-"<quote>Portada</quote>significa el texto cercano a la aparición más "\r
-"prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del "\r
-"texto."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153\r
-msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"\r
-msgstr "2. COPIA LITERAL"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:154\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"\r
-"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "\r
-"this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this "\r
-"License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you "\r
-"add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use "\r
-"technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of "\r
-"the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in "\r
-"exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you "\r
-"must also follow the conditions in <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</"\r
-"link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usted puede copiar y distribuir el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"\r
-"link> en cualquier soporte, sea en forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando "\r
-"proporcione esta Licencia, las notas de copyright y la nota que indica que "\r
-"esta Licencia se aplica al Documento reproduciéndola en todas las copias y "\r
-"que usted no añada ninguna otra condición a las expuestas en esta Licencia. "\r
-"Usted no puede usar medidas técnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o "\r
-"copia posterior de las copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin embargo, "\r
-"usted puede aceptar compensación a cambio de las copias. Si distribuye un "\r
-"número suficientemente grande de copias también deberá seguir las "\r
-"condiciones de la <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">sección 3</link>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "\r
-"may publicly display copies."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usted también puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones establecidas "\r
-"anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias públicamente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176\r
-msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"\r
-msgstr "3. COPIAR EN CANTIDAD"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:177\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "\r
-"notice requires <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you "\r
-"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these "\r
-"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on "\r
-"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as "\r
-"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title "\r
-"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "\r
-"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "\r
-"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as "\r
-"verbatim copying in other respects."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Si publica copias impresas del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"\r
-"link> que sobrepasen las 100, y la nota de licencia del Documento exige "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Cubierta</link>, debe incluirlas "\r
-"copias con cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible todos esos Textos "\r
-"de Cubierta: Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la cubierta delantera y Textos "\r
-"de Cubierta Trasera en la cubierta trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben "\r
-"identificarlo a Usted clara y legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La "\r
-"cubierta debe mostrar el título completo con todas las palabras igualmente "\r
-"prominentes y visibles. Además puede añadir otro material en las cubiertas. "\r
-"Las copias con cambios limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el "\r
-"título del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> y satisfagan "\r
-"estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en todos los "\r
-"aspectos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "\r
-"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "\r
-"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Si los textos requeridos para la cubierta son muy voluminosos para que "\r
-"ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea razonable "\r
-"colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en páginas adyacentes."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:202\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "\r
-"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "\r
-"than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state "\r
-"in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location "\r
-"containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added "\r
-"material, which the general network-using public has access to download "\r
-"anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use "\r
-"the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin "\r
-"distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent "\r
-"copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one "\r
-"year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through "\r
-"your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si Usted publica o distribuye copias <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent"\r
-"\">Opacas</link> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> cuya "\r
-"cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"transparent\">Transparente</link>, que pueda ser leída por una máquina, con "\r
-"cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, en cada copia Opaca, una dirección de red "\r
-"donde cualquier usuario de la misma tenga acceso por medio de protocolos "\r
-"públicos y estandarizados a una copia Transparente del Documento completa, "\r
-"sin material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la última opción, deberá tomar "\r
-"las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la distribución de las copias Opacas "\r
-"en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia Transparente permanecerá accesible "\r
-"en el sitio establecido por lo menos un año después de la última vez que "\r
-"distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición al público (directamente o a "\r
-"través de sus agentes o distribuidores)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:222\r
-msgid ""\r
-"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "\r
-"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated "\r
-"version of the Document."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los "\r
-"autores del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> antes de "\r
-"redistribuir gran número de copias, para darles la oportunidad de que le "\r
-"proporcionen una versión actualizada del Documento."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231\r
-msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"\r
-msgstr "4. MODIFICACIONES"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:232\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "\r
-"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "\r
-"the conditions of sections <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> and <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> above, provided that you release the "\r
-"Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version "\r
-"filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "\r
-"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "\r
-"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede copiar y distribuir una <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "\r
-"Modificada</link> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> bajo "\r
-"las condiciones de las secciones <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> y "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> anteriores, siempre que Usted libere "\r
-"la Versión Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la Versión Modificada "\r
-"haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando Licencia de distribución y "\r
-"modificación de la Versión Modificada a quienquiera posea una copia de la "\r
-"misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en la Versión Modificada:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248\r
-msgid "A"\r
-msgstr "A"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:249\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "\r
-"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which "\r
-"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the "\r
-"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original "\r
-"publisher of that version gives permission."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usar en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</link> (y en las "\r
-"cubiertas, si hay alguna) un título distinto al del <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Documento</link> y de sus versiones anteriores (que deberían, si "\r
-"hay alguna, estar listadas en la sección de Historia del Documento). Puede "\r
-"usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando "\r
-"quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264\r
-msgid "B"\r
-msgstr "B"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:265\r
-msgid ""\r
-"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "\r
-"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "\r
-"modifications in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "\r
-"together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has "\r
-"less than five)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Listar en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</link>, como autores, "\r
-"una o más personas o entidades responsables de la autoría de las "\r
-"modificaciones de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</"\r
-"link>, junto con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales del <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> (todos sus autores principales, si "\r
-"hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal requisito."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279\r
-msgid "C"\r
-msgstr "C"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:280\r
-msgid ""\r
-"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "\r
-"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "\r
-"as the publisher."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Mostrar en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</link> como editor "\r
-"el nombre del editor de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "\r
-"Modificada</link>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291\r
-msgid "D"\r
-msgstr "D"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:292\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Document</link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Documento</link>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301\r
-msgid "E"\r
-msgstr "E"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "\r
-"other copyright notices."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Añadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, adyacente a las "\r
-"otras notas de copyright."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311\r
-msgid "F"\r
-msgstr "F"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:312\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "\r
-"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "\r
-"Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the "\r
-"Addendum below."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Incluir, inmediatamente después de los avisos de copyright, una nota de "\r
-"licencia dando el permiso público para usar la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"\r
-"\">Versión Modificada</link> bajo los términos de esta Licencia, de la forma "\r
-"mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324\r
-msgid "G"\r
-msgstr "G"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:325\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Document's</link> license notice."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Incluir, inmediatamente después de ese aviso de licencia, la lista completa "\r
-"de <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones invariantes</link> y de los "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Cubierta</link> que sean "\r
-"requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Documento</link> original."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337\r
-msgid "H"\r
-msgstr "H"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338\r
-msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."\r
-msgstr "Incluir una copia sin modificación de esta Licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346\r
-msgid "I"\r
-msgstr "I"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:347\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "\r
-"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "\r
-"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> as given on "\r
-"the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If there is no "\r
-"section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and "\r
-"publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "\r
-"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar la sección titulada <quote>Historia</quote>, conservar su Título y "\r
-"añadirle un elemento que declare al menos el título, el año, los nuevos "\r
-"autores y el editor de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</"\r
-"link>, tal como figuran en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</"\r
-"link>. Si no hay una sección titulada <quote>Historia</quote> en el <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>, crear una estableciendo el "\r
-"título, el año, los autores y el editor del Documento, tal como figuran en "\r
-"su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, "\r
-"como se estableció en la sentencia anterior."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365\r
-msgid "J"\r
-msgstr "J"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:366\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the "\r
-"network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based "\r
-"on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit "\r
-"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before "\r
-"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers "\r
-"to gives permission."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar la dirección en red, si la hay, dada en el <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Documento</link> para el acceso público a una copia <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-transparent\">Transparente</link> del mismo, así como las otras "\r
-"direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones anteriores en las "\r
-"que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la sección <quote>Historia</quote>. "\r
-"Se puede omitir la ubicación en red de un trabajo que haya sido publicado "\r
-"por lo menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor "\r
-"original de dicha versión da permiso."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383\r
-msgid "K"\r
-msgstr "K"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:384\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "\r
-"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "\r
-"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor "\r
-"acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En cualquier sección titulada <quote>Agradecimientos</quote> o "\r
-"<quote>Dedicatorias</quote>, conservar el título de la sección y conservar "\r
-"en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias "\r
-"incluidas por cada contribuyente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396\r
-msgid "L"\r
-msgstr "L"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:397\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "\r
-"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "\r
-"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not "\r
-"considered part of the section titles."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar todas las <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</"\r
-"link> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>, sin alterar su "\r
-"texto ni sus títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran "\r
-"parte de los títulos de la sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409\r
-msgid "M"\r
-msgstr "M"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:410\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "\r
-"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"\r
-"link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Eliminar cualquier sección titulada <quote>Aprobaciones</quote>. Tales "\r
-"secciones no pueden estar incluidas en las <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"\r
-"\">Versiones Modificadas</link>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421\r
-msgid "N"\r
-msgstr "N"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:422\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "\r
-"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "\r
-"Section</link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a <quote>Aprobaciones</"\r
-"quote> ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"invariant\">Sección Invariante</link>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:432\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "\r
-"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from "\r
-"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections "\r
-"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's "\r
-"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Si la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</link> incluye "\r
-"secciones o apéndices nuevos que cualifiquen como <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"secondary\">Secciones Secundarias</link> y no contienen ningún material "\r
-"copiado del Documento, puede opcionalmente designar algunas o todas esas "\r
-"secciones como invariantes. Para hacerlo, añada sus títulos a la lista de "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> en el aviso de "\r
-"licencia de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de "\r
-"cualquier otro título de sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:444\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "\r
-"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"\r
-"\">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of "\r
-"peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the "\r
-"authoritative definition of a standard."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede añadir una sección titulada <quote>Aprobaciones</quote>, siempre que "\r
-"contenga únicamente aprobaciones de su <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"\r
-"\">Versión Modificada</link> por otras fuentes --por ejemplo, observaciones "\r
-"de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una organización como "\r
-"definición oficial de un estándar."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:453\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"\r
-"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list "\r
-"of <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover "\r
-"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements "\r
-"made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"\r
-"link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by "\r
-"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, "\r
-"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit "\r
-"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede añadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"cover-texts\">Texto de Cubierta Delantera</link> y un pasaje de hasta 25 "\r
-"palabras como <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de Cubierta Trasera</"\r
-"link> al final de la lista de <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de "\r
-"Cubierta</link> en la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</"\r
-"link>. Una entidad sólo puede añadir (o hacer que se añada) un pasaje al "\r
-"Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si el <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> ya incluye un textos de cubiertas "\r
-"añadidos previamente por usted o por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted "\r
-"representa, usted no puede añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, "\r
-"con permiso explícito del editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:470\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "\r
-"for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version </link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Documento</link> dan permiso para usar sus nombres para "\r
-"publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación de cualquier <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</link>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480\r
-msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"\r
-msgstr "5. COMBINAR DOCUMENTOS"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:481\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "\r
-"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified versions, "\r
-"provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, "\r
-"unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in "\r
-"its license notice."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usted puede combinar el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> con "\r
-"otros documentos liberados bajo esta Licencia, bajo los términos definidos "\r
-"en la sección <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> más arriba "\r
-"para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la combinación todas las "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> de todos los "\r
-"documentos originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones "\r
-"Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:492\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "\r
-"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "\r
-"replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with "\r
-"the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section "\r
-"unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original "\r
-"author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make "\r
-"the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections "\r
-"in the license notice of the combined work."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta Licencia, "\r
-"y múltiples <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> "\r
-"idénticas pueden reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si hay múltiples Secciones "\r
-"Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos diferentes, haga el "\r
-"título de cada una de estas secciones único añadiéndolo al final de este, "\r
-"entre paréntesis, el nombre del autor o de quien editó originalmente esa "\r
-"sección, si es conocido, o si no, un número único. Haga el mismo ajuste a "\r
-"los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes en la nota de "\r
-"licencia del trabajo combinado."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:505\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"\r
-"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "\r
-"<quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled "\r
-"<quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled "\r
-"<quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled "\r
-"<quote>Endorsements.</quote>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada <quote>Historia</"\r
-"quote> de los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada "\r
-"<quote>Historia</quote>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección "\r
-"titulada <quote>Reconocimientos</quote> y cualquier sección titulada "\r
-"<quote>Dedicatorias</quote>. Debe eliminar todas las secciones tituladas "\r
-"<quote>Aprobaciones</quote>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516\r
-msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"\r
-msgstr "6. COLECCIONES DE DOCUMENTOS"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:517\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "\r
-"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with "\r
-"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow "\r
-"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in "\r
-"all other respects."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede hacer una colección que conste del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"\r
-"\">Documento</link> y de otros documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y "\r
-"reemplazar las copias individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos "\r
-"por una sola copia que esté incluida en la colección, siempre que siga las "\r
-"reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los "\r
-"documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it "\r
-"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "\r
-"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "\r
-"regarding verbatim copying of that document."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo "\r
-"individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta "\r
-"Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás "\r
-"aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537\r
-msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"\r
-msgstr "7. AGREGACIÓN CON TRABAJOS INDEPENDIENTES"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:538\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "\r
-"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "\r
-"a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> of the Document, "\r
-"provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a "\r
-"compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not "\r
-"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "\r
-"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "\r
-"works of the Document. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Text</"\r
-"link> requirement of <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link> is "\r
-"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "\r
-"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "\r
-"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "\r
-"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una recopilación que conste del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"\r
-"link> o sus derivados y de otros documentos o trabajos separados e "\r
-"independientes, en cualquier soporte de almacenamiento o distribución, no "\r
-"cuenta como un todo como una <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "\r
-"Modificada</link> del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ningún derecho de "\r
-"copyright por la compilación. Dicha compilación se denomina un "\r
-"<quote>agregado</quote>, y esta Licencia no se aplica a otros trabajos "\r
-"autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. teniendo en cuenta que son "\r
-"compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos derivados del Documento. Si el "\r
-"requisito de <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de Cubierta</link> de "\r
-"la <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">sección 3</link> es aplicable a estas "\r
-"copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor que un cuarto del "\r
-"agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento pueden colocarse en "\r
-"cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del agregado. En caso "\r
-"contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas enmarcando todo el agregado."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561\r
-msgid "8. TRANSLATION"\r
-msgstr "8. TRADUCCIÓN"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:562\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "\r
-"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "\r
-"terms of <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link>. Replacing <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations "\r
-"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may "\r
-"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the "\r
-"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation "\r
-"of this License provided that you also include the original English version "\r
-"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the "\r
-"original English version of this License, the original English version will "\r
-"prevail."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La traducción se considera un tipo de modificación, así que puede distribuir "\r
-"traducciones del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> bajo los "\r
-"términos de la <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">sección 4</link>. Reemplazar "\r
-"las <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones invariantes</link> con "\r
-"traducciones requiere permiso especial de los mantenedores de la "\r
-"propietarios del copyright, pero puede incluir traducciones de algunos o "\r
-"todas las Secciones invariantes. Puede incluir una traducción de esta "\r
-"licencia proporcionada que además incluya la versión original de esta "\r
-"Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de desacuerdo "\r
-"prevalecerá la versión original en inglés."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580\r
-msgid "9. TERMINATION"\r
-msgstr "9. TERMINACIÓN"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:581\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"\r
-"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "\r
-"License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the "\r
-"Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this "\r
-"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you "\r
-"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such "\r
-"parties remain in full compliance."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el <link "\r
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> salvo por lo permitido "\r
-"expresamente por esta Licencia. Cualquier otro intento de copia, "\r
-"modificación, sublicenciamiento o distribución del Documento es nulo, y dará "\r
-"por terminados automáticamente sus derechos bajo esa Licencia. Sin embargo, "\r
-"los terceros que hayan recibido copias, o derechos, de usted bajo esta "\r
-"Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en total "\r
-"conformidad con ella."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594\r
-msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"\r
-msgstr "10. FUTURAS REVISIONES DE ESTA LICENCIA"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:595\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "\r
-"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "\r
-"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be "\r
-"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to "\r
-"address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www."\r
-"gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "\r
-"Software Foundation</ulink> puede publicar versiones nuevas y revisadas de "\r
-"la Licencia de Documentación Libre GNU de vez en cuando. Dichas versiones "\r
-"nuevas serán similares en espíritu a la presente versión, pero pueden "\r
-"diferir en detalles para solucionar nuevos problemas o preocupaciones. Vea "\r
-"<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/"\r
-"copyleft/</ulink>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:606\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "\r
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "\r
-"numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies "\r
-"to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of "\r
-"that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not "\r
-"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not "\r
-"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever "\r
-"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Cada versión de la licencia tiene un número de versión. Si la <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-document\">Documentación</link> especifica que el número particular de "\r
-"versión de esta Licencia <quote>o cualquier posterior versión</quote> "\r
-"aplicado sobre él, tiene la opción de seguir los términos y condiciones de "\r
-"cualquiera de esas versiones especificadas o de cualquiera de las versiones "\r
-"publicadas (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el "\r
-"Documento no especifica un número de versión de la licencia, puede elegir "\r
-"cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software "\r
-"Foundation."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title\r
-#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621\r
-msgid "Addendum"\r
-msgstr "Addendum"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622\r
-msgid ""\r
-"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "\r
-"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "\r
-"just after the title page:"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Para usar esta licencia en un documento que ha escrito, incluya una copia de "\r
-"la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente copyright y las notas justo "\r
-"después del título de la página."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629\r
-msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Copyright 2009-2010 Jorge González González\n"\r
-"Copyright 2009-2010 Francisco Javier Fernández Serrador\n"\r
-"Copyright 2009 Daniel Mustieles"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:632\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "\r
-"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "\r
-"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with "\r
-"the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, "\r
-"and with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link> being "\r
-"LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU "\r
-"Free Documentation License</quote>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento bajo "\r
-"los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, Versión 1.1 o "\r
-"cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation; "\r
-"con las <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> siendo "\r
-"su LISTE SUS TÍTULOS, con <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "\r
-"Cubierta Delantera</link> siendo LISTA, y con los <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"\r
-"texts\">Textos de Cubierta Trasera</link> siendo LISTA. Una copia de la "\r
-"licencia está incluida en la sección titulada <quote>GNU Free Documentation "\r
-"License</quote>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:647\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "\r
-"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "\r
-"are invariant. If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover "\r
-"Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of "\r
-"<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="\r
-"\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si no tiene <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link>, "\r
-"escriba <quote>sin Secciones Invariantes</quote> en vez de decir cuáles son "\r
-"invariantes. Si no tiene <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "\r
-"Cubierta Frontal</link>, escriba <quote>sin Textos de Cubierta Frontal</"\r
-"quote>; de la misma manera para <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "\r
-"Cubierta Trasera</link>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/index.docbook:657\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "\r
-"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "\r
-"license, such as the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"\r
-"gpl.html\"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free "\r
-"software."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si su documento contiene ejemplos de código de programa no triviales, "\r
-"recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de software "\r
-"libre que usted elija, como la <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/"\r
-"copyleft/gpl.html\">Licencia Pública General de GNU (GNU General Public "\r
-"License)</ulink>, para permitir su uso en software libre."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: copyright/year\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16\r
-msgid "2000"\r
-msgstr "2000"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16\r
-msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."\r
-msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: address/street\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20\r
-msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"\r
-msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: address/city\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21\r
-msgid "Boston"\r
-msgstr "Boston"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: address/state\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21\r
-msgid "MA"\r
-msgstr "MA"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: address/postcode\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22\r
-msgid "02110-1301"\r
-msgstr "02110-1301"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: address/country\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22\r
-msgid "USA"\r
-msgstr "EE.UU."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/address\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"\r
-"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"\r
-"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34\r
-msgid "free"\r
-msgstr "libre"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "\r
-"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "\r
-"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "\r
-"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "\r
-"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "\r
-"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El propósito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de texto, u "\r
-"otro documento escrito sea <_:quote-1/> en el sentido de libertad: asegurar "\r
-"a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y redistribuirlo, con o sin "\r
-"modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En segundo término, esta Licencia "\r
-"proporciona al autor y al editor una manera de obtener reconocimiento por su "\r
-"trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las modificaciones "\r
-"realizadas por otros."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44\r
-msgid "copyleft"\r
-msgstr "copyleft"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "\r
-"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "\r
-"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free "\r
-"software."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta Licencia es de tipo <_:quote-1/>, lo que significa que los trabajos "\r
-"derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo sentido. "\r
-"Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia tipo "\r
-"copyleft diseñada para el software libre."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608\r
-msgid "Document"\r
-msgstr "Documento"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69\r
-msgid "you"\r
-msgstr "usted"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63\r
-msgid ""\r
-"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "\r
-"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "\r
-"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. "\r
-"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga un "\r
-"aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede distribuirse "\r
-"bajo los términos de esta Licencia. El <_:quote-1/>, abajo, se refiere a "\r
-"cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un "\r
-"licenciatario, y será referido como <_:quote-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543\r
-msgid "Modified Version"\r
-msgstr "Versión modificada"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "\r
-"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "\r
-"translated into another language."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una <_:quote-1/> del Documento significa cualquier trabajo que contenga el "\r
-"Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia literal o con "\r
-"modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80\r
-msgid "Secondary Section"\r
-msgstr "Sección secundaria"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:link-"\r
-"2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "\r
-"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related "\r
-"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall "\r
-"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, "\r
-"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could "\r
-"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related "\r
-"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political "\r
-"position regarding them."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una <_:quote-1/> es un apéndice con título o una sección preliminar del "\r
-"Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relación entre los autores o "\r
-"editores y el tema general del <_:link-2/> que trata exclusivamente con la "\r
-"relación entre los editores o autores del Documento con el asunto general "\r
-"del Documento (o asuntos relacionados) y no contiene nada que pueda "\r
-"considerarse dentro del tema principal. (Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en "\r
-"parte un libro de texto de matemáticas, una Sección Secundaria no explicará "\r
-"nada de matemáticas.) La relación puede ser una conexión histórica con el "\r
-"asunto o temas relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, "\r
-"ética o política acerca de ellos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648\r
-msgid "Invariant Sections"\r
-msgstr "Secciones invariantes"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435\r
-msgid "Secondary Sections"\r
-msgstr "Secciones secundarias"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "\r
-"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:link-"\r
-"3/> is released under this License."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Las <_:quote-1/> son ciertas <_:link-2/> cuyos títulos son designados como "\r
-"Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <_:link-3/> se publica "\r
-"bajo esta Licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458\r
-msgid "Cover Texts"\r
-msgstr "Textos de cubierta"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "\r
-"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"\r
-"link-2/> is released under this License."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Los <_:quote-1/> son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto que se listan como "\r
-"Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la nota que "\r
-"indica que el <_:link-2/> se publica bajo esta Licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369\r
-msgid "Transparent"\r
-msgstr "Transparente"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204\r
-msgid "Opaque"\r
-msgstr "Opacas"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "\r
-"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "\r
-"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and "\r
-"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of "\r
-"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available "\r
-"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for "\r
-"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text "\r
-"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup "\r
-"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers "\r
-"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una copia <_:quote-1/> del <_:link-2/>, significa una copia para lectura en "\r
-"máquina, representada en un formato cuya especificación está disponible al "\r
-"público en general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto y editados directamente "\r
-"con editores de texto genéricos o (para imágenes compuestas por píxeles) con "\r
-"programas genéricos de manipulación de imágenes o (para dibujos) con algún "\r
-"editor de dibujos ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada "\r
-"para formateadores de texto o para su traducción automática a formatos "\r
-"adecuados para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato "\r
-"definido como Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de él haya sido "\r
-"diseñado para impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por parte de "\r
-"los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es <_:quote-3/> se "\r
-"denomina <_:quote-4/>"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352\r
-msgid "Title Page"\r
-msgstr "Portada"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "\r
-"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "\r
-"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have "\r
-"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent "\r
-"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the "\r
-"text."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La <_:quote-1/> significa, en un libro impreso, la página de título, más las "\r
-"páginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener legiblemente el "\r
-"material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para trabajos en formatos "\r
-"que no tienen página de portada como tal, <_:quote-2/> significa el texto "\r
-"cercano a la aparición más prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el "\r
-"comienzo del cuerpo del texto."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551\r
-msgid "section 3"\r
-msgstr "sección 3"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "\r
-"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "\r
-"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document "\r
-"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions "\r
-"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to "\r
-"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or "\r
-"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If "\r
-"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the "\r
-"conditions in <_:link-2/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usted puede copiar y distribuir el <_:link-1/> en cualquier soporte, sea en "\r
-"forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando proporcione esta Licencia, las notas "\r
-"de copyright y la nota que indica que esta Licencia se aplica al Documento "\r
-"reproduciéndola en todas las copias y que usted no añada ninguna otra "\r
-"condición a las expuestas en esta Licencia. Usted no puede usar medidas "\r
-"técnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o copia posterior de las "\r
-"copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin embargo, usted puede aceptar "\r
-"compensación a cambio de las copias. Si distribuye un número suficientemente "\r
-"grande de copias también deberá seguir las condiciones de la <_:link-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "\r
-"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "\r
-"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: "\r
-"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back "\r
-"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the "\r
-"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with "\r
-"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "\r
-"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "\r
-"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy "\r
-"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Si publica copias impresas del <_:link-1/> que sobrepasen las 100, y la "\r
-"nota de licencia del Documento exige <_:link-2/>, debe incluirlas copias con "\r
-"cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible todos esos Textos de Cubierta: "\r
-"Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la cubierta delantera y Textos de Cubierta "\r
-"Trasera en la cubierta trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben identificarlo a Usted "\r
-"clara y legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La cubierta debe mostrar "\r
-"el título completo con todas las palabras igualmente prominentes y visibles. "\r
-"Además puede añadir otro material en las cubiertas. Las copias con cambios "\r
-"limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el título del <_:link-3/> y "\r
-"satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en "\r
-"todos los aspectos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "\r
-"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "\r
-"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-"\r
-"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy "\r
-"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using "\r
-"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard "\r
-"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably "\r
-"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to "\r
-"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated "\r
-"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an "\r
-"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition "\r
-"to the public."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si Usted publica o distribuye copias <_:link-1/> del <_:link-2/> cuya "\r
-"cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia <_:link-3/>, que pueda ser "\r
-"leída por una máquina, con cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, en cada copia "\r
-"Opaca, una dirección de red donde cualquier usuario de la misma tenga acceso "\r
-"por medio de protocolos públicos y estandarizados a una copia Transparente "\r
-"del Documento completa, sin material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la "\r
-"última opción, deberá tomar las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la "\r
-"distribución de las copias Opacas en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia "\r
-"Transparente permanecerá accesible en el sitio establecido por lo menos un "\r
-"año después de la última vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición "\r
-"al público (directamente o a través de sus agentes o distribuidores)."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222\r
-msgid ""\r
-"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"\r
-"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "\r
-"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los "\r
-"autores del <_:link-1/> antes de redistribuir gran número de copias, para "\r
-"darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versión actualizada del "\r
-"Documento."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236\r
-msgid "2"\r
-msgstr "2"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237\r
-msgid "3"\r
-msgstr "3"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "\r
-"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "\r
-"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified "\r
-"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "\r
-"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "\r
-"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede copiar y distribuir una <_:link-1/> del <_:link-2/> bajo las "\r
-"condiciones de las secciones <_:link-3/> y <_:link-4/> anteriores, siempre "\r
-"que Usted libere la Versión Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la "\r
-"Versión Modificada haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando "\r
-"Licencia de distribución y modificación de la Versión Modificada a "\r
-"quienquiera posea una copia de la misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en "\r
-"la Versión Modificada:"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "\r
-"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "\r
-"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You "\r
-"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of "\r
-"that version gives permission."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usar en la <_:link-1/> (y en las cubiertas, si hay alguna) un título "\r
-"distinto al del <_:link-2/> y de sus versiones anteriores (que deberían, si "\r
-"hay alguna, estar listadas en la sección de Historia del Documento). Puede "\r
-"usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando "\r
-"quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265\r
-msgid ""\r
-"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "\r
-"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "\r
-"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its "\r
-"principal authors, if it has less than five)."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Listar en la <_:link-1/>, como autores, una o más personas o entidades "\r
-"responsables de la autoría de las modificaciones de la <_:link-2/>, junto "\r
-"con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales del <_:link-3/> (todos sus "\r
-"autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal "\r
-"requisito."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280\r
-msgid ""\r
-"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "\r
-"the publisher."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Mostrar en la <_:link-1/> como editor el nombre del editor de la <_:link-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292\r
-msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."\r
-msgstr "Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <_:link-1/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "\r
-"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "\r
-"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Incluir, inmediatamente después de los avisos de copyright, una nota de "\r
-"licencia dando el permiso público para usar la <_:link-1/>. bajo los "\r
-"términos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330\r
-msgid "Document's"\r
-msgstr "Documento"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "\r
-"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Incluir, inmediatamente después de ese aviso de licencia, la lista completa "\r
-"de <_:link-1/> y de los <_:link-2/> que sean requeridos en el aviso de "\r
-"Licencia del <_:link-3/> original."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508\r
-msgid "History"\r
-msgstr "Historia"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "\r
-"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"\r
-"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:"\r
-"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, "\r
-"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "\r
-"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar la sección titulada <_:quote-1/>, conservar su Título y añadirle "\r
-"un elemento que declare al menos el título, el año, los nuevos autores y el "\r
-"editor de la <_:link-2/>, tal como figuran en la <_:link-3/>. Si no hay una "\r
-"sección titulada <_:quote-4/> en el <_:link-5/>, crear una estableciendo el "\r
-"título, el año, los autores y el editor del Documento, tal como figuran en "\r
-"su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, "\r
-"como se estableció en la sentencia anterior."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "\r
-"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "\r
-"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These "\r
-"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location "\r
-"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document "\r
-"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives "\r
-"permission."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar la dirección en red, si la hay, dada en el <_:link-1/> para el "\r
-"acceso público a una copia <_:link-2/> del mismo, así como las otras "\r
-"direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones anteriores en las "\r
-"que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la sección <_:quote-3/>. Se puede "\r
-"omitir la ubicación en red de un trabajo que haya sido publicado por lo "\r
-"menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor original de "\r
-"dicha versión da permiso."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509\r
-msgid "Acknowledgements"\r
-msgstr "Agradecimientos"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510\r
-msgid "Dedications"\r
-msgstr "Dedicatorias"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "\r
-"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "\r
-"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/> o <_:quote-2/>, conservar el "\r
-"título de la sección y conservar en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los "\r
-"agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas por cada contribuyente."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "\r
-"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "\r
-"of the section titles."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Conservar todas las <_:link-1/> del <_:link-2/>, sin alterar su texto ni sus "\r
-"títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran parte de los "\r
-"títulos de la sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445\r
-msgid "Endorsements"\r
-msgstr "Aprobaciones"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "\r
-"in the <_:link-2/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Elimine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/>. Tales secciones no pueden "\r
-"estar incluidas en las <_:link-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425\r
-msgid "Invariant Section"\r
-msgstr "Sección invariante"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "\r
-"with any <_:link-2/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a <_:quote-1/> ni a uno "\r
-"que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <_:link-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "\r
-"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "\r
-"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To "\r
-"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified "\r
-"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other "\r
-"section titles."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si la <_:link-1/> incluye secciones o apéndices nuevos que cualifiquen como "\r
-"<_:link-2/> y no contienen ningún material copiado del Documento, puede "\r
-"opcionalmente designar algunas o todas esas secciones como invariantes. Para "\r
-"hacerlo, añada sus títulos a la lista de <_:link-3/> en el aviso de licencia "\r
-"de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de cualquier "\r
-"otro título de sección."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "\r
-"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "\r
-"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an "\r
-"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede añadir una sección titulada <_:quote-1/>, siempre que contenga "\r
-"únicamente aprobaciones de su <_:link-2/> por otras fuentes --por ejemplo, "\r
-"observaciones de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una "\r
-"organización como definición oficial de un estándar."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455\r
-msgid "Front-Cover Text"\r
-msgstr "Texto de cubierta delantera"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457\r
-msgid "Back-Cover Text"\r
-msgstr "Texto de cubierta trasera"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "\r
-"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "\r
-"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover "\r
-"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If "\r
-"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously "\r
-"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on "\r
-"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on "\r
-"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede añadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como <_:link-1/> y un pasaje "\r
-"de hasta 25 palabras como <_:link-2/> al final de la lista de <_:link-3/> en "\r
-"la <_:link-4/>. Una entidad sólo puede añadir (o hacer que se añada) un "\r
-"pasaje al Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si el <_:"\r
-"link-5/> ya incluye un textos de cubiertas añadidos previamente por usted o "\r
-"por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted representa, usted no puede "\r
-"añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con permiso explícito del "\r
-"editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "\r
-"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "\r
-"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del <_:link-1/> dan permiso "\r
-"para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación "\r
-"de cualquier <_:link-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566\r
-msgid "section 4"\r
-msgstr "sección 4"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "\r
-"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "\r
-"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all "\r
-"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant "\r
-"Sections of your combined work in its license notice."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Usted puede combinar el <_:link-1/> con otros documentos liberados bajo esta "\r
-"Licencia, bajo los términos definidos en la sección <_:link-2/> más arriba "\r
-"para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la combinación todas las "\r
-"<_:link-3/> de todos los documentos originales, sin modificaciones, y las "\r
-"liste todas como Secciones Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso "\r
-"de licencia."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "\r
-"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "\r
-"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make "\r
-"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in "\r
-"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if "\r
-"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section "\r
-"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the "\r
-"combined work."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta Licencia, "\r
-"y múltiples <_:link-1/> idénticas pueden reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si "\r
-"hay múltiples Secciones Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos "\r
-"diferentes, haga el título de cada una de estas secciones único añadiéndolo "\r
-"al final de este, entre paréntesis, el nombre del autor o de quien editó "\r
-"originalmente esa sección, si es conocido, o si no, un número único. Haga el "\r
-"mismo ajuste a los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes "\r
-"en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511\r
-msgid "Endorsements."\r
-msgstr "Aprobaciones."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505\r
-msgid ""\r
-"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "\r
-"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "\r
-"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections "\r
-"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>"\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/> de "\r
-"los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada <_:quote-"\r
-"2/>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-3/> y "\r
-"cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-4/>. Debe eliminar todas las secciones "\r
-"tituladas <_:quote-5/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "\r
-"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "\r
-"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the "\r
-"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim "\r
-"copying of each of the documents in all other respects."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Puede hacer una colección que conste del <_:link-1/> y de otros documentos "\r
-"publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias individuales de esta "\r
-"Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola copia que esté incluida en la "\r
-"colección, siempre que siga las reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia "\r
-"literal de cada uno de los documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546\r
-msgid "aggregate"\r
-msgstr "agregado"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550\r
-msgid "Cover Text"\r
-msgstr "Texto de cubierta"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538\r
-msgid ""\r
-"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "\r
-"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "\r
-"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the "\r
-"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. "\r
-"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not "\r
-"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "\r
-"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "\r
-"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is "\r
-"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "\r
-"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "\r
-"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "\r
-"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Una recopilación que conste del <_:link-1/> o sus derivados y de otros "\r
-"documentos o trabajos separados e independientes, en cualquier soporte de "\r
-"almacenamiento o distribución, no cuenta como un todo como un <_:link-2/> "\r
-"del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ningún derecho de copyright por la "\r
-"compilación. Dicha compilación se denomina un <_:quote-3/>, y esta Licencia "\r
-"no se aplica a otros trabajos autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. "\r
-"teniendo en cuenta que son compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos "\r
-"derivados del Documento. Si el requisito de <_:link-4/> de la <_:link-5/> es "\r
-"aplicable a estas copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor "\r
-"que un cuarto del agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento "\r
-"pueden colocarse en cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro "\r
-"del agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas "\r
-"enmarcando todo el agregado."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "\r
-"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"\r
-"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright "\r
-"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections "\r
-"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may "\r
-"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the "\r
-"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between "\r
-"the translation and the original English version of this License, the "\r
-"original English version will prevail."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La traducción se considera un tipo de modificación, así que puede distribuir "\r
-"traducciones del <_:link-1/> bajo los términos de la <_:link-2/>. Reemplazar "\r
-"las <_:link-3/> con traducciones requiere permiso especial de los "\r
-"mantenedores de la propietarios del copyright, pero puede incluir "\r
-"traducciones de algunos o todas las Secciones invariantes. Puede incluir una "\r
-"traducción de esta licencia proporcionada que además incluya la versión "\r
-"original de esta Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de "\r
-"desacuerdo prevalecerá la versión original en inglés."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581\r
-msgid ""\r
-"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "\r
-"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "\r
-"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will "\r
-"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who "\r
-"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have "\r
-"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-" Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el <_:link-1/> "\r
-"salvo por lo permitido expresamente por esta Licencia. Cualquier otro "\r
-"intento de copia, modificación, sublicenciamiento o distribución del "\r
-"Documento es nulo, y dará por terminados automáticamente sus derechos bajo "\r
-"esa Licencia. Sin embargo, los terceros que hayan recibido copias, o "\r
-"derechos, de usted bajo esta Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, "\r
-"siempre que permanezcan en total conformidad con ella."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/ulink\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597\r
-msgid "Free Software Foundation"\r
-msgstr "Free Software Foundation"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/ulink\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603\r
-msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"\r
-msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595\r
-msgid ""\r
-"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "\r
-"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "\r
-"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "\r
-"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"La <_:ulink-1/> puede publicar versiones nuevas y revisadas de la Licencia "\r
-"de Documentación Libre GNU de vez en cuando. Dichas versiones nuevas serán "\r
-"similares en espíritu a la presente versión, pero pueden diferir en detalles "\r
-"para solucionar nuevos problemas o preocupaciones. Consulte <_:ulink-2/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610\r
-msgid "or any later version"\r
-msgstr "o cualquier versión posterior"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "\r
-"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"\r
-"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and "\r
-"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has "\r
-"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the "\r
-"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose "\r
-"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Cada versión de la licencia tiene un número de versión. Si la <_:link-1/> "\r
-"especifica que el número particular de versión de esta Licencia <_:quote-2/> "\r
-"aplicado sobre él, tiene la opción de seguir los términos y condiciones de "\r
-"cualquiera de esas versiones especificadas o de cualquiera de las versiones "\r
-"publicadas (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el "\r
-"Documento no especifica un número de versión de la licencia, puede elegir "\r
-"cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software "\r
-"Foundation."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651\r
-msgid "Front-Cover Texts"\r
-msgstr "Textos de cubierta delantera"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/link\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654\r
-msgid "Back-Cover Texts"\r
-msgstr "Textos de cubierta trasera"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632\r
-msgid ""\r
-"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "\r
-"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "\r
-"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> "\r
-"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:"\r
-"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section "\r
-"entitled <_:quote-4/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento bajo "\r
-"los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, Versión 1.1 o "\r
-"cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation; "\r
-"con las <_:link-1/> siendo su LISTE SUS TÍTULOS, con <_:link-2/> siendo "\r
-"LISTA, y con los <_:link-3/> siendo LISTA. Una copia de la licencia está "\r
-"incluida en la sección titulada <_:quote-4/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649\r
-msgid "with no Invariant Sections"\r
-msgstr "sin secciones invariantes"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652\r
-msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"\r
-msgstr "sin textos de cubierta delantera"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/quote\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653\r
-msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"\r
-msgstr "Textos de cubierta LISTADOS"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "\r
-"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"\r
-"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si no tiene <_:link-1/>, escriba <_:quote-2/> en lugar de indicar los que "\r
-"son invariantes. Si no tiene <_:link-3/>, escriba <_:quote-4/> en lugar de "\r
-"<_:quote-5/>; lo mismo para <_:link-6/>."\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: para/ulink\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661\r
-msgid "GNU General Public License"\r
-msgstr "Licencia Pública General GNU"\r
-\r
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para\r
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657\r
-msgid ""\r
-"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "\r
-"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "\r
-"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software."\r
-msgstr ""\r
-"Si su documento contiene ejemplos de código de programa no triviales, "\r
-"recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de software "\r
-"libre que usted elija, como la <_:ulink-1/>, para permitir su uso en "\r
-"software libre."\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.20"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.20"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."\r
-#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de "\r
-#~ "GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. "\r
-#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."\r
-#~ "com/davenport</ulink>"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel>: Este es el DocBook SGML DTD. "\r
-#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."\r
-#~ "com/davenport</ulink>"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "\r
-#~ "SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="\r
-#~ "\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel>: Este es el procesador DSSSL para "\r
-#~ "convertir SGML a varios formatos. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade"\r
-#~ "\" type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code "\r
-#~ "to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together "\r
-#~ "with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to "\r
-#~ "colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global "\r
-#~ "cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh."\r
-#~ "com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>Hojas de estilo DocBook modulares:</guilabel> Éste es el código "\r
-#~ "DSSSL para convertir DocBook a HTML (y otros cuantos formatos). Se usa "\r
-#~ "junto con jade. El código DSSSL está algo personalizado, en GTK-Doc dsl, "\r
-#~ "para colorear el código de listas/declaraciones del programa y soportar "\r
-#~ "índices de referencias cruzadas globales en el HTML generado. <ulink url="\r
-#~ "\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/"\r
-#~ "docbook/dsssl</ulink>."\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages "\r
-#~ "from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to "\r
-#~ "capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of "\r
-#~ "the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on "\r
-#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."\r
-#~ "com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet."\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel>: Si quiere crear páginas man desde el "\r
-#~ "DocBook. «translation spec» se ha personalizado un poco para capitalizar "\r
-#~ "la sección de cabeceras y añadir un título de «Biblioteca GTK» en la parte "\r
-#~ "superior de las páginas y la fecha de revisión al final. Existe un enlace "\r
-#~ "acerca de esto en <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http"\r
-#~ "\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: Esto aún no funciona."\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "\r
-#~ "installed."\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "No existe ningún sitio estándar donde se instalan las hojas de estilo "\r
-#~ "modulares de DocBook."\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "El script de configuración de GTK-Doc busca estas tres carpetas "\r
-#~ "automáticamente:"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "\r
-#~ "RedHat)"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (usado "\r
-#~ "por RedHat)"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (usado por "\r
-#~ "Debian)"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"\r
-#~ msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (usado por SuSE)"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to "\r
-#~ "configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"\r
-#~ "PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "Si tiene las hojas de estilo instaladas en algún otro sitio, deberá "\r
-#~ "configurar GTK-Doc usando la opción: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"\r
-#~ "RUTA_A_LA_CARPETA_DE_NIVEL_SUPERIOR_DE_LAS_HOJAS_DE_ESTILO> </command>"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.18.1"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.18.1"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "/**\n"\r
-#~ " * identifier:\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * documentation ...\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * # Sub heading #\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * more documentation:\n"\r
-#~ " * - list item 1\n"\r
-#~ " * - list item 2\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * Even more docs.\n"\r
-#~ " */\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ " "\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "/**\n"\r
-#~ " * identifier:\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * documentation ...\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * # Sub heading #\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * more documentation:\n"\r
-#~ " * - list item 1\n"\r
-#~ " * - list item 2\n"\r
-#~ " *\n"\r
-#~ " * Even more docs.\n"\r
-#~ " */\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ " "\r
-\r
-#~| msgid ""\r
-#~| "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the <ulink url=\"http://"\r
-#~| "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One "\r
-#~| "can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc "\r
-#~| "versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear "\r
-#~| "in one line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the <ulink url=\"http://"\r
-#~ "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. The "\r
-#~ "support has improved a lot with version 1.20. On older GTK-Doc versions "\r
-#~ "the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one "\r
-#~ "line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "Desde GTK-Doc-1.18 la herramienta soporta un subconjunto de <ulink url="\r
-#~ "\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">lenguajes de marcado</"\r
-#~ "ulink>. En la versión 1.20 se ha mejorado ucho este soporte. En versiones "\r
-#~ "más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede renderizar como tal (la "\r
-#~ "lista de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada por guiones). <_:"\r
-#~ "example-1/>"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just "\r
-#~ "add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level "\r
-#~ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. "\r
-#~ "Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel "\r
-#~ "superior de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"\r
-#~ msgstr "Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ " "\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"\r
-#~ "\n"\r
-#~ " "\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Chris"\r
-#~ msgstr "Chris"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Lyttle"\r
-#~ msgstr "Lyttle"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "chris@wilddev.net"\r
-#~ msgstr "chris@wilddev.net"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Dan"\r
-#~ msgstr "Dan"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Mueth"\r
-#~ msgstr "Mueth"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "d-mueth@uchicago.edu"\r
-#~ msgstr "d-mueth@uchicago.edu"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Stefan"\r
-#~ msgstr "Stefan"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Kost"\r
-#~ msgstr "Kost"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "ensonic@users.sf.net"\r
-#~ msgstr "ensonic@users.sf.net"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org"\r
-#~ msgstr "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "2000, 2005"\r
-#~ msgstr "2000, 2005"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle"\r
-#~ msgstr "Dan Mueth y Chris Lyttle"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "2007-2011"\r
-#~ msgstr "2007-2011"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Stefan Sauer (Kost)"\r
-#~ msgstr "Stefan Sauer (Kost)"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "20 Sep 2011"\r
-#~ msgstr "20 de septiembre de 2011"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "ss"\r
-#~ msgstr "ss"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "development version"\r
-#~ msgstr "versión de desarrollo"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.18"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.18"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "14 sep 2011"\r
-#~ msgstr "14 de septiembre 2011"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "bug fixes, speedups, markdown support"\r
-#~ msgstr "correcciones de errores, mejoras de velocidad, soporte de marcado"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.17"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.17"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "26 Feb 2011"\r
-#~ msgstr "26 de febrero de 2011"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "sk"\r
-#~ msgstr "sk"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "urgent bug fix update"\r
-#~ msgstr "actualización de corrección de error urgente"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.16"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.16"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "14 Jan 2011"\r
-#~ msgstr "4 de enero de 2011"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "bugfixes, layout improvements"\r
-#~ msgstr "correcciones de errores, mejoras de diseño"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.15"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.15"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "21 May 2010"\r
-#~ msgstr "21 de mayo de 2010"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "bug and regression fixes"\r
-#~ msgstr "arreglos de errores y regresiones"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.14"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.14"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "28 March 2010"\r
-#~ msgstr "28 de marzo de 2010"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "bugfixes and performance improvements"\r
-#~ msgstr "solución de errores y mejoras de rendimiento"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.13"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.13"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "18 December 2009"\r
-#~ msgstr "18 de diciembre de 2009"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "broken tarball update"\r
-#~ msgstr "actualización de archivador «tarball» roto"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.12"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.12"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "new tool features and bugfixes"\r
-#~ msgstr "nuevas característicacs de la herramienta y errores solucionados"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "1.11"\r
-#~ msgstr "1.11"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "16 Novemebr 2008"\r
-#~ msgstr "16 de noviembre de 2008"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "mal"\r
-#~ msgstr "mal"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "GNOME doc-utils migration"\r
-#~ msgstr "Migración de GNOME doc-utils"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "xxx_get_type()"\r
-#~ msgstr "xxx_get_type()"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "<package>.types"\r
-#~ msgstr "<paquete>.tipos"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "<package>-sections.txt"\r
-#~ msgstr "<paquete>-sections.txt"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "explanation"\r
-#~ msgstr "explicación"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid ""\r
-#~ "Missing or wrong naming in <placeholder-1/> file (see <placeholder-2/>)."\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "Faltan nombres o son erróneos en el archivo <placeholder-1/> (consultar "\r
-#~ "<placeholder-2/>)."\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "GtkWidget"\r
-#~ msgstr "GtkWidget"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "<package>-docs.{xml,sgml}"\r
-#~ msgstr "<paquete>-docs.{xml,sgml}"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "<package>.hierarchy"\r
-#~ msgstr "<paquete>.jerarquía"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "xml/tree_index.sgml"\r
-#~ msgstr "xml/tree_index.sgml"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "xml/annotation-glossary.xml"\r
-#~ msgstr "xml/annotation-glossary.xml"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "Check that <placeholder-1/> is xi:included from <placeholder-2/>."\r
-#~ msgstr ""\r
-#~ "Compruebe que <placeholder-1/> está «xi:included» desde <placeholder-2/>."\r
-\r
-#~| msgid "21 May 2010"\r
-#~ msgid "17 Jan 2011"\r
-#~ msgstr "17 de enero 2011"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "6 April 2010"\r
-#~ msgstr "6 de abril de 2010"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "19 December 2009"\r
-#~ msgstr "19 de diciembre de 2009"\r
-\r
-#~ msgid "(FIXME) (stability) (glib-enums, ...)"\r
-#~ msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME) (estabilidad) (glib-enums, ...)"\r
+# \r
+# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.\r, 2015.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-19 07:07+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-23 10:31+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Español; Castellano <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009 - 2015\n"
+"Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009 - 2011\n"
+"Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrrador@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
+#: C/index.docbook:12
+msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
+msgstr "Manual de GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
+#: C/index.docbook:13
+msgid "1.24.1"
+msgstr "1.24.1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: C/index.docbook:14
+msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual del usuario para desarrolladores con instrucciones del uso de GTK-Doc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:16
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:25
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
+"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
+"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:34
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername
+#: C/index.docbook:45
+msgid "GTK-Doc project"
+msgstr "Proyecto GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher
+#: C/index.docbook:44
+msgid ""
+"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
+msgstr ""
+"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:48
+msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:52
+msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:65
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "
+"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation "
+"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A "
+"copy of the license is <link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se concede autorización para copiar, distribuir o modificar este documento "
+"según los términos de la <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</"
+"citetitle>, Versión 1.1, o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por "
+"Free Software Foundation sin secciones invariables, textos de portada ni "
+"textos de contraportada. Se <link linkend=\"fdl\">incluye</link> una copia "
+"de la licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:73
+msgid ""
+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
+"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the "
+"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial "
+"caps."
+msgstr ""
+"Muchos de los nombres usados por compañías para distinguir sus productos y "
+"servicios se mencionan como marcas comerciales. Donde aparezcan dichos "
+"nombres en cualquier documentación GNOME, y para que los miembros del "
+"proyecto de documentación las reconozcan dichas marcas comerciales, dichos "
+"nombres se imprimen en mayúsculas o iniciales mayúsculas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:83
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber> <date>30 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber> <date>30 de mayo de 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:89
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 de mayo de 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 de mayo de 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>7 de mayo de 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "
+"eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de julio de 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "
+"eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:113
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 de febrero de 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>errores corregidos, soporte "
+"de marcado, mejoras en los estilos</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:119
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:125
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de septiembre de 2011</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "
+"mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:131
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 de febrero de 2011</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización urgente de "
+"corrección de error</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:137
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 de enero de 2011</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
+"mejoras en la distribución</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:143
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 de mayo de 2010</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
+"regresiones</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:149
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 de marzo de 2010</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
+"mejoras en el rendimiento</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:155
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 de diciembre de 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización del tarball "
+"roto</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:161
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
+"bugfixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 de diciembre de 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
+"nuevas características</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:167
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
+"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 de noviembre de 2008</date> "
+"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Migración a GNOME doc-utils</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:180
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introducción"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:182
+msgid ""
+"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
+"it is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Este capítulo introduce GTK-Doc y proporciona una visión general de lo que "
+"es y cómo usarlo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:188
+msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
+msgstr "¿Qué es GTK-Doc?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:190
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
+"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
+"also be used to document application code."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc se usa para documentar código C. Generalmente se usa para documentar "
+"la API pública de bibliotecas, tales como las bibliotecas GTK+ y de GNOME. "
+"Pero también se puede usar para documentar código de aplicaciones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:198
+msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
+msgstr "¿Cómo funciona GTK-Doc?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:200
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
+"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
+"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only "
+"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce "
+"output for static functions)."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc funciona usando documentación de las funciones ubicadas dentro de "
+"los archivos de fuentes en bloques de comentarios especialmente formateados, "
+"o documentación añadida a los archivos de plantillas que GTK-Doc usa (aunque "
+"debe notar que GTK-Doc sólo documentará las funciones declaradas en los "
+"archivos de cabecera; no produce salida para funciones estáticas)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:207
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
+"step in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc consiste en un número de scripts en Perl, cada uno realiza un paso "
+"diferente en el proceso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:212
+msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
+msgstr "Existen 5 pasos importantes en el proceso:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:219
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
+"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
+"the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not "
+"recommended anymore)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Escribir la documentación.</guilabel> El autor rellena los "
+"archivos de fuentes con la documentación para cada función, macro, unión, "
+"etc. (En el pasado la información se introducía en archivos de plantillas, "
+"lo que ya no se recomienda)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:229
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
+"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. "
+"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> "
+"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according "
+"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to "
+"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange "
+"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the "
+"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><"
+"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations "
+"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show "
+"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or "
+"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to "
+"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><"
+"module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Obtener información acerca del código</guilabel>. "
+"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> analiza los archivos de cabecera del "
+"código buscando declaraciones de funciones, macros, enumeraciones, "
+"estructuras y uniones. Crea el archivo <filename><module>-decl-list."
+"txt</filename> que contiene una lista de las declaraciones, ubicándolas en "
+"secciones de acuerdo con el archivo de cabecera en el que están. Durante la "
+"primera ejecución este archivo se copia en <filename><module>-sections."
+"txt</filename>. El autor puede reordenar las secciones y el orden de las "
+"declaraciones en ellas, para producir la salida que quiere. El segundo "
+"archivo que genera es <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>. Este "
+"archivo contiene las declaraciones completas que encontró el análisis. Si "
+"por alguna razón quisiese que algunos símbolos apareciesen en los "
+"documentos, donde el análisis no puede encontrar la declaración completa o "
+"la declaración debería aparecer de forma diferente, puede introducir "
+"entradas de forma similar a las que hay en <filename><module>-decl."
+"txt</filename> dentro de <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:246
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
+"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
+"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about "
+"any GObject properties and signals it provides."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> también se puede usar para "
+"consultar dinámicamente una biblioteca sobre cualquiera de las subclases "
+"GObject que exporta. Guarda información sobre la posición de cada objeto en "
+"la jerarquía de clases y sobre cualquier propiedad de GObject y las señales "
+"que proporciona."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:252
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
+"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> no se debería usar más. Se "
+"necesitó en el pasado, cuando GObject todavía era GtkObject dentro de GTK+."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:259
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered "
+"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to "
+"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Generar los archivos «plantilla».</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mktmpl</application> crea un número de archivos en la subcarpeta <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">tmpl/</filename>, usando la información obtenida en el "
+"primer paso. (Tenga en cuenta que esto se puede ejecutar de forma separada. "
+"Intentará asegurarse de que la documentación nunca se pierde.)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:268
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
+"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
+"a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that "
+"skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, "
+"please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde de GTK-Doc 1.9 se pueden evitar las plantillas. Animamos a la gente a "
+"que mantenga la documentación en el código. <application>gtkdocize</"
+"application> ahora soporta una opción <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> "
+"que elige un archivo makefile que omite completamente el uso de tmpl. Si "
+"nunca ha cambiado a mano el archivo tmpl, elimine la carpeta una vez (por "
+"ejemplo, desde el sistema de control de versiones)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
+"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
+"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
+"sources and introspection data."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Generar el XML y el HTML/PDF.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mkdb</"
+"application> convierte los archivos de plantilla en archivos SGML o XML en "
+"la subcarpeta <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. Si el código "
+"fuente contiene documentación de funciones, usando los bloques especiales de "
+"comentarios, entonces se mezclarán aquí. Si no se usan archivos tmpl sólo "
+"obtiene los documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:289
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files "
+"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF "
+"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> convierte los archivos XML en "
+"archivos HTML en la subcarpeta <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
+"filename>. De la misma forma <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> "
+"convierte los archivos XML en un documento PDF llamado <filename><"
+"paquete>.pdf</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:295
+msgid ""
+"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class="
+"\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One "
+"should never edit them directly."
+msgstr ""
+"Los archivos en las carpetas <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> y "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> y siempre se sobrescriben. "
+"Nunca se deben editar directamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:303
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
+"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
+"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, "
+"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in "
+"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, "
+"<application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-"
+"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application "
+"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Arreglar referencias cruzadas entre documentos.</guilabel> Después "
+"de instalar los archivos HTML se puede ejecutar <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</"
+"application> para arreglar cualquier referencia cruzada entre documentos "
+"separados. Por ejemplo, la documentación GTK+ contiene muchas referencias "
+"cruzadas a tipos documentados en el manual de GLib. Al crear los "
+"archivadores «tarball» para su distribución, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</"
+"application> convierte todos los enlaces externos en enlaces web. Al "
+"instalar la documentación distribuida (pregenerada) la misma aplicación "
+"intentará convertir de nuevo los enlaces, esta vez a enlaces locales (donde "
+"esa documentación está instalada)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:321
+msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
+msgstr "Obtener GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr "Requerimientos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
+msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel>: los scripts principales están en Perl."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:328
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
+"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel>: el procesador xslt de libxslt <ulink url="
+"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:332
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
+"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
+"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel>: las hojas de estilo XLS de docbook <ulink "
+"url=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type="
+"\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:336
+msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
+msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel>: opcional, para gtkdoc-depscan"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:339
+msgid ""
+"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
+"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
+"examples"
+msgstr ""
+"Una de <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
+"o <guilabel>vim</guilabel>: opcional, usada para el resaltado de sintaxis de "
+"los ejemplos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:347
+msgid "About GTK-Doc"
+msgstr "Acerca de GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:349 C/index.docbook:363
+msgid "(FIXME)"
+msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:353
+msgid ""
+"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
+"comparison with other similar systems.)"
+msgstr ""
+"(Historia, autores, páginas web, listas de correo, licencias, planes "
+"futuros, comparación con otros sistemas similares.)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:361
+msgid "About this Manual"
+msgstr "Acerca de este manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:367
+msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
+msgstr "(a quién está dirigido, dónde puede obtenerse, licencia)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:376
+msgid "Setting up your project"
+msgstr "Configurando su proyecto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:378
+msgid ""
+"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
+"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
+"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called "
+"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In "
+"addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other "
+"build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different "
+"build setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Las siguientes secciones describen los pasos que realizar para integrar GTK-"
+"Doc en su proyecto. Estas secciones asumen que se trabaja en un proyecto "
+"llamado «meep». Este proyecto contiene una biblioteca llamada «libmeep» y "
+"una aplicación final de usuario llamada «meeper». También se asume que usará "
+"«autoconf» y «automake». En la sección <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles"
+"\">Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción</link> se "
+"describen las necesidades básicas para trabajar con un sistema de "
+"construcción diferente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:389
+msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
+msgstr "Configurar el esquema de la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:391
+msgid ""
+"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
+"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
+"recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. "
+"For packages with just one library this step is not necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Bajo su carpeta de nivel superior cree carpetas llamadas docs/reference (de "
+"esta forma también puede tener docs/help para la documentación final de "
+"usuario). Se recomienda crear otra subcarpeta con el nombre doc-package. "
+"Para paquetes con una sola biblioteca este paso no es necesario."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:400
+msgid "Example directory structure"
+msgstr "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:401
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"meep/\n"
+" docs/\n"
+" reference/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+" src/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"meep/\n"
+" docs/\n"
+" reference/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+" src/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:398
+msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr "Esto después aparecerá como se muestra debajo: <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:416 C/index.docbook:423
+msgid "Integration with autoconf"
+msgstr "Integración con autoconf"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:418
+msgid ""
+"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
+"script."
+msgstr ""
+"Muy fácil, simplemente añada una línea a su script <filename>configure.ac</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:424
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:436
+msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
+msgstr "Mantener gtk-doc como opcional"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:437
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"],[\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
+"])\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"],[\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
+"])\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:431
+msgid ""
+"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
+"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
+"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esto requerirá que todos los desarrolladores tengan gtk-doc instalado. Si "
+"para su proyecto es correcto tener una configuración de construcción de api-"
+"doc opcional, puede resolver esto como sigue. Manténgalo como está, ya que "
+"gtkdocize busca en <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> al inicio de la línea. "
+"<_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:448
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
+"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
+"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure "
+"switches:"
+msgstr ""
+"El primer argumento se usa para comprobar gtkdocversion durante la "
+"configuración. El segundo, y opcional, argumento lo usa "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application>. La macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"symbol> también añade diversas opciones de configuración:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:454
+msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
+msgstr "--with-html-dir=RUTA: ruta a los documentos instalados"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:455
+msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
+msgstr ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
+"[predeterminado=no]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:456
+msgid ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
+msgstr ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
+"[predeterminado=sí]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:457
+msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
+msgstr ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
+"[predeterminado=no]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: C/index.docbook:461
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
+"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
+"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for "
+"users but not for developers)."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc está desactivado de forma predeterminada. Recuerde pasar la opción "
+"<option>«--enable-gtk-doc»</option> en la siguiente ejecución de "
+"<filename>configure</filename>. De otra forma, la documentación pregenerada "
+"se instala (lo que tiene sentido para usuarios, pero no para "
+"desarrolladores)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:469
+msgid ""
+"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro "
+"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."
+msgstr ""
+"Aún más, se recomienda que tenga la siguiente línea en su script "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Esto permite que <filename>gtkdocize</"
+"filename> copie automáticamente la definición del macro para "
+"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> a su proyecto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:477
+msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
+msgstr "Preparación para gtkdocize"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:478
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:483
+msgid ""
+"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
+"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
+"<code>autoreconf -i</code> or <code>autogen.sh</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de hacer los cambios en el <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
+"actualice el archivo <filename>configure</filename>. Esto se puede hacer "
+"volviendo a ejecutar <code>autoreconf -i</code> o <code>autogen.sh</code>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:491
+msgid "Integration with automake"
+msgstr "Integración con automake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:493
+msgid ""
+"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
+"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"
+"ulink> to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="
+"\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). A local copy "
+"should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"
+"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat "
+"this for each one."
+msgstr ""
+"Primero copie el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> de la subcarpeta "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">examples</filename> de <ulink url=\"https://"
+"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"
+"ulink> a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (<filename "
+"class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Debería "
+"haber una copia local disponible en <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"
+"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, "
+"repítalo para cada uno de ellos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:504
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
+"purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every "
+"tool has a variable of the form <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. "
+"All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"El siguiente paso es editar la configuración dentro de <filename>Makefile."
+"am</filename>. Todos los ajustes tienen un comentario encima que describe su "
+"propósito. Muchos ajustes son opciones adicionales pasadas a las respectivas "
+"herramientas. Cada herramienta tiene una variable de la forma <option><"
+"NOMBRE_DE_LA_HERRAMIENTA>_OPCIONES</option>. Todas las herramientas "
+"soportan <option>--help</option> para listar los parámetros que soportan."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:518
+msgid "Integration with autogen"
+msgstr "Integración con autogen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:520
+msgid ""
+"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
+"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
+"as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <application>gtkdocize</"
+"application> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before "
+"autoheader, automake or autoconf."
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de los proyectos tienen un script <filename>autogen.sh</filename> "
+"para configurar la infraestructura de construcción después de hacer un "
+"«checkout» desde los sistemas de control de versiones (tales como cvs/svn/"
+"git). GTK-Doc tiene una herramienta llamada <filename>gtkdocize</filename> "
+"que se puede usar en tal script. Se debería ejecutar antes que autoheader, "
+"automake o autoconf."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:529
+msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
+msgstr "Ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:530
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:536
+msgid ""
+"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
+"<option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks you configure script for "
+"the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation. This macro can be used to "
+"pass extra parameters to <application>gtkdocize</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Al ejecutar <filename>gtkdocize</filename> copia <filename>gtk-doc.make</"
+"filename> a la raíz de su proyecto (o cualquier carpeta especificada por la "
+"opción <option>--docdir</option>). También comprueba su script de "
+"configuración para la invocación de <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. Esta "
+"macro se puede usar para pasar parámetros adicionales a "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:545
+msgid ""
+"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
+"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
+"generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get "
+"all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be "
+"avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. "
+"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be "
+"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</"
+"symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in "
+"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and "
+"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from "
+"version control system)."
+msgstr ""
+"Históricamente GTK-Doc generaba plantillas de archivos donde los "
+"desarrolladores introducían los documentos. Al final esto resulto no ser muy "
+"bueno (por ejemplo, por la necesidad de tener archivos generados bajo un "
+"control de versiones). Desde la versión de DTK-Doc 1.9 las herramientas "
+"pueden obtener toda la información desde los comentarios del código fuente y "
+"por ello se pueden evitar las plantillas. Se anima a los desarrolladores a "
+"mantener su documentación en el código. <application>gtkdocize</application> "
+"ahora soporta una opción <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> que elije un "
+"makefile que omite completamente el uso de plantillas. Además de añadir la "
+"opción directamente a la línea de comandos al invocarlo, se pueden añadir a "
+"una variable de entorno llamada <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> o "
+"configurar como un segundo parámetro en la macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"symbol> en el script de configuración. Si nunca ha cambiado un archivo tmpl "
+"(plantilla) a mano, elimine la carpeta una vez (ej. desde el sistema de "
+"control de versiones)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:562 C/index.docbook:579
+msgid "Running the doc build"
+msgstr "Ejecutar la construcción de la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:564
+msgid ""
+"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
+"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
+"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run "
+"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de los pasos anteriores es hora de ejecutar el constructor. Primero "
+"se debe volver a ejecutar <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Si este script "
+"ejecuta configure automáticamente, entonces debe pasar la opción <option>--"
+"enable-gtk-doc</option>. De otra forma, ejecute posteriormente "
+"<filename>configure</filename> con esta opción."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:571
+msgid ""
+"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
+"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ."
+"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"El primer make genera diversas líneas adicionales en las carpetas de "
+"documentación. Las importantes son: <filename><paquete>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el "
+"pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:580
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"make\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"make\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:586
+msgid ""
+"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
+"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
+"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora puede apuntar su navegador a <filename>docs/reference/<paquete>/"
+"index.html</filename>. Sí, aún es un poco decepcionante. Pero espere, "
+"durante el siguiente capítulo aprenderá a rellenar las páginas con "
+"información."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594
+msgid "Integration with version control systems"
+msgstr "Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:596
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "
+"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."
+"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the "
+"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Como regla principal, son los archivos que edita los que deberían estar bajo "
+"el control de versiones. Para proyectos típicos son los archivos: "
+"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs."
+"xml</filename> (anteriormente .sgml), <filename><paquete>-sections."
+"txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:604
+msgid ""
+"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "
+"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "
+"<filename>.stamp</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+"Los archivos de las carpetas <filename>xml/</filename> y <filename>html/</"
+"filename> No deberían estar bajo control de versiones. Tampoco ninguno de "
+"los archivos <filename>.stamp</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:612
+msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
+msgstr "Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:614
+msgid ""
+"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
+"in own makefiles (or other build tools)."
+msgstr ""
+"En el caso de que no quiera usar automake y por ello <filename>gtk-doc.mak</"
+"filename> deberá llamar a las herramientas gtkdoc en el orden correcto en "
+"makefiles propios (o en otras herramientas de construcción)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621
+msgid "Documentation build steps"
+msgstr "Pasos de construcción de la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:622
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
+"// sources have changed\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
+"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
+"// xml files have changed\n"
+"mkdir html\n"
+"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
+"// sources have changed\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
+"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
+"// xml files have changed\n"
+"mkdir html\n"
+"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:636
+msgid ""
+"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
+"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Deberá mirar en el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> y <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.mak</filename> para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:643
+#| msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
+msgid "Integration with CMake build systems"
+msgstr "Integración con sistemas de construcción CMake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:645
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and "
+"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). "
+"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can "
+"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahroa, GTK-Doc proporciona un módulo <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> "
+"(y el correspondiente módulo <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</"
+"filename>). Esto proporciona un comando <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</"
+"literal> que puede configurar en su archivo <filename>CMakeLists.txt</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:655
+msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake"
+msgstr "Ejeplo de uso de GTK-Doc desde CMake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:656
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n"
+"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n"
+"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:653
+msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr "El siguiente ejemplo muestra cómo usar este comando. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:681
+msgid "Documenting the code"
+msgstr "Documentar el código"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:683
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
+"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
+"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information "
+"about the syntax of the comments."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc usa código fuente comentado con una sintaxis especial para "
+"documentar el código. Además obtiene información acerca de la estructura de "
+"su proyecto de otras fuentes. En la siguiente sección encontrará información "
+"acerca de la sintaxis de los comentarios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:691
+msgid "Documentation placement"
+msgstr "Ubicación de la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:692
+msgid ""
+"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
+"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
+"information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause "
+"conflicts with version control systems."
+msgstr ""
+"En el pasado la mayoría de la documentación se debía rellenar en campos "
+"dentro de la carpeta <filename>tmpl</filename>. Esto tiene las desventajas "
+"de que la información. Esto tiene las desventajas de que la información no "
+"se actualiza muy a menudo y que el archivo tiene tendencia a causar "
+"conflictos con los sistemas de control de versiones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:698
+msgid ""
+"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
+"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+"Para evitar los problemas anteriormente mencionados, se sugiere dejar la "
+"documentación dentro de los fuentes. Este manual sólo describe esta forma de "
+"documentar el código."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:709 C/index.docbook:735
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:710
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
+"/* unparseable code here */\n"
+"#endif\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
+"/* unparseable code here */\n"
+"#endif\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:705
+msgid ""
+"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
+"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
+"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"El analizador puede manejar bien la mayoría de cabeceras de C. En el caso de "
+"recibir avisos del analizador que parecen casos especiales, puede sugerir a "
+"GTK-Doc que los omita. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:719
+msgid "Limitations"
+msgstr "Limitaciones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:720
+msgid ""
+"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but "
+"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenga en cuenta que GTK-Doc soporta <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> "
+"pero <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> u otras combinaciones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:730
+msgid "Documentation comments"
+msgstr "Comentarios de la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:736
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" * documentation ...\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" * documentation ...\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:732
+msgid ""
+"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
+"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Un comentario de varias líneas que comienza con un «*» adicional marca un "
+"bloque de documentación que GTK-Doc tools procesarán. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:745
+msgid ""
+"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
+"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
+"table showing identifiers)"
+msgstr ""
+"El «identificador» es una línea con el nombre del elemento relacionado con "
+"el comentario. La sintaxis difiere un poco dependiendo del elemento. (Por "
+"hacer: añadir una tabla mostrando los identificadores)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:751
+msgid ""
+"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
+"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
+"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows "
+"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA "
+"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph "
+"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-"
+"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)."
+msgstr ""
+"El bloque de «Documentación» también es diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. "
+"Los tipos de símbolos que obtienen parámetros tales como funciones o macros, "
+"tienen primero las descripciones seguidas por una línea blanca (exactamente "
+"un «*»). Después siguen las descripciones detalladas. Todas las líneas "
+"(fuera de los programas; listados y CDATA de la secciones) que solo "
+"contengan un « *» (asterisco con espacio) se convierten en párrafos. Si no "
+"quiere un espaciado de párrafo, cámbielo a un « * » (espacio-asterisco-"
+"espacio). Esto es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:768
+msgid ""
+"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
+"people coming from a different background."
+msgstr ""
+"Qué es: el nombre de la clase o la función puede confundir a veces a "
+"personas que provengan de otros entornos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:774
+msgid ""
+"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
+msgstr "Qué hace: indique los usos comunes, en relación con las otras API."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:764
+msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr "Al documentar código, describa dos aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:789
+msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"Use función() para referirse a funciones o macros que toman argumentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:794
+msgid ""
+"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
+"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
+msgstr ""
+"Use @parámetro para referirse a parámetros. Úselo también al referirse a "
+"parámetros de otras funciones, relacionados al que se describe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:800
+msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
+msgstr "Use %constant para referirse a una constante, ej: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:805
+msgid ""
+"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
+"macros which don't take arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"Use #símbolo para referirse a otro tipo de símbolos, como por ejemplo "
+"estructuras, enumeraciones y macros que no toman argumentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:811
+msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
+msgstr "Use #Object::signal para referirse a una señal de GObject."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:816
+msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
+msgstr "Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:821
+msgid ""
+"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
+"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
+msgstr ""
+"Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura y "
+"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:783
+msgid ""
+"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
+"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
+"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:"
+"itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Una ventaja del hipertexto sobre el texto plano es la capacidad de tener "
+"enlaces en el documento. Escribir las marcas adecuadas para un enlace puede "
+"ser tedioso aunque GTK-Doc le ayuda proporcionando abreviaturas útiles. <_:"
+"itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:830
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
+"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
+"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&"
+"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them "
+"with a backslash '\\'."
+msgstr ""
+"Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o "
+"«#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades "
+"XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&"
+"percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra "
+"doble «\\»."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:839
+msgid ""
+"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
+"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
+"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://"
+"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc "
+"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. "
+"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash."
+msgstr ""
+"DocBook puede crear algo más que enlaces. También se pueden tener listas, "
+"ejemplos, cabeceras e imágenes. En la versión 1.20, la manera prefefira de "
+"hacer esto es usando un subconjunto de la sintaxis básica de formateado de "
+"texto llamada <ulink url=\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/"
+"\">Marcado</ulink>. En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, cualquier "
+"documentación que incluya marcado se renderizará como tal. Por ejemplo, los "
+"elementos de una lista aparecerán como líneas que empiezan con un guión."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:850
+msgid ""
+"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is "
+"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook "
+"xml is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+"Aunque el marcado es el preferido, puede mezclar ambos. Una limitación aquí "
+"es que se puede usar docbook xml con marcado, pero el marcado con docbook "
+"xml no está soportado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:856
+msgid ""
+"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
+"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments "
+"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in "
+"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, si necesitaba soporte para formato "
+"adicional, necesitaba activar el uso de etiquetas XML dentro de comentarios "
+"en la documentación poniendo <option>--xml-mode</option> o <option>--sgml-"
+"mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:865
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:866
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
+" *\n"
+" * more documentation:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * - list item 1\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * - list item 2\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 1. numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" *\n"
+" * \n"
+" *\n"
+" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
+" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
+" * ]|\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
+" *\n"
+" * more documentation:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * - list item 1\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * - list item 2\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 1. numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" *\n"
+" * \n"
+" *\n"
+" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
+" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
+" * ]|\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:905
+msgid ""
+"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
+"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
+"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se pueden encontrar más ejemplos de las etiquetas de marcado soportadas en "
+"el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/"
+"Markdown\">Manual de referencia de sintaxis de marcado de documentación de "
+"GTK+</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:911
+msgid ""
+"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
+"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
+"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. "
+"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the "
+"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, "
+"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert "
+"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file."
+msgstr ""
+"Tal y como se ha mencionado antes, la documentación anterior de GTK-Doc es "
+"para documentar la API pública .Por ello, no se puede escribir documentación "
+"para los símbolos estáticos. No obstante es una buena práctica comentar los "
+"símbolos. Esto ayuda a que otros entiendan su código. Por ello se recomienda "
+"comentarlos usando comentarios normales (sin el segundo «*» en la primera "
+"línea). Si la función, posteriormente, se debe hacer pública, todo lo que el "
+"programador debe hacer es añadir otro «*» en el bloque de comentario e "
+"introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de "
+"secciones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:925
+msgid "Documenting sections"
+msgstr "Documentar secciones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:927
+msgid ""
+"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
+"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
+"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada sección del documento contiene información acerca de una clase o un "
+"módulo. Para introducir el componente puede escribir un bloque de sección. "
+"La descripción corta además se usa dentro de la tabla de contenidos. Todos "
+"los campos @ son opcionales."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:935
+msgid "Section comment block"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentarios en una sección"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:936
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
+" * @short_description: the application class\n"
+" * @title: Meep application\n"
+" * @section_id:\n"
+" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"
+" * @stability: Stable\n"
+" * @include: meep/app.h\n"
+" * @image: application.png\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The application class handles ...\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
+" * @short_description: the application class\n"
+" * @title: Meep application\n"
+" * @section_id:\n"
+" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"
+" * @stability: Stable\n"
+" * @include: meep/app.h\n"
+" * @image: application.png\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The application class handles ...\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:955
+msgid "SECTION:<name>"
+msgstr "SECCIÓN <nombre>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:957
+msgid ""
+"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
+"should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections."
+"txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"El nombre enlaza la sección de la documentación con la parte respectiva en "
+"el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>. El nombre aquí "
+"proporcionado debería coincidir con la etiqueta <ARCHIVO> en el "
+"archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:966
+msgid "@short_description"
+msgstr "@short_description"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:968
+msgid ""
+"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
+"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
+msgstr ""
+"Una línea descrita en la sección, que después aparece tras los enlaces en el "
+"TOC y en la página de la sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:975
+msgid "@title"
+msgstr "@title"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:977
+msgid ""
+"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
+"can be overridden with the @title field."
+msgstr ""
+"De forma predeterminada el título de la sección es <name> de la "
+"declaración SECTION. Se puede sobrescribir con el campo @title."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:984
+msgid "@section_id"
+msgstr "@section_id"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:986
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
+"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
+"MODULE>-<title>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobrescribe el uso del título como el identificador de sección. <"
+"title> se usa en GObjects como el identificador de sección (section_id) y "
+"para otra sección es <MÓDULO>-<title>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:994
+msgid "@see_also"
+msgstr "@see_also"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:996
+msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
+msgstr "Una lista de símbolos relacionados con esta sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1002
+msgid "@stability"
+msgstr "@stability"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1009
+msgid ""
+"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
+"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
+"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after "
+"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major "
+"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be "
+"rare, and to have strong justifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Estable: La intención de una interfaz estable es la de permitir que terceras "
+"partes arbitrarias desarrollen aplicaciones para esas interfaces, las "
+"liberen, y confíen que que se podrán ejecutar en todas las publicaciones "
+"menores del producto (después de que se introdujese la interfaz en una de "
+"ellas, y dentro de la misma versión principal de la publicación). Incluso en "
+"publicaciones importantes no se espera que existan cambios incompatibles, y "
+"de haberlos habrá buenas razones para ello."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1021
+msgid ""
+"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
+"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
+"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a "
+"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source "
+"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next."
+msgstr ""
+"Inestable: Las interfaces inestables son experimentales o de transición. "
+"Generalmente se usan para dar a los desarrolladores externos acceso a "
+"tecnología nueva o cambiante, o para proporcionar una solución a un "
+"problema, anticipándose a una solución más general. No se realizan "
+"reclamaciones acerca de la compatibilidad del código o del binario desde una "
+"publicación menor a la siguiente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
+msgid ""
+"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
+"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
+"specified and documented ways."
+msgstr ""
+"Privada: Una interfaz que se puede usar en la pila de GNOME en si misma, "
+"pero que no está documentada para usuarios finales. Tales funciones sólo se "
+"deberían usar de formas especificadas y documentadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1042
+msgid ""
+"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
+"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
+"Internal."
+msgstr ""
+"Interna: Una interfaz que es interna a un módulo y no requiere documentación "
+"para el usuario final. Se asume que las funciones que están sin documentar "
+"son internas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1004
+msgid ""
+"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
+"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta API tiene una descripción informal del nivel de estabilidad. Se "
+"recomienda el uso de uno de estos términos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1054
+msgid "@include"
+msgstr "@include"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
+"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
+"\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This item is "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+"Los archivos <literal>#include</literal> para mostrar en la sección del "
+"resumen (una lista separada por comas), sobrescribiendo el valor global del "
+"<link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">archivo de secciones</link> o de la "
+"línea de comandos. Este elemento es opcional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1065
+msgid "@image"
+msgstr "@image"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
+msgid ""
+"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
+"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
+"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+"La imagen para mostrar en la parte superior de la página de referencia, para "
+"esta sección. Generalmente será un tipo de diagrama para ilustrar la "
+"apariencia visual de una clase o diagrama de su relación con otras clases. "
+"Este elemento es opcional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1078
+msgid ""
+"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
+"into the c-source where possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Para evitar recompilaciones innecesarias después de cambios en la "
+"documentación ponga los documentos de sección en el código fuente C cuando "
+"sea posible."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1087
+msgid "Documenting symbols"
+msgstr "Documentar símbolos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1089
+msgid ""
+"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
+"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
+"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus "
+"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and "
+"enums in the header file."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada símbolo (función, macro, estructura, enum, señal y propiedad) está "
+"documentado en un bloque separado. La mejor posición para el bloque es junto "
+"a la definición del símbolo de tal forma que sea fácil mantenerlos "
+"sincronizados. Por ello las funciones generalmente se documentan en el "
+"código C y las macros, estructuras y enum en el archivo de cabecera."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1097 C/index.docbook:1163
+msgid "General tags"
+msgstr "Etiquetas generales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1099
+msgid ""
+"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
+"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede añadir información de versiones a todos los elementos de la "
+"documentación para mostrar cuándo se introdujo una API o cuándo se declaró "
+"obsoleta."
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1104
+msgid "Versioning Tags"
+msgstr "Versionado de etiquetas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
+msgid "Since:"
+msgstr "Desde:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1107
+msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
+msgstr "Descripción desde qué versión del código está disponible la API."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1112
+msgid "Deprecated:"
+msgstr "Obsoleto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1114
+msgid ""
+"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
+"description should point the reader to the new API."
+msgstr ""
+"Párrafo que denota que esta función no se debería usar más. La descripción "
+"debería informar al lector de la nueva API."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1122
+msgid ""
+"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to "
+"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor "
+"releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"También puede añadir información de estabilidad a todos los elementos de la "
+"documentación para indicar si la se garantiza la estabilidad de la API en "
+"todas las versiones menores futuras del proyecto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
+msgid ""
+"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by "
+"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below."
+msgstr ""
+"El nivel de estabilidad predeterminado para todos los elementos de la "
+"documentación se puede establecer pasando el argumento <option>--default-"
+"stability</option> a <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> con uno de los "
+"siguientes valores."
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1134
+msgid "Stability Tags"
+msgstr "Etiquetas de estabilidad"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
+msgid "Stability: Stable"
+msgstr "Estabilidad: estable"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to "
+"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Marcar el elemento como estable. Esto es para API públicas que está "
+"garantizado que serán estables para todas las versiones menores futuras del "
+"proyecto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1144
+msgid "Stability: Unstable"
+msgstr "Estabilidad: inestable"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1146
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as "
+"a preview before being stabilised."
+msgstr ""
+"Marcar el elemento como inestable. Esto es para las API públicas que se "
+"publican como versión previa antes de estabilizarse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1152
+msgid "Stability: Private"
+msgstr "Estabilidad: privado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1154
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by "
+"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties."
+msgstr ""
+"Marcar el elemento como privado. Esto es para interfaces que se pueden usar "
+"en módulos fuertemente acoplados, pero no en terceras partes aleatorias."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar:\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.6\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+"Bar *\n"
+"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
+"{\n"
+"...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar:\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.6\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+"Bar *\n"
+"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
+"{\n"
+"...\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1194
+msgid "Annotations"
+msgstr "Anotaciones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1186
+msgid ""
+"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be "
+"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by "
+"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the "
+"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los bloques de documentación pueden contener etiquetas de anotaciones. Estas "
+"etiquetas se renderizarán con consejos que describan su significado. Las "
+"etiquetas se usan en la introspección de GObject para generar vinculaciones "
+"del lenguaje. Puede obtener una lista detallada de las etiquetas soportadas "
+"en <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" "
+"type=\"http\">el wiki</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1195
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1216 C/index.docbook:1245
+msgid "Function comment block"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentario de función"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1222
+msgid ""
+"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
+"unrefed/released."
+msgstr ""
+"El documento, dependiendo de si devuelve objetos, listas, cadenas, etc. "
+"debería liberarse/desreferenciarse/etc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1228
+msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
+msgstr ""
+"El documento, dependiendo de si sus parámetros pueden ser nulos, y qué "
+"sucede si lo son."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1233
+msgid ""
+"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+"Mencionar precondiciones y postcondiciones interesantes donde sea apropiado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1218 C/index.docbook:1304
+msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr "Recuerde: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1240
+msgid ""
+"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
+"private. They are treated like static functions."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por "
+"«_» son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1246
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * function_name:\n"
+" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
+" * one line.\n"
+" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"
+" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"
+" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"
+" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"
+" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: an integer.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.2\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * function_name:\n"
+" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
+" * one line.\n"
+" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"
+" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"
+" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"
+" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"
+" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: an integer.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.2\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1267
+msgid "Function tags"
+msgstr "Etiquetas de funciones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1268
+msgid "Returns:"
+msgstr "Devuelve:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1270
+msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
+msgstr "Párrafo que describe el resultado devuelto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1275
+msgid "@...:"
+msgstr "@...:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1277
+msgid ""
+"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
+"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
+msgstr ""
+"En el caso de que la función tenga argumentos variados debe usar esta "
+"etiqueta (@Vargargs: también funciona por razones históricas)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1287 C/index.docbook:1289
+msgid "Property comment block"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentario de propiedad"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1290
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Here you can document a property.\n"
+" */\n"
+"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Here you can document a property.\n"
+" */\n"
+"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1302 C/index.docbook:1321
+msgid "Signal comment block"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentario de señal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1308
+msgid ""
+"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
+"after other signals."
+msgstr ""
+"Documentar cuando la señal se emite e indica si se emite antes o después de "
+"otras señales."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1314
+msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
+msgstr "Documentar qué aplicación debe gestionar las señales."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1322
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
+" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" * @bar: some bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"
+" */\n"
+"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
+" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
+" ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
+" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" * @bar: some bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"
+" */\n"
+"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
+" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
+" ...\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1339 C/index.docbook:1340
+msgid "Struct comment block"
+msgstr "Bloque de comentario de estructura"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1341
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget:\n"
+" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+" *\n"
+" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
+"\n"
+" gboolean bar;\n"
+"} FooWidget;\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget:\n"
+" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+" *\n"
+" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
+"\n"
+" gboolean bar;\n"
+"} FooWidget;\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1356
+msgid ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de campos de estructuras "
+"privadas que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para "
+"revertir el comportamiento anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1362
+msgid ""
+"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" "
+"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned "
+"in the comment block."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el primer campo es «g_iface», «parent_instance» o «parent_class» se "
+"considerará como privado automáticamente y no necesita mencionarse en el "
+"bloque de comentario."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1368
+msgid ""
+"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
+"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
+"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one "
+"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance "
+"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage "
+"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure "
+"and the section)."
+msgstr ""
+"También se pueden usar bloques de comentario para GObjects y GObjectClasses. "
+"Generalmente es buena idea añadir un bloque de comentario para una clase, si "
+"tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, "
+"se puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque "
+"separado para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene "
+"campos públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice "
+"con el mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1380 C/index.docbook:1381
+msgid "Enum comment block"
+msgstr "Enumerar bloques de comentarios"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1382
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * Something:\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef enum {\n"
+" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
+" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
+"} Something;\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * Something:\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef enum {\n"
+" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
+" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
+"} Something;\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1399
+msgid ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de enumerar valores privados "
+"que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para revertir el "
+"comportamiento anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1409
+msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
+msgstr "Etiquetas DocBook útiles"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1411
+msgid ""
+"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí están varias etiquetas de DocBook muy útiles al documentar código."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1420
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1416
+msgid ""
+"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
+"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
+"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and "
+"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class "
+"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."
+msgstr ""
+"Para enlazar otra sección en GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/>. El enlace es "
+"el id SGML en el elemento superior de la página a la que quiere enlazar. "
+"Para la mayoría de las páginas esta es la parte («gtk», «gdk», «glib») y "
+"después el título de página («Tablas hash»). Para los widgets es simplemente "
+"el nombre de la clase. Los espacios y guiones bajos se convierten a «-» para "
+"ajustarse a SGML/XML."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<function>...</function>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<function>...</function>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1430
+msgid ""
+"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para referirse a una función externa, ej. una función de C estándar: <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1442
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<example>\n"
+" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</example>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<example>\n"
+" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</example>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1453
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<informalexample>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</informalexample>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<informalexample>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</informalexample>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1439
+msgid ""
+"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
+"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
+"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|"
+msgstr ""
+"Para incluir un código de ejemplo: <_:informalexample-1/> o posiblemente "
+"este, para fragmentos de código muy cortos que no necesitan título: <_:"
+"informalexample-2/>. El último GTK-Doc también soporta abreviación: |[ ... ]|"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1472
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<itemizedlist>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<itemizedlist>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1469
+msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para incluir listas de topos: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1492
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<note>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
+" </para>\n"
+"</note>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<note>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
+" </para>\n"
+"</note>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1489
+msgid ""
+"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para incluir una nota que sobresale del texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1502
+msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para referirse a un tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1514
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1511
+msgid ""
+"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para referirse a una estructura externa (no una descrita en la documentación "
+"de GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1523
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1520
+msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para referirse a un campo o a una estructura: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1532
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1529
+msgid ""
+"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
+"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
+"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the "
+"abbreviations</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Para referirse a un nombre de clase, se podría usar: <_:informalexample-1/> "
+"pero probablemente estará usando #GtkWidget en su lugar (para crear "
+"automáticamente un enlace a la página GtkWidget; consulte <link linkend="
+"\"documenting_syntax\">abreviaciones</link>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1543
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1540
+msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para enfatizar un texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1549
+msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para uso de nombres de archivo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1561
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1558
+msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para referirse a claves: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1571
+msgid "Filling the extra files"
+msgstr "Rellenar campos adicionales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1573
+msgid ""
+"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
+"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Existen tres archivos adicionales que deben mantenerse junto con los "
+"comentarios en línea del código fuente: <filename><paquete>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el "
+"pasado) y <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1582
+msgid "Editing the types file"
+msgstr "Editar los tipos de archivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1584
+msgid ""
+"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
+"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
+"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</"
+"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su biblioteca o aplicación incluye GObjects puede querer que sus señales, "
+"argumentos y/o parámetros y posición en la jerarquía se muestre en la "
+"documentación. Todo lo que debe hacer es listar las funciones "
+"<function>xxx_get_type</function> junto con sus «include» en el archivo "
+"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1593
+msgid "Example types file snippet"
+msgstr "Fragmento de ejemplo de tipos de archivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1594
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
+"\n"
+"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
+"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
+"\n"
+"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
+"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1605
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
+"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not "
+"dist the types file nor have it under version control."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> puede genera esta "
+"lista. Simplemente añada «--rebuild-types» a SCAN_OPTIONS en el "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Si usa esto no debería ejecutar dist sobre "
+"los tipos de archivo ni tenerlos bajo el control de versiones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
+msgid "Editing the master document"
+msgstr "Editar la sección maestra del documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1616
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
+"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
+"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them "
+"and place them in an order."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc produce documentación en DocBook SGML/XML. Cuando se procesan los "
+"comentarios en las líneas del código, las herramientas de GTK-Doc generan "
+"una página de documentación por clase o módulo en un archivo aparte. El "
+"documento maestro las incluye y ordena."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1623
+msgid ""
+"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will "
+"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the "
+"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc "
+"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from "
+"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there "
+"are some new goodies introduced there."
+msgstr ""
+"Puesto que GTK-Doc crea una documento maestro de plantilla, una posterior "
+"ejecución no lo modificará de nuevo. Esto significa que se puede estructurar "
+"libremente la documentación. Esto incluye agrupar páginas y añadir páginas "
+"adicionales. Ahora GTK-Doc tiene un entorno de pruebas, donde también el "
+"documento maestro se vuelve a crear desde cero. Es una buena idea mirarlo de "
+"vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
+msgid ""
+"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
+"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
+"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol "
+"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along "
+"with the library."
+msgstr ""
+"No crear tutoriales como documentos adicionales. Solamente escriba capítulos "
+"adicionales. La ventaja de integrar directamente el tutorial para su "
+"biblioteca en la documentación de la API es que es fácil para el tutorial "
+"enlazar la documentación de símbolos. Además las posibilidades de actualizar "
+"el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1642
+msgid ""
+"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
+"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
+"which you should take care of."
+msgstr ""
+"¿Así que qué es lo que hay que cambiar en el documento maestro? Para empezar "
+"es muy poco. Existen algunos «placeholders» (texto entre corchetes) de los "
+"que habría que encargarse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1649
+msgid "Master document header"
+msgstr "Cabecera del documento maestro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1650
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+"</bookinfo>\n"
+"\n"
+"<chapter>\n"
+" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+"</bookinfo>\n"
+"\n"
+"<chapter>\n"
+" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
+msgid ""
+"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can "
+"review these and enable them as you like."
+msgstr ""
+"Se crean además unos pocos elementos de opciones de la manera comentada. "
+"Puede revisarlos y activarlos como quiera."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1672
+msgid "Optional part in the master document"
+msgstr "Parte opcional en el documento maestro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1681
+msgid ""
+"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link "
+"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind "
+"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc."
+msgstr ""
+"Por último, necesita añadir una sección nueva siempre que quiera introducir "
+"una. La herramienta <link linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</"
+"link> le recordará los nuevos archivos xml generados que no estén inclídos "
+"todavía en la documentación."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1689 C/index.docbook:1724
+msgid "Including generated sections"
+msgstr "Incluir secciones generadas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1690
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>my library</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>mi biblioteca</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
+msgid "Editing the section file"
+msgstr "Editar el archivo de sección"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1704
+msgid ""
+"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
+"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
+"the visibility (public or private)."
+msgstr ""
+"El archivo de sección se usa para organizar la salida de la documentación "
+"por GTK-Doc. Aquí se especifica qué símbolos pertenecen a qué módulo o clase "
+"y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1710
+msgid ""
+"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank "
+"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines."
+msgstr ""
+"El archivo de sección es un archivo de texto plano con etiquetas que "
+"delimitan las secciones. Se ignoran las líneas vacías y las líneas que "
+"comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1717
+msgid ""
+"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close "
+"tags like <SUBSECTION>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aunque las etiquetas hacen que el archivo parezca XML, no lo es. No incluya "
+"etiquetas del tipo <SUBSECTION>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1725
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1742
+msgid ""
+"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
+"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
+"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
+"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
+"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
+"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
+"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
+"lower case)."
+msgstr ""
+"La etiqueta <FILE> ... </FILE> se usa para especificar el nombre "
+"del archivo, sin sufijo. Por ejemplo, usar «<FILE>gnome-config</"
+"FILE>» dará como resultado en la sección de declaraciones la salida "
+"<filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> en el archivo de plantilla, que "
+"se convertirá al archivo DocBook XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"filename> o al archivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
+"filename>. (El nombre del archivo HTML está basado en el nombre del módulo y "
+"en el título de la sección, o para GObjects está basado en el nombre de "
+"clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1754
+msgid ""
+"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
+"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
+"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if "
+"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete."
+msgstr ""
+"La etiqueta <TITLE> ... </TITLE> se usa para especificar el "
+"título de una sección. Sólo es útil antes de que las plantillas (si se usan) "
+"se creen inicialmente, ya que el título configurado en la plantilla lo "
+"sobrescribe. Además, si una usa comentarios SECTION en los fuentes, se queda "
+"obsoleto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1761
+msgid ""
+"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
+"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
+"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject "
+"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like "
+"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the "
+"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private "
+"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning "
+"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types "
+"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of "
+"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. "
+"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or "
+"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede agrupar elementos en la sección usando la etiqueta <SUBSECTION>. "
+"Actualmente esto genera una línea en blanco entre subsecciones en la sección "
+"de resumen. También puede usar <SUBSECTION Standard> para "
+"declaraciones estándar de GObject (ej. funciones como g_object_get_type and "
+"macros como G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Actualmente éstas se han dejado "
+"fuera de la documentación. También puede usar <SUBSECTION Private> "
+"para declaraciones privadas que no producirán ninguna salida (s una manera "
+"práctica de evitar mensajes de advertencia sobre declaraciones sin usar). Si "
+"sus bibliotecas contienen tipos privados que no quiere que aparezcan en la "
+"jerarquía de objetos o en la lista de interfaces implementados o necesarios, "
+"añádalos a una subsección Privada. Si ubica GObject y GObjectClass como "
+"estructuras en la sección pública o estándar, depende de si tienen entradas "
+"públicas (variables, vmethods)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1780
+msgid ""
+"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
+"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
+"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it "
+"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. "
+"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section."
+msgstr ""
+"También puede usar <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> para especificar qué "
+"archivos #include se muestran en la sección de resumen. Contiene una lista "
+"de archivos #include separados por comas, sin las almohadillas. Si lo "
+"configura fuera de cualquier sección, actúa para todas las secciones hasta "
+"el final del archivo. Si lo configura dentro de una sección, sólo se aplica "
+"a esa sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
+msgid "Controlling the result"
+msgstr "Controlar el resultado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1796
+msgid ""
+"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
+"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and "
+"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text "
+"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily."
+msgstr ""
+"Una ejecución de GTK-Doc genera archivos de informe dentro de la carpeta de "
+"la documentación. Los archivos generados se llaman <filename><paquete>-"
+"undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>-undeclared.txt</"
+"filename> y <filename><paquete>-unused.txt</filename>.Todos son "
+"archivos de texto plano y se pueden ver y posprocesar fácilmente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1805
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
+"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
+"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The "
+"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, "
+"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added."
+msgstr ""
+"El archivo <filename><paquete>-undocumented.txt</filename> comienza "
+"con el resumen de cobertura de la documentación. Debajo hay dos secciones "
+"divididas por líneas vacías. La primera sección lista los símbolos "
+"incompletos o indocumentados. La segunda sección hace lo mismo para los "
+"documentos de sección. Las entradas incompletas son aquellas que tienen "
+"documentación pero dónde; p.e. se ha añadido un parámetro nuevo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1814
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
+"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
+"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled."
+msgstr ""
+"El archivo <filename><paquete>-undeclared.txt</filename> lista "
+"símbolos proporcionados en el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections."
+"txt</filename>, pero no encontrados en los fuentes. Compruebe si se han "
+"eliminado o no se han escrito correctamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1821
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
+"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
+"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"El archivo <filename><paquete>-unused.txt</filename> lista nombres de "
+"símbolos, donde el analizador de GTK-Doc ha encontrado documentación, pero "
+"no sabe dónde ponerla. Esto significa que el símbolo no se ha añadido "
+"todavía al archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1829
+msgid ""
+"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
+"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
+"<command>make check</command> run."
+msgstr ""
+"Activar o añadir la línea <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> en Makefile."
+"am. Si como mínimo está instalado GTK-Doc 1.9, esto ejecutará comprobaciones "
+"de integridad durante la ejecución de make check."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
+msgid ""
+"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
+"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
+"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "
+"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "
+"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if "
+"this file contains it."
+msgstr ""
+"También puede mirar los archivos producidos por el analizador del código "
+"fuente: <filename><paquete>-decl-list.txt</filename> y <filename><"
+"paquete>-decl.txt</filename>. El primero se puede comparar con el archivo "
+"de sección si se mantiene manualmente. El segundo lista todas las "
+"declaraciones desde las cabeceras. Si falta un símbolo, se puede comprobar "
+"si este archivo lo contiene."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1845
+msgid ""
+"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
+"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
+"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
+"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc "
+"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "
+"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el proyecto está basado en GObject, también se puede mirar en los "
+"archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <filename><paquete>."
+"args.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename><paquete>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"paquete>.prerequisites.txt</filename> y <filename><paquete>.signals."
+"txt</filename>. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que "
+"GTK-Doc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero "
+"ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1860
+msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
+msgstr "Modernizar la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1862
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
+"features together with the version since when it is available."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc ha existido durante mucho tiempo. En esta sección se listan las "
+"características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1870
+msgid ""
+"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Al usar XML en lugar de SGML, actualmente se puede nombrar el documento "
+"maestro <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from "
+"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular "
+"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a "
+"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as "
+"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-"
+"sections.txt</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> en "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activada, el archivo "
+"<filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> se genera automáticamente "
+"y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos "
+"que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección "
+"nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección "
+"mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar <code>meld <"
+"paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1886
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
+"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
+"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "
+"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into you source "
+"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las "
+"fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename>. Esta versión añade opciones para "
+"cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de "
+"construcción de tmpl adicional, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> en "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Si no tiene una <filename class="
+"\"directory\">tmpl</filename> marcada en su sistema de control de versiones "
+"y todavía no ha cambiado, simplemente añada la opción al archivo "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> y lo tendrá hecho."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1900
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the "
+"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the "
+"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for "
+"code that is build conditionally."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> en "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activado, el archivo "
+"<filename><package>.types</filename> se genera automáticamente y se "
+"puede eliminar del control de versiones. Al usar esta característica es "
+"importante configurar la variable <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> en el "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> para el código que se construye de manera "
+"condicional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1911
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1917
+msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
+msgstr "Activar gtkdoc-check"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1918
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
+msgid ""
+"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
+"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
+"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión incluye una herramienta nueva llamada gtkdoc-check. Esta "
+"herramienta puede ejecutar una serie de comprobaciones de integridad de la "
+"documentación. Se activa añadiendo las siguientes líneas al final del "
+"archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1931
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
+"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
+"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link "
+"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details."
+msgstr ""
+"La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado "
+"en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del "
+"«docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La "
+"sección que explica la <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">sintaxis de los "
+"comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1943
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1953
+msgid "Use pre-generated entities"
+msgstr "Usar entidades generadas previamenet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1954
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1945
+msgid ""
+"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at "
+"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. "
+"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file "
+"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is any example that shows how "
+"the entity file is included and how the entities are used. The entities can "
+"also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in "
+"generated xml files. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"El makefile distribuído con esta versión genera un archivo de entidad en "
+"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, que contiene las entidades "
+"para, por ejemplo nombre_paquete y versión_paquete. Puede usar este ejemplo "
+"en el archivo main.xml para evitar escribir a mano el número de versión. A "
+"continuación se muestra un ejemplo que muestra cómo se incluye el archivo de "
+"entidad y cómo se usan las entidades. Las entidades también se pueden usar "
+"en todos los archivos generados, GTK-Doc usará la misma cabecera XML en los "
+"archivos XML generados. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1979
+msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
+msgstr "Documentar otras interfaces"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1981
+msgid ""
+"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
+"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
+"interfaces too."
+msgstr ""
+"Hasta ahora se ha usado GTK-Doc para documentar la API del código. Las "
+"siguientes secciones contienen sugerencias acerca de cómo se pueden usar las "
+"herramientas para documentar otras interfaces."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1988
+msgid "Command line options and man pages"
+msgstr "Opciones de la línea de comandos y páginas man"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1990
+msgid ""
+"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
+"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
+"the reference and one gets the man-page for free."
+msgstr ""
+"Ya que también se pueden generar páginas man para referencias de entrada "
+"docbook, parece buena idea usarlas para ese propósito. De esta forma la "
+"interfaz es parte de la referencia y se obtienen las páginas man sin trabajo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1997
+msgid "Document the tool"
+msgstr "Documentar la herramienta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1999
+msgid ""
+"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
+"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
+"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml tags that should be "
+"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as "
+"examples e.g. in glib."
+msgstr ""
+"Cree un archivo de entrada de referencia para cada herramienta. Siguiendo "
+"<link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles\">el ejemplo</link> se llamará "
+"<filename>meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. Para las etiquetas "
+"xml que se deben usar puede mirar al archivo generado en la subcarpeta xml "
+"así como los ejemplos en, por ejemplo, glib."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2009
+msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
+msgstr "Añadir la comprobación de configuración adicional"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2012 C/index.docbook:2030
+msgid "Extra configure checks"
+msgstr "Comprobaciones de configuración adicionales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:2013
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
+" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
+" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
+" enable_man=no)\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
+" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
+" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
+" enable_man=no)\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2027
+msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
+msgstr "Añadir reglas de makefile adicionales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:2031
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"man_MANS = \\\n"
+" meeper.1\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"if ENABLE_MAN\n"
+"\n"
+"%.1 : %.xml\n"
+" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"
+"\n"
+"endif\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
+"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"man_MANS = \\\n"
+" meeper.1\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"if ENABLE_MAN\n"
+"\n"
+"%.1 : %.xml\n"
+" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"
+"\n"
+"endif\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
+"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2053
+msgid "DBus interfaces"
+msgstr "Interfaces de DBus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2055
+msgid ""
+"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
+"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+msgstr ""
+"(ARREGLAR: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
+"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2064
+msgid "Frequently asked questions"
+msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:2068
+msgid "Question"
+msgstr "Pregunta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:2069
+msgid "Answer"
+msgstr "Respuesta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2071
+msgid "No class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Sin jerarquía de clases."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2072
+msgid ""
+"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
+"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Los objetos de la función <function>xxx_get_type()</function> no se han "
+"introducido en el archivo <filename><package>.types</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2078
+msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Aún sin jerarquía de clases."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2079
+msgid ""
+"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
+"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
+"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nombre incorrecto o ausente en el archivo <filename><package>-sections."
+"txt</filename> (consulte la <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-"
+"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicación</ulink>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2085
+msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Maldición, aún no hay una jerarquía de clases."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2086
+msgid ""
+"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
+"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
+"subsections)."
+msgstr ""
+"Es el nombre del objeto (nombre de la estructura de la instancia, ej. "
+"<type>GtkWidget</type>) parte de la sección normal (no ponga esto en "
+"Estándar o Privado)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2093
+msgid "No symbol index."
+msgstr "Sin índice de símbolos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2094
+msgid ""
+"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
+"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
+msgstr ""
+"¿<filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contiene un índice que "
+"«xi:includes» el índice generado?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2100
+msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
+msgstr "Los símbolos no se enlazan con su sección en el documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2101
+msgid ""
+"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
+"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
+msgstr ""
+"¿Está doc-comment usando el marcado correcto (añadido #,% o ())? Compruebe "
+"si gtk-doc-fixxref avisa de alguna referencia xref sin resolver."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2107
+msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
+msgstr "Una clase nueva no aparece en la documentación."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2108
+msgid ""
+"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Es la página nueva «xi:included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,"
+"sgml}</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2114
+msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
+msgstr "Un símbolo nuevo no aparece en la documentación."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2115
+msgid ""
+"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
+"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
+"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection."
+msgstr ""
+"Comprobar que el doc-comment está formateado correctamente. Compruebe "
+"errores de escritura al principio del comentario. Compruebe si gtkdoc-"
+"fixxref avisa acerca de referencias xref no solventables. Compruebe si el "
+"símbolo está listado correctamente en <filename><package>-sections."
+"txt</filename> en una subsección pública."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2123
+msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Falta un tipo en la clase de jerarquías"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2124
+msgid ""
+"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
+"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
+"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
+"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el tipo está listado en <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> "
+"pero no en <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, entonces compruebe dos "
+"veces que el tipo está correctamente ubicado en la <filename><package>-"
+"sections.txt</filename>. No se mostrará el tipo de instancia (ej. "
+"<type>GtkWidget</type>) si no está listada o accidentalmente marcada como "
+"privada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2133
+msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
+msgstr ""
+"Obtengo enlaces de seguimiento de documentos para todas las anotaciones "
+"gobject."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2134
+msgid ""
+"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
+"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Compruebe que <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> está «xi:"
+"included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2142
+msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+"Parámetro descrito en el bloque de comentarios del código fuente pero no "
+"existe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2143
+msgid ""
+"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
+"source."
+msgstr ""
+"Compruebe si el prototipo en la cabecera tiene nombres de parámetro "
+"diferentes de la fuente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2148
+msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
+msgstr "múltiples «ID» para la restricción enlazada: XYZ"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2149
+msgid ""
+"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"El símbolo XYZ aparece dos veces en el archivo <filename><package>-"
+"sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:2152
+msgid ""
+"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
+"matches."
+msgstr ""
+"Elemento typename en namespace «» encontrado en para, pero ninguna plantilla "
+"coincide."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2159
+msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
+msgstr "Herramientas relacionadas con GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2161
+msgid ""
+"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
+"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
+"integrates with the trac search."
+msgstr ""
+"GtkDocPlugin: un complemento de integración <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks."
+"org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> que añade documentos de la API "
+"a un sitio «trac» y se integra con la búsqueda de «trac»."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2166
+msgid ""
+"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
+"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
+msgstr ""
+"Gtkdoc-depscan: una herramienta (parte de gtk-doc) para comprobar la API "
+"usada contra etiquetas en la API para determinar la versión mínima necesaria."
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo
+#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12
+msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"
+msgstr "Versión 1.1, marzo de 2000"
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:15
+msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/index.docbook:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
+" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
+" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
+msgstr ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
+" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
+" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
+"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:address-1/>. Se permite la copia y distribución de copias literales de "
+"este documento, pero no se permite su modificación."
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642
+msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"
+msgstr "Licencia de documentación libre de GNU"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31
+msgid "0. PREAMBLE"
+msgstr "0. PREÁMBULO"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:32
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
+"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
+"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "
+"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "
+"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "
+"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."
+msgstr ""
+"El propósito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de texto, u "
+"otro documento escrito sea <quote>libre</quote> en el sentido de libertad: "
+"asegurar a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y redistribuirlo, "
+"con o sin modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En segundo término, esta "
+"Licencia proporciona al autor y al editor una manera de obtener "
+"reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las "
+"modificaciones realizadas por otros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:43
+msgid ""
+"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "
+"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "
+"It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license "
+"designed for free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta Licencia es de tipo <quote>copyleft</quote>, lo que significa que los "
+"trabajos derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo "
+"sentido. Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia "
+"tipo copyleft diseñada para el software libre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "
+"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "
+"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. "
+"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any "
+"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a "
+"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose "
+"is instruction or reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemos diseñado esta Licencia para usarla en manuales de software libre, ya "
+"que el software libre necesita documentación libre: Un programa libre debe "
+"venir con los manuales que ofrezcan la mismas libertades que da el software. "
+"Pero esta licencia no se limita a manuales de software; puede ser usada para "
+"cualquier trabajo textual, sin tener en cuenta su temática o si se publica "
+"como libro impreso. Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos "
+"cuyo fin sea instructivo o de referencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62
+msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
+msgstr "1. APLICABILIDAD Y DEFINICIONES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:63
+msgid ""
+"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
+"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
+"of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such "
+"manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "
+"<quote>you</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga un "
+"aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede distribuirse "
+"bajo los términos de esta Licencia. El <quote>Documento</quote>, abajo, se "
+"refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un "
+"licenciatario, y será referido como <quote>Usted</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:72
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "
+"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
+"modifications and/or translated into another language."
+msgstr ""
+"Una <quote>Versión Modificada</quote> del Documento significa cualquier "
+"trabajo que contenga el Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia "
+"literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:79
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "
+"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "
+"exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the "
+"Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and "
+"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For "
+"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary "
+"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter "
+"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of "
+"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Una <quote>Sección Secundaria</quote> es un apéndice con título o una "
+"sección preliminar del Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relación "
+"entre los autores o editores y el tema general del<link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link> que trata exclusivamente con la relación entre "
+"los editores o autores del Documento con el asunto general del Documento (o "
+"asuntos relacionados) y no contiene nada que pueda considerarse dentro del "
+"tema principal. (Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en parte un libro de texto "
+"de matemáticas, una Sección Secundaria no explicará nada de matemáticas.) La "
+"relación puede ser una conexión histórica con el asunto o temas "
+"relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, ética o política "
+"acerca de ellos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:94
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "
+"those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+"Las <quote>Secciones Invariantes</quote> son ciertas <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\">Secciones Secundarias</link> cuyos títulos son designados como "
+"Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link> se publica bajo esta Licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:103
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "
+"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "
+"that the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under "
+"this License."
+msgstr ""
+" Los <quote>Textos de Cubierta</quote> son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto "
+"que se listan como Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera "
+"en la nota que indica que el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> "
+"se publica bajo esta Licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:111
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
+"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
+"specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be "
+"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors "
+"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) "
+"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text "
+"formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for "
+"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file "
+"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent "
+"modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "
+"<quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Una copia <quote>Transparente</quote> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link>, significa una copia para lectura en máquina, "
+"representada en un formato cuya especificación está disponible al público en "
+"general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto y editados directamente con editores "
+"de texto genéricos o (para imágenes compuestas por píxeles) con programas "
+"genéricos de manipulación de imágenes o (para dibujos) con algún editor de "
+"dibujos ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada para "
+"formateadores de texto o para su traducción automática a formatos adecuados "
+"para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato definido como "
+"Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de él haya sido diseñado para "
+"impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por parte de los lectores no "
+"es Transparente. Una copia que no es <quote>Transparente</quote> se denomina "
+"<quote>Opaca</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
+"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
+"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for "
+"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary "
+"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, "
+"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally "
+"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors "
+"for output purposes only."
+msgstr ""
+"Como ejemplos de formatos adecuados para copias Transparentes están ASCII "
+"puro sin marcaje, formato de entrada de Texinfo, formato de entrada de "
+"LaTeX, SGML o XML usando una DTD disponible públicamente, y HTML, PostScript "
+"o PDF simples, que sigan los estándares y diseños para que los modifiquen "
+"personas.Los formatos Opacos incluyen formatos propietarios que pueden ser "
+"leídos y editados únicamente en procesadores de textos propietarios, SGML o "
+"XML para los cuáles las DTD y/o herramientas de procesamiento no estén "
+"ampliamente disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos "
+"procesadores de textos sólo como salida."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:141
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "
+"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "
+"material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in "
+"formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> "
+"means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, "
+"preceding the beginning of the body of the text."
+msgstr ""
+" La <quote>Portada</quote> significa, en un libro impreso, la página de "
+"título, más las páginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener "
+"legiblemente el material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para "
+"trabajos en formatos que no tienen página de portada como tal, "
+"<quote>Portada</quote>significa el texto cercano a la aparición más "
+"prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del "
+"texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153
+msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"
+msgstr "2. COPIA LITERAL"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:154
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "
+"this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this "
+"License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you "
+"add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use "
+"technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of "
+"the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in "
+"exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you "
+"must also follow the conditions in <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usted puede copiar y distribuir el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"
+"link> en cualquier soporte, sea en forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando "
+"proporcione esta Licencia, las notas de copyright y la nota que indica que "
+"esta Licencia se aplica al Documento reproduciéndola en todas las copias y "
+"que usted no añada ninguna otra condición a las expuestas en esta Licencia. "
+"Usted no puede usar medidas técnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o "
+"copia posterior de las copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin embargo, "
+"usted puede aceptar compensación a cambio de las copias. Si distribuye un "
+"número suficientemente grande de copias también deberá seguir las "
+"condiciones de la <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">sección 3</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
+"may publicly display copies."
+msgstr ""
+"Usted también puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones establecidas "
+"anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias públicamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176
+msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"
+msgstr "3. COPIAR EN CANTIDAD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
+msgid ""
+"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
+"notice requires <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you "
+"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these "
+"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on "
+"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as "
+"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title "
+"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as "
+"verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+" Si publica copias impresas del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"
+"link> que sobrepasen las 100, y la nota de licencia del Documento exige "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Cubierta</link>, debe incluirlas "
+"copias con cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible todos esos Textos "
+"de Cubierta: Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la cubierta delantera y Textos "
+"de Cubierta Trasera en la cubierta trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben "
+"identificarlo a Usted clara y legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La "
+"cubierta debe mostrar el título completo con todas las palabras igualmente "
+"prominentes y visibles. Además puede añadir otro material en las cubiertas. "
+"Las copias con cambios limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el "
+"título del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> y satisfagan "
+"estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en todos los "
+"aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
+"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
+"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages."
+msgstr ""
+" Si los textos requeridos para la cubierta son muy voluminosos para que "
+"ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea razonable "
+"colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en páginas adyacentes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:202
+msgid ""
+"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "
+"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "
+"than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state "
+"in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location "
+"containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added "
+"material, which the general network-using public has access to download "
+"anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use "
+"the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin "
+"distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent "
+"copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one "
+"year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through "
+"your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public."
+msgstr ""
+"Si Usted publica o distribuye copias <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent"
+"\">Opacas</link> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> cuya "
+"cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparente</link>, que pueda ser leída por una máquina, con "
+"cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, en cada copia Opaca, una dirección de red "
+"donde cualquier usuario de la misma tenga acceso por medio de protocolos "
+"públicos y estandarizados a una copia Transparente del Documento completa, "
+"sin material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la última opción, deberá tomar "
+"las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la distribución de las copias Opacas "
+"en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia Transparente permanecerá accesible "
+"en el sitio establecido por lo menos un año después de la última vez que "
+"distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición al público (directamente o a "
+"través de sus agentes o distribuidores)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
+msgid ""
+"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
+"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated "
+"version of the Document."
+msgstr ""
+"Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los "
+"autores del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> antes de "
+"redistribuir gran número de copias, para darles la oportunidad de que le "
+"proporcionen una versión actualizada del Documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231
+msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"
+msgstr "4. MODIFICACIONES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:232
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "
+"the conditions of sections <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> and <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> above, provided that you release the "
+"Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version "
+"filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "
+"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
+"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
+msgstr ""
+"Puede copiar y distribuir una <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "
+"Modificada</link> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> bajo "
+"las condiciones de las secciones <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> y "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> anteriores, siempre que Usted libere "
+"la Versión Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la Versión Modificada "
+"haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando Licencia de distribución y "
+"modificación de la Versión Modificada a quienquiera posea una copia de la "
+"misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en la Versión Modificada:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248
+msgid "A"
+msgstr "A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:249
+msgid ""
+"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
+"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which "
+"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the "
+"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original "
+"publisher of that version gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Usar en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</link> (y en las "
+"cubiertas, si hay alguna) un título distinto al del <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link> y de sus versiones anteriores (que deberían, si "
+"hay alguna, estar listadas en la sección de Historia del Documento). Puede "
+"usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando "
+"quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264
+msgid "B"
+msgstr "B"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:265
+msgid ""
+"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "
+"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "
+"modifications in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
+"together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has "
+"less than five)."
+msgstr ""
+"Listar en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</link>, como autores, "
+"una o más personas o entidades responsables de la autoría de las "
+"modificaciones de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</"
+"link>, junto con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales del <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> (todos sus autores principales, si "
+"hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal requisito."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279
+msgid "C"
+msgstr "C"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
+msgid ""
+"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "
+"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
+"as the publisher."
+msgstr ""
+"Mostrar en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</link> como editor "
+"el nombre del editor de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "
+"Modificada</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291
+msgid "D"
+msgstr "D"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:292
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301
+msgid "E"
+msgstr "E"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
+"other copyright notices."
+msgstr ""
+"Añadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, adyacente a las "
+"otras notas de copyright."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311
+msgid "F"
+msgstr "F"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
+msgid ""
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the "
+"Addendum below."
+msgstr ""
+"Incluir, inmediatamente después de los avisos de copyright, una nota de "
+"licencia dando el permiso público para usar la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Versión Modificada</link> bajo los términos de esta Licencia, de la forma "
+"mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324
+msgid "G"
+msgstr "G"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
+msgid ""
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document's</link> license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Incluir, inmediatamente después de ese aviso de licencia, la lista completa "
+"de <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones invariantes</link> y de los "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Cubierta</link> que sean "
+"requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link> original."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337
+msgid "H"
+msgstr "H"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338
+msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
+msgstr "Incluir una copia sin modificación de esta Licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346
+msgid "I"
+msgstr "I"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:347
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
+"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> as given on "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If there is no "
+"section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and "
+"publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
+"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar la sección titulada <quote>Historia</quote>, conservar su Título y "
+"añadirle un elemento que declare al menos el título, el año, los nuevos "
+"autores y el editor de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</"
+"link>, tal como figuran en la <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Portada</"
+"link>. Si no hay una sección titulada <quote>Historia</quote> en el <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>, crear una estableciendo el "
+"título, el año, los autores y el editor del Documento, tal como figuran en "
+"su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, "
+"como se estableció en la sentencia anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365
+msgid "J"
+msgstr "J"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:366
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the "
+"network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based "
+"on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit "
+"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before "
+"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers "
+"to gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar la dirección en red, si la hay, dada en el <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link> para el acceso público a una copia <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-transparent\">Transparente</link> del mismo, así como las otras "
+"direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones anteriores en las "
+"que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la sección <quote>Historia</quote>. "
+"Se puede omitir la ubicación en red de un trabajo que haya sido publicado "
+"por lo menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor "
+"original de dicha versión da permiso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383
+msgid "K"
+msgstr "K"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:384
+msgid ""
+"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
+"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor "
+"acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
+msgstr ""
+"En cualquier sección titulada <quote>Agradecimientos</quote> o "
+"<quote>Dedicatorias</quote>, conservar el título de la sección y conservar "
+"en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias "
+"incluidas por cada contribuyente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396
+msgid "L"
+msgstr "L"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:397
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
+"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not "
+"considered part of the section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar todas las <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</"
+"link> del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>, sin alterar su "
+"texto ni sus títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran "
+"parte de los títulos de la sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409
+msgid "M"
+msgstr "M"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:410
+msgid ""
+"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
+"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eliminar cualquier sección titulada <quote>Aprobaciones</quote>. Tales "
+"secciones no pueden estar incluidas en las <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Versiones Modificadas</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421
+msgid "N"
+msgstr "N"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:422
+msgid ""
+"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
+"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
+"Section</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a <quote>Aprobaciones</"
+"quote> ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\">Sección Invariante</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
+msgid ""
+"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
+"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from "
+"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections "
+"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's "
+"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles."
+msgstr ""
+" Si la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</link> incluye "
+"secciones o apéndices nuevos que cualifiquen como <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\">Secciones Secundarias</link> y no contienen ningún material "
+"copiado del Documento, puede opcionalmente designar algunas o todas esas "
+"secciones como invariantes. Para hacerlo, añada sus títulos a la lista de "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> en el aviso de "
+"licencia de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de "
+"cualquier otro título de sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:444
+msgid ""
+"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "
+"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of "
+"peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the "
+"authoritative definition of a standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede añadir una sección titulada <quote>Aprobaciones</quote>, siempre que "
+"contenga únicamente aprobaciones de su <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Versión Modificada</link> por otras fuentes --por ejemplo, observaciones "
+"de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una organización como "
+"definición oficial de un estándar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
+msgid ""
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
+"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list "
+"of <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover "
+"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements "
+"made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by "
+"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, "
+"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit "
+"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede añadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Texto de Cubierta Delantera</link> y un pasaje de hasta 25 "
+"palabras como <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de Cubierta Trasera</"
+"link> al final de la lista de <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de "
+"Cubierta</link> en la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</"
+"link>. Una entidad sólo puede añadir (o hacer que se añada) un pasaje al "
+"Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si el <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> ya incluye un textos de cubiertas "
+"añadidos previamente por usted o por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted "
+"representa, usted no puede añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, "
+"con permiso explícito del editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:470
+msgid ""
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "
+"for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version </link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link> dan permiso para usar sus nombres para "
+"publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación de cualquier <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480
+msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"
+msgstr "5. COMBINAR DOCUMENTOS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
+msgid ""
+"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
+"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified versions, "
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, "
+"unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in "
+"its license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Usted puede combinar el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> con "
+"otros documentos liberados bajo esta Licencia, bajo los términos definidos "
+"en la sección <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> más arriba "
+"para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la combinación todas las "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> de todos los "
+"documentos originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones "
+"Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:492
+msgid ""
+"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
+"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "
+"replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with "
+"the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section "
+"unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original "
+"author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make "
+"the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections "
+"in the license notice of the combined work."
+msgstr ""
+"El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta Licencia, "
+"y múltiples <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> "
+"idénticas pueden reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si hay múltiples Secciones "
+"Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos diferentes, haga el "
+"título de cada una de estas secciones único añadiéndolo al final de este, "
+"entre paréntesis, el nombre del autor o de quien editó originalmente esa "
+"sección, si es conocido, o si no, un número único. Haga el mismo ajuste a "
+"los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes en la nota de "
+"licencia del trabajo combinado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:505
+msgid ""
+"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"
+"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "
+"<quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled "
+"<quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled "
+"<quote>Endorsements.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada <quote>Historia</"
+"quote> de los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada "
+"<quote>Historia</quote>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección "
+"titulada <quote>Reconocimientos</quote> y cualquier sección titulada "
+"<quote>Dedicatorias</quote>. Debe eliminar todas las secciones tituladas "
+"<quote>Aprobaciones</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516
+msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
+msgstr "6. COLECCIONES DE DOCUMENTOS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
+msgid ""
+"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
+"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with "
+"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow "
+"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in "
+"all other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede hacer una colección que conste del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link> y de otros documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y "
+"reemplazar las copias individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos "
+"por una sola copia que esté incluida en la colección, siempre que siga las "
+"reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los "
+"documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
+msgid ""
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it "
+"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
+"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
+"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo "
+"individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta "
+"Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás "
+"aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537
+msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"
+msgstr "7. AGREGACIÓN CON TRABAJOS INDEPENDIENTES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:538
+msgid ""
+"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "
+"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "
+"a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> of the Document, "
+"provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a "
+"compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
+"works of the Document. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Text</"
+"link> requirement of <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link> is "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Una recopilación que conste del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"
+"link> o sus derivados y de otros documentos o trabajos separados e "
+"independientes, en cualquier soporte de almacenamiento o distribución, no "
+"cuenta como un todo como una <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "
+"Modificada</link> del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ningún derecho de "
+"copyright por la compilación. Dicha compilación se denomina un "
+"<quote>agregado</quote>, y esta Licencia no se aplica a otros trabajos "
+"autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. teniendo en cuenta que son "
+"compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos derivados del Documento. Si el "
+"requisito de <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de Cubierta</link> de "
+"la <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">sección 3</link> es aplicable a estas "
+"copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor que un cuarto del "
+"agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento pueden colocarse en "
+"cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del agregado. En caso "
+"contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas enmarcando todo el agregado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561
+msgid "8. TRANSLATION"
+msgstr "8. TRADUCCIÓN"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
+msgid ""
+"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
+"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
+"terms of <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link>. Replacing <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations "
+"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may "
+"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the "
+"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation "
+"of this License provided that you also include the original English version "
+"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the "
+"original English version of this License, the original English version will "
+"prevail."
+msgstr ""
+"La traducción se considera un tipo de modificación, así que puede distribuir "
+"traducciones del <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> bajo los "
+"términos de la <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">sección 4</link>. Reemplazar "
+"las <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones invariantes</link> con "
+"traducciones requiere permiso especial de los mantenedores de la "
+"propietarios del copyright, pero puede incluir traducciones de algunos o "
+"todas las Secciones invariantes. Puede incluir una traducción de esta "
+"licencia proporcionada que además incluya la versión original de esta "
+"Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de desacuerdo "
+"prevalecerá la versión original en inglés."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580
+msgid "9. TERMINATION"
+msgstr "9. TERMINACIÓN"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:581
+msgid ""
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
+"License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the "
+"Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this "
+"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you "
+"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such "
+"parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+" Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> salvo por lo permitido "
+"expresamente por esta Licencia. Cualquier otro intento de copia, "
+"modificación, sublicenciamiento o distribución del Documento es nulo, y dará "
+"por terminados automáticamente sus derechos bajo esa Licencia. Sin embargo, "
+"los terceros que hayan recibido copias, o derechos, de usted bajo esta "
+"Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en total "
+"conformidad con ella."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594
+msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
+msgstr "10. FUTURAS REVISIONES DE ESTA LICENCIA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:595
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
+"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
+"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be "
+"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to "
+"address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www."
+"gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"La <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
+"Software Foundation</ulink> puede publicar versiones nuevas y revisadas de "
+"la Licencia de Documentación Libre GNU de vez en cuando. Dichas versiones "
+"nuevas serán similares en espíritu a la presente versión, pero pueden "
+"diferir en detalles para solucionar nuevos problemas o preocupaciones. Vea "
+"<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/"
+"copyleft/</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:606
+msgid ""
+"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "
+"numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies "
+"to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of "
+"that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not "
+"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not "
+"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever "
+"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada versión de la licencia tiene un número de versión. Si la <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Documentación</link> especifica que el número particular de "
+"versión de esta Licencia <quote>o cualquier posterior versión</quote> "
+"aplicado sobre él, tiene la opción de seguir los términos y condiciones de "
+"cualquiera de esas versiones especificadas o de cualquiera de las versiones "
+"publicadas (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el "
+"Documento no especifica un número de versión de la licencia, puede elegir "
+"cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software "
+"Foundation."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621
+msgid "Addendum"
+msgstr "Addendum"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622
+msgid ""
+"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "
+"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "
+"just after the title page:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para usar esta licencia en un documento que ha escrito, incluya una copia de "
+"la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente copyright y las notas justo "
+"después del título de la página."
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629
+msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright 2009-2010 Jorge González González\n"
+"Copyright 2009-2010 Francisco Javier Fernández Serrador\n"
+"Copyright 2009 Daniel Mustieles"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:632
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, "
+"and with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link> being "
+"LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU "
+"Free Documentation License</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento bajo "
+"los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, Versión 1.1 o "
+"cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation; "
+"con las <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link> siendo "
+"su LISTE SUS TÍTULOS, con <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "
+"Cubierta Delantera</link> siendo LISTA, y con los <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
+"texts\">Textos de Cubierta Trasera</link> siendo LISTA. Una copia de la "
+"licencia está incluida en la sección titulada <quote>GNU Free Documentation "
+"License</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:647
+msgid ""
+"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "
+"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
+"are invariant. If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover "
+"Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of "
+"<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no tiene <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Secciones Invariantes</link>, "
+"escriba <quote>sin Secciones Invariantes</quote> en vez de decir cuáles son "
+"invariantes. Si no tiene <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "
+"Cubierta Frontal</link>, escriba <quote>sin Textos de Cubierta Frontal</"
+"quote>; de la misma manera para <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "
+"Cubierta Trasera</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:657
+msgid ""
+"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
+"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
+"license, such as the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+"gpl.html\"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su documento contiene ejemplos de código de programa no triviales, "
+"recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de software "
+"libre que usted elija, como la <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/"
+"copyleft/gpl.html\">Licencia Pública General de GNU (GNU General Public "
+"License)</ulink>, para permitir su uso en software libre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/year
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
+msgid "2000"
+msgstr "2000"
+
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
+msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/street
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
+msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
+msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/city
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
+msgid "Boston"
+msgstr "Boston"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/state
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
+msgid "MA"
+msgstr "MA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/postcode
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
+msgid "02110-1301"
+msgstr "02110-1301"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/country
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
+msgid "USA"
+msgstr "EE.UU."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
+"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
+"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34
+msgid "free"
+msgstr "libre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
+"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
+"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "
+"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "
+"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "
+"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."
+msgstr ""
+"El propósito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de texto, u "
+"otro documento escrito sea <_:quote-1/> en el sentido de libertad: asegurar "
+"a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y redistribuirlo, con o sin "
+"modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En segundo término, esta Licencia "
+"proporciona al autor y al editor una manera de obtener reconocimiento por su "
+"trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las modificaciones "
+"realizadas por otros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44
+msgid "copyleft"
+msgstr "copyleft"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "
+"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "
+"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta Licencia es de tipo <_:quote-1/>, lo que significa que los trabajos "
+"derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo sentido. "
+"Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia tipo "
+"copyleft diseñada para el software libre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608
+msgid "Document"
+msgstr "Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69
+msgid "you"
+msgstr "usted"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
+"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
+"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. "
+"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga un "
+"aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede distribuirse "
+"bajo los términos de esta Licencia. El <_:quote-1/>, abajo, se refiere a "
+"cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un "
+"licenciatario, y será referido como <_:quote-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543
+msgid "Modified Version"
+msgstr "Versión modificada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "
+"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "
+"translated into another language."
+msgstr ""
+"Una <_:quote-1/> del Documento significa cualquier trabajo que contenga el "
+"Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia literal o con "
+"modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80
+msgid "Secondary Section"
+msgstr "Sección secundaria"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
+"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
+"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related "
+"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall "
+"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, "
+"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could "
+"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related "
+"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political "
+"position regarding them."
+msgstr ""
+"Una <_:quote-1/> es un apéndice con título o una sección preliminar del "
+"Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relación entre los autores o "
+"editores y el tema general del <_:link-2/> que trata exclusivamente con la "
+"relación entre los editores o autores del Documento con el asunto general "
+"del Documento (o asuntos relacionados) y no contiene nada que pueda "
+"considerarse dentro del tema principal. (Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en "
+"parte un libro de texto de matemáticas, una Sección Secundaria no explicará "
+"nada de matemáticas.) La relación puede ser una conexión histórica con el "
+"asunto o temas relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, "
+"ética o política acerca de ellos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648
+msgid "Invariant Sections"
+msgstr "Secciones invariantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435
+msgid "Secondary Sections"
+msgstr "Secciones secundarias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
+"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-3/> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+"Las <_:quote-1/> son ciertas <_:link-2/> cuyos títulos son designados como "
+"Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <_:link-3/> se publica "
+"bajo esta Licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458
+msgid "Cover Texts"
+msgstr "Textos de cubierta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
+"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-2/> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+" Los <_:quote-1/> son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto que se listan como "
+"Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la nota que "
+"indica que el <_:link-2/> se publica bajo esta Licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369
+msgid "Transparent"
+msgstr "Transparente"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204
+msgid "Opaque"
+msgstr "Opacas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "
+"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "
+"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and "
+"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of "
+"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available "
+"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for "
+"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text "
+"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup "
+"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers "
+"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Una copia <_:quote-1/> del <_:link-2/>, significa una copia para lectura en "
+"máquina, representada en un formato cuya especificación está disponible al "
+"público en general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto y editados directamente "
+"con editores de texto genéricos o (para imágenes compuestas por píxeles) con "
+"programas genéricos de manipulación de imágenes o (para dibujos) con algún "
+"editor de dibujos ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada "
+"para formateadores de texto o para su traducción automática a formatos "
+"adecuados para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato "
+"definido como Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de él haya sido "
+"diseñado para impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por parte de "
+"los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es <_:quote-3/> se "
+"denomina <_:quote-4/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352
+msgid "Title Page"
+msgstr "Portada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "
+"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "
+"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have "
+"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent "
+"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+"La <_:quote-1/> significa, en un libro impreso, la página de título, más las "
+"páginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener legiblemente el "
+"material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para trabajos en formatos "
+"que no tienen página de portada como tal, <_:quote-2/> significa el texto "
+"cercano a la aparición más prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el "
+"comienzo del cuerpo del texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551
+msgid "section 3"
+msgstr "sección 3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
+"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
+"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document "
+"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions "
+"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to "
+"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or "
+"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If "
+"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the "
+"conditions in <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usted puede copiar y distribuir el <_:link-1/> en cualquier soporte, sea en "
+"forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando proporcione esta Licencia, las notas "
+"de copyright y la nota que indica que esta Licencia se aplica al Documento "
+"reproduciéndola en todas las copias y que usted no añada ninguna otra "
+"condición a las expuestas en esta Licencia. Usted no puede usar medidas "
+"técnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o copia posterior de las "
+"copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin embargo, usted puede aceptar "
+"compensación a cambio de las copias. Si distribuye un número suficientemente "
+"grande de copias también deberá seguir las condiciones de la <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
+"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
+"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: "
+"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back "
+"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the "
+"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with "
+"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy "
+"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+" Si publica copias impresas del <_:link-1/> que sobrepasen las 100, y la "
+"nota de licencia del Documento exige <_:link-2/>, debe incluirlas copias con "
+"cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible todos esos Textos de Cubierta: "
+"Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la cubierta delantera y Textos de Cubierta "
+"Trasera en la cubierta trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben identificarlo a Usted "
+"clara y legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La cubierta debe mostrar "
+"el título completo con todas las palabras igualmente prominentes y visibles. "
+"Además puede añadir otro material en las cubiertas. Las copias con cambios "
+"limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el título del <_:link-3/> y "
+"satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en "
+"todos los aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "
+"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "
+"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-"
+"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy "
+"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using "
+"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard "
+"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably "
+"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to "
+"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated "
+"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an "
+"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition "
+"to the public."
+msgstr ""
+"Si Usted publica o distribuye copias <_:link-1/> del <_:link-2/> cuya "
+"cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia <_:link-3/>, que pueda ser "
+"leída por una máquina, con cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, en cada copia "
+"Opaca, una dirección de red donde cualquier usuario de la misma tenga acceso "
+"por medio de protocolos públicos y estandarizados a una copia Transparente "
+"del Documento completa, sin material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la "
+"última opción, deberá tomar las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la "
+"distribución de las copias Opacas en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia "
+"Transparente permanecerá accesible en el sitio establecido por lo menos un "
+"año después de la última vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición "
+"al público (directamente o a través de sus agentes o distribuidores)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"
+"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "
+"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document."
+msgstr ""
+"Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los "
+"autores del <_:link-1/> antes de redistribuir gran número de copias, para "
+"darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versión actualizada del "
+"Documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236
+msgid "2"
+msgstr "2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237
+msgid "3"
+msgstr "3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "
+"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "
+"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified "
+"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "
+"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
+"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
+msgstr ""
+"Puede copiar y distribuir una <_:link-1/> del <_:link-2/> bajo las "
+"condiciones de las secciones <_:link-3/> y <_:link-4/> anteriores, siempre "
+"que Usted libere la Versión Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la "
+"Versión Modificada haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando "
+"Licencia de distribución y modificación de la Versión Modificada a "
+"quienquiera posea una copia de la misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en "
+"la Versión Modificada:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
+"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
+"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You "
+"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of "
+"that version gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Usar en la <_:link-1/> (y en las cubiertas, si hay alguna) un título "
+"distinto al del <_:link-2/> y de sus versiones anteriores (que deberían, si "
+"hay alguna, estar listadas en la sección de Historia del Documento). Puede "
+"usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando "
+"quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "
+"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "
+"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its "
+"principal authors, if it has less than five)."
+msgstr ""
+"Listar en la <_:link-1/>, como autores, una o más personas o entidades "
+"responsables de la autoría de las modificaciones de la <_:link-2/>, junto "
+"con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales del <_:link-3/> (todos sus "
+"autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal "
+"requisito."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
+"the publisher."
+msgstr ""
+"Mostrar en la <_:link-1/> como editor el nombre del editor de la <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292
+msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <_:link-1/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
+"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below."
+msgstr ""
+"Incluir, inmediatamente después de los avisos de copyright, una nota de "
+"licencia dando el permiso público para usar la <_:link-1/>. bajo los "
+"términos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330
+msgid "Document's"
+msgstr "Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
+"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Incluir, inmediatamente después de ese aviso de licencia, la lista completa "
+"de <_:link-1/> y de los <_:link-2/> que sean requeridos en el aviso de "
+"Licencia del <_:link-3/> original."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508
+msgid "History"
+msgstr "Historia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
+"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
+"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:"
+"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, "
+"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
+"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar la sección titulada <_:quote-1/>, conservar su Título y añadirle "
+"un elemento que declare al menos el título, el año, los nuevos autores y el "
+"editor de la <_:link-2/>, tal como figuran en la <_:link-3/>. Si no hay una "
+"sección titulada <_:quote-4/> en el <_:link-5/>, crear una estableciendo el "
+"título, el año, los autores y el editor del Documento, tal como figuran en "
+"su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, "
+"como se estableció en la sentencia anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
+"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
+"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These "
+"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location "
+"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document "
+"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives "
+"permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar la dirección en red, si la hay, dada en el <_:link-1/> para el "
+"acceso público a una copia <_:link-2/> del mismo, así como las otras "
+"direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones anteriores en las "
+"que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la sección <_:quote-3/>. Se puede "
+"omitir la ubicación en red de un trabajo que haya sido publicado por lo "
+"menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor original de "
+"dicha versión da permiso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509
+msgid "Acknowledgements"
+msgstr "Agradecimientos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510
+msgid "Dedications"
+msgstr "Dedicatorias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384
+msgid ""
+"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
+"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
+"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
+msgstr ""
+"En cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/> o <_:quote-2/>, conservar el "
+"título de la sección y conservar en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los "
+"agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas por cada contribuyente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
+"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
+"of the section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Conservar todas las <_:link-1/> del <_:link-2/>, sin alterar su texto ni sus "
+"títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran parte de los "
+"títulos de la sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445
+msgid "Endorsements"
+msgstr "Aprobaciones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410
+msgid ""
+"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
+"in the <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Elimine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/>. Tales secciones no pueden "
+"estar incluidas en las <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425
+msgid "Invariant Section"
+msgstr "Sección invariante"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422
+msgid ""
+"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
+"with any <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a <_:quote-1/> ni a uno "
+"que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432
+msgid ""
+"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
+"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
+"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To "
+"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified "
+"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other "
+"section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la <_:link-1/> incluye secciones o apéndices nuevos que cualifiquen como "
+"<_:link-2/> y no contienen ningún material copiado del Documento, puede "
+"opcionalmente designar algunas o todas esas secciones como invariantes. Para "
+"hacerlo, añada sus títulos a la lista de <_:link-3/> en el aviso de licencia "
+"de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de cualquier "
+"otro título de sección."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
+"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
+"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an "
+"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede añadir una sección titulada <_:quote-1/>, siempre que contenga "
+"únicamente aprobaciones de su <_:link-2/> por otras fuentes --por ejemplo, "
+"observaciones de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una "
+"organización como definición oficial de un estándar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455
+msgid "Front-Cover Text"
+msgstr "Texto de cubierta delantera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457
+msgid "Back-Cover Text"
+msgstr "Texto de cubierta trasera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
+"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
+"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover "
+"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If "
+"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously "
+"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on "
+"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on "
+"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede añadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como <_:link-1/> y un pasaje "
+"de hasta 25 palabras como <_:link-2/> al final de la lista de <_:link-3/> en "
+"la <_:link-4/>. Una entidad sólo puede añadir (o hacer que se añada) un "
+"pasaje al Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si el <_:"
+"link-5/> ya incluye un textos de cubiertas añadidos previamente por usted o "
+"por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted representa, usted no puede "
+"añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con permiso explícito del "
+"editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470
+msgid ""
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
+"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
+"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del <_:link-1/> dan permiso "
+"para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación "
+"de cualquier <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566
+msgid "section 4"
+msgstr "sección 4"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
+"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all "
+"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant "
+"Sections of your combined work in its license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Usted puede combinar el <_:link-1/> con otros documentos liberados bajo esta "
+"Licencia, bajo los términos definidos en la sección <_:link-2/> más arriba "
+"para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la combinación todas las "
+"<_:link-3/> de todos los documentos originales, sin modificaciones, y las "
+"liste todas como Secciones Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso "
+"de licencia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
+"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
+"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make "
+"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in "
+"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if "
+"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section "
+"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the "
+"combined work."
+msgstr ""
+"El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta Licencia, "
+"y múltiples <_:link-1/> idénticas pueden reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si "
+"hay múltiples Secciones Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos "
+"diferentes, haga el título de cada una de estas secciones único añadiéndolo "
+"al final de este, entre paréntesis, el nombre del autor o de quien editó "
+"originalmente esa sección, si es conocido, o si no, un número único. Haga el "
+"mismo ajuste a los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes "
+"en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511
+msgid "Endorsements."
+msgstr "Aprobaciones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505
+msgid ""
+"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
+"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
+"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>"
+msgstr ""
+"En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/> de "
+"los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada <_:"
+"quote-2/>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-3/"
+"> y cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-4/>. Debe eliminar todas las "
+"secciones tituladas <_:quote-5/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517
+msgid ""
+"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
+"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
+"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the "
+"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim "
+"copying of each of the documents in all other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede hacer una colección que conste del <_:link-1/> y de otros documentos "
+"publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias individuales de esta "
+"Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola copia que esté incluida en la "
+"colección, siempre que siga las reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia "
+"literal de cada uno de los documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546
+msgid "aggregate"
+msgstr "agregado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550
+msgid "Cover Text"
+msgstr "Texto de cubierta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538
+msgid ""
+"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
+"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
+"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the "
+"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. "
+"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
+"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Una recopilación que conste del <_:link-1/> o sus derivados y de otros "
+"documentos o trabajos separados e independientes, en cualquier soporte de "
+"almacenamiento o distribución, no cuenta como un todo como un <_:link-2/> "
+"del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ningún derecho de copyright por la "
+"compilación. Dicha compilación se denomina un <_:quote-3/>, y esta Licencia "
+"no se aplica a otros trabajos autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. "
+"teniendo en cuenta que son compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos "
+"derivados del Documento. Si el requisito de <_:link-4/> de la <_:link-5/> es "
+"aplicable a estas copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor "
+"que un cuarto del agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento "
+"pueden colocarse en cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro "
+"del agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas "
+"enmarcando todo el agregado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562
+msgid ""
+"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
+"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
+"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright "
+"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections "
+"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may "
+"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the "
+"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between "
+"the translation and the original English version of this License, the "
+"original English version will prevail."
+msgstr ""
+"La traducción se considera un tipo de modificación, así que puede distribuir "
+"traducciones del <_:link-1/> bajo los términos de la <_:link-2/>. Reemplazar "
+"las <_:link-3/> con traducciones requiere permiso especial de los "
+"mantenedores de la propietarios del copyright, pero puede incluir "
+"traducciones de algunos o todas las Secciones invariantes. Puede incluir una "
+"traducción de esta licencia proporcionada que además incluya la versión "
+"original de esta Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de "
+"desacuerdo prevalecerá la versión original en inglés."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581
+msgid ""
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
+"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
+"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will "
+"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who "
+"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have "
+"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+" Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el <_:link-1/> "
+"salvo por lo permitido expresamente por esta Licencia. Cualquier otro "
+"intento de copia, modificación, sublicenciamiento o distribución del "
+"Documento es nulo, y dará por terminados automáticamente sus derechos bajo "
+"esa Licencia. Sin embargo, los terceros que hayan recibido copias, o "
+"derechos, de usted bajo esta Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, "
+"siempre que permanezcan en total conformidad con ella."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597
+msgid "Free Software Foundation"
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603
+msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595
+msgid ""
+"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
+"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
+"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "
+"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"La <_:ulink-1/> puede publicar versiones nuevas y revisadas de la Licencia "
+"de Documentación Libre GNU de vez en cuando. Dichas versiones nuevas serán "
+"similares en espíritu a la presente versión, pero pueden diferir en detalles "
+"para solucionar nuevos problemas o preocupaciones. Consulte <_:ulink-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610
+msgid "or any later version"
+msgstr "o cualquier versión posterior"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606
+msgid ""
+"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
+"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
+"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and "
+"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has "
+"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the "
+"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose "
+"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada versión de la licencia tiene un número de versión. Si la <_:link-1/> "
+"especifica que el número particular de versión de esta Licencia <_:quote-2/> "
+"aplicado sobre él, tiene la opción de seguir los términos y condiciones de "
+"cualquiera de esas versiones especificadas o de cualquiera de las versiones "
+"publicadas (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el "
+"Documento no especifica un número de versión de la licencia, puede elegir "
+"cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software "
+"Foundation."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
+msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
+msgstr "Textos de cubierta delantera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
+msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
+msgstr "Textos de cubierta trasera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> "
+"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:"
+"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento bajo "
+"los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, Versión 1.1 o "
+"cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation; "
+"con las <_:link-1/> siendo su LISTE SUS TÍTULOS, con <_:link-2/> siendo "
+"LISTA, y con los <_:link-3/> siendo LISTA. Una copia de la licencia está "
+"incluida en la sección titulada <_:quote-4/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
+msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
+msgstr "sin secciones invariantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
+msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"
+msgstr "sin textos de cubierta delantera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653
+msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"
+msgstr "Textos de cubierta LISTADOS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647
+msgid ""
+"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "
+"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
+"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no tiene <_:link-1/>, escriba <_:quote-2/> en lugar de indicar los que "
+"son invariantes. Si no tiene <_:link-3/>, escriba <_:quote-4/> en lugar de "
+"<_:quote-5/>; lo mismo para <_:link-6/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
+msgid "GNU General Public License"
+msgstr "Licencia Pública General GNU"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657
+msgid ""
+"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
+"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
+"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su documento contiene ejemplos de código de programa no triviales, "
+"recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de software "
+"libre que usted elija, como la <_:ulink-1/>, para permitir su uso en "
+"software libre."
+
+#~ msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
+#~ msgstr "(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)"
+
+#~ msgid "1.23"
+#~ msgstr "1.23"
+
+#~ msgid "1.20"
+#~ msgstr "1.20"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de "
+#~ "GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."
+#~ "com/davenport</ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel>: Este es el DocBook SGML DTD. "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."
+#~ "com/davenport</ulink>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
+#~ "SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
+#~ "\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel>: Este es el procesador DSSSL para "
+#~ "convertir SGML a varios formatos. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade"
+#~ "\" type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code "
+#~ "to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together "
+#~ "with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to "
+#~ "colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global "
+#~ "cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh."
+#~ "com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Hojas de estilo DocBook modulares:</guilabel> Éste es el código "
+#~ "DSSSL para convertir DocBook a HTML (y otros cuantos formatos). Se usa "
+#~ "junto con jade. El código DSSSL está algo personalizado, en GTK-Doc dsl, "
+#~ "para colorear el código de listas/declaraciones del programa y soportar "
+#~ "índices de referencias cruzadas globales en el HTML generado. <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/"
+#~ "docbook/dsssl</ulink>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages "
+#~ "from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to "
+#~ "capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of "
+#~ "the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."
+#~ "com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel>: Si quiere crear páginas man desde el "
+#~ "DocBook. «translation spec» se ha personalizado un poco para capitalizar "
+#~ "la sección de cabeceras y añadir un título de «Biblioteca GTK» en la "
+#~ "parte superior de las páginas y la fecha de revisión al final. Existe un "
+#~ "enlace acerca de esto en <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type="
+#~ "\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: Esto aún no funciona."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
+#~ "installed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No existe ningún sitio estándar donde se instalan las hojas de estilo "
+#~ "modulares de DocBook."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El script de configuración de GTK-Doc busca estas tres carpetas "
+#~ "automáticamente:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
+#~ "RedHat)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (usado "
+#~ "por RedHat)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (usado por "
+#~ "Debian)"
+
+#~ msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
+#~ msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (usado por SuSE)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to "
+#~ "configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
+#~ "PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si tiene las hojas de estilo instaladas en algún otro sitio, deberá "
+#~ "configurar GTK-Doc usando la opción: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
+#~ "RUTA_A_LA_CARPETA_DE_NIVEL_SUPERIOR_DE_LAS_HOJAS_DE_ESTILO> </command>"
+
+#~ msgid "1.18.1"
+#~ msgstr "1.18.1"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "/**\n"
+#~ " * identifier:\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * documentation ...\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * # Sub heading #\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * more documentation:\n"
+#~ " * - list item 1\n"
+#~ " * - list item 2\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * Even more docs.\n"
+#~ " */\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "/**\n"
+#~ " * identifier:\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * documentation ...\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * # Sub heading #\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * more documentation:\n"
+#~ " * - list item 1\n"
+#~ " * - list item 2\n"
+#~ " *\n"
+#~ " * Even more docs.\n"
+#~ " */\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~| "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One "
+#~| "can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc "
+#~| "versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear "
+#~| "in one line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~ "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. The "
+#~ "support has improved a lot with version 1.20. On older GTK-Doc versions "
+#~ "the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one "
+#~ "line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Desde GTK-Doc-1.18 la herramienta soporta un subconjunto de <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">lenguajes de marcado</"
+#~ "ulink>. En la versión 1.20 se ha mejorado ucho este soporte. En versiones "
+#~ "más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede renderizar como tal (la "
+#~ "lista de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada por guiones). <_:"
+#~ "example-1/>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just "
+#~ "add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level "
+#~ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. "
+#~ "Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel "
+#~ "superior de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
+#~ msgstr "Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+
+#~ msgid "Chris"
+#~ msgstr "Chris"
+
+#~ msgid "Lyttle"
+#~ msgstr "Lyttle"
+
+#~ msgid "chris@wilddev.net"
+#~ msgstr "chris@wilddev.net"
+
+#~ msgid "Dan"
+#~ msgstr "Dan"
+
+#~ msgid "Mueth"
+#~ msgstr "Mueth"
+
+#~ msgid "d-mueth@uchicago.edu"
+#~ msgstr "d-mueth@uchicago.edu"
+
+#~ msgid "Stefan"
+#~ msgstr "Stefan"
+
+#~ msgid "Kost"
+#~ msgstr "Kost"
+
+#~ msgid "ensonic@users.sf.net"
+#~ msgstr "ensonic@users.sf.net"
+
+#~ msgid "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org"
+#~ msgstr "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org"
+
+#~ msgid "2000, 2005"
+#~ msgstr "2000, 2005"
+
+#~ msgid "Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle"
+#~ msgstr "Dan Mueth y Chris Lyttle"
+
+#~ msgid "2007-2011"
+#~ msgstr "2007-2011"
+
+#~ msgid "Stefan Sauer (Kost)"
+#~ msgstr "Stefan Sauer (Kost)"
+
+#~ msgid "20 Sep 2011"
+#~ msgstr "20 de septiembre de 2011"
+
+#~ msgid "ss"
+#~ msgstr "ss"
+
+#~ msgid "development version"
+#~ msgstr "versión de desarrollo"
+
+#~ msgid "1.18"
+#~ msgstr "1.18"
+
+#~ msgid "14 sep 2011"
+#~ msgstr "14 de septiembre 2011"
+
+#~ msgid "bug fixes, speedups, markdown support"
+#~ msgstr "correcciones de errores, mejoras de velocidad, soporte de marcado"
+
+#~ msgid "1.17"
+#~ msgstr "1.17"
+
+#~ msgid "26 Feb 2011"
+#~ msgstr "26 de febrero de 2011"
+
+#~ msgid "sk"
+#~ msgstr "sk"
+
+#~ msgid "urgent bug fix update"
+#~ msgstr "actualización de corrección de error urgente"
+
+#~ msgid "1.16"
+#~ msgstr "1.16"
+
+#~ msgid "14 Jan 2011"
+#~ msgstr "4 de enero de 2011"
+
+#~ msgid "bugfixes, layout improvements"
+#~ msgstr "correcciones de errores, mejoras de diseño"
+
+#~ msgid "1.15"
+#~ msgstr "1.15"
+
+#~ msgid "21 May 2010"
+#~ msgstr "21 de mayo de 2010"
+
+#~ msgid "bug and regression fixes"
+#~ msgstr "arreglos de errores y regresiones"
+
+#~ msgid "1.14"
+#~ msgstr "1.14"
+
+#~ msgid "28 March 2010"
+#~ msgstr "28 de marzo de 2010"
+
+#~ msgid "bugfixes and performance improvements"
+#~ msgstr "solución de errores y mejoras de rendimiento"
+
+#~ msgid "1.13"
+#~ msgstr "1.13"
+
+#~ msgid "18 December 2009"
+#~ msgstr "18 de diciembre de 2009"
+
+#~ msgid "broken tarball update"
+#~ msgstr "actualización de archivador «tarball» roto"
+
+#~ msgid "1.12"
+#~ msgstr "1.12"
+
+#~ msgid "new tool features and bugfixes"
+#~ msgstr "nuevas característicacs de la herramienta y errores solucionados"
+
+#~ msgid "1.11"
+#~ msgstr "1.11"
+
+#~ msgid "16 Novemebr 2008"
+#~ msgstr "16 de noviembre de 2008"
+
+#~ msgid "mal"
+#~ msgstr "mal"
+
+#~ msgid "GNOME doc-utils migration"
+#~ msgstr "Migración de GNOME doc-utils"
+
+#~ msgid "xxx_get_type()"
+#~ msgstr "xxx_get_type()"
+
+#~ msgid "<package>.types"
+#~ msgstr "<paquete>.tipos"
+
+#~ msgid "<package>-sections.txt"
+#~ msgstr "<paquete>-sections.txt"
+
+#~ msgid "explanation"
+#~ msgstr "explicación"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Missing or wrong naming in <placeholder-1/> file (see <placeholder-2/>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Faltan nombres o son erróneos en el archivo <placeholder-1/> (consultar "
+#~ "<placeholder-2/>)."
+
+#~ msgid "GtkWidget"
+#~ msgstr "GtkWidget"
+
+#~ msgid "<package>-docs.{xml,sgml}"
+#~ msgstr "<paquete>-docs.{xml,sgml}"
+
+#~ msgid "<package>.hierarchy"
+#~ msgstr "<paquete>.jerarquía"
+
+#~ msgid "xml/tree_index.sgml"
+#~ msgstr "xml/tree_index.sgml"
+
+#~ msgid "xml/annotation-glossary.xml"
+#~ msgstr "xml/annotation-glossary.xml"
+
+#~ msgid "Check that <placeholder-1/> is xi:included from <placeholder-2/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Compruebe que <placeholder-1/> está «xi:included» desde <placeholder-2/>."
+
+#~| msgid "21 May 2010"
+#~ msgid "17 Jan 2011"
+#~ msgstr "17 de enero 2011"
+
+#~ msgid "6 April 2010"
+#~ msgstr "6 de abril de 2010"
+
+#~ msgid "19 December 2009"
+#~ msgstr "19 de diciembre de 2009"
+
+#~ msgid "(FIXME) (stability) (glib-enums, ...)"
+#~ msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME) (estabilidad) (glib-enums, ...)"
<book id="index" lang="es">
<bookinfo>
<title>Manual de GTK-Doc</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Manual del usuario para desarrolladores con instrucciones del uso de GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
</authorgroup>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Proyecto GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
- <copyright><year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
+ <copyright><year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:
<copyright>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>development version</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.22</revnumber>
- <date>07 May 2015</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
- </revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber> <date>30 de mayo de 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 de mayo de 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 de mayo de 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>7 de mayo de 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de julio de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 de febrero de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>errores corregidos, soporte de marcado, mejoras en los estilos</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</revremark></revision>
</othercredit>
<copyright>
- <year>2009-2015</year>
+ <year>2009 - 2015</year>
<holder>Daniel Mustieles</holder>
</copyright>
</othercredit>
<copyright>
- <year>2009-2011</year>
+ <year>2009 - 2011</year>
<holder>Jorge González</holder>
</copyright>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Generar el SGML/XML y el HTML/PDF.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> convierte los archivos de plantilla en archivos SGML o XML en la subcarpeta <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> o <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Si el código fuente contiene documentación de funciones, usando los bloques especiales de comentarios, entonces se mezclarán aquí. Si no se usan archivos tmpl sólo obtiene los documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección. Se recomienda usar Docbook XML.</para>
- <para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> convierte los archivos SGML/XML en archivos HTML en la subcarpeta <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. De la misma forma <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> convierte los archivos SGML/XML en un documento PDF llamado <filename><paquete>.pdf</filename>.</para>
- <para>Los archivos en las carpetas <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> o <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> y <filename class="directory">html/</filename> siempre se sobrescriben. Nunca se deben editar directamente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Generar el XML y el HTML/PDF.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> convierte los archivos de plantilla en archivos SGML o XML en la subcarpeta <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Si el código fuente contiene documentación de funciones, usando los bloques especiales de comentarios, entonces se mezclarán aquí. Si no se usan archivos tmpl sólo obtiene los documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> convierte los archivos XML en archivos HTML en la subcarpeta <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. De la misma forma <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> convierte los archivos XML en un documento PDF llamado <filename><paquete>.pdf</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Los archivos en las carpetas <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> y <filename class="directory">html/</filename> y siempre se sobrescriben. Nunca se deben editar directamente.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Deberá mirar en el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> y <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integración con sistemas de construcción CMake</title>
+
+ <para>Ahroa, GTK-Doc proporciona un módulo <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> (y el correspondiente módulo <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>). Esto proporciona un comando <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> que puede configurar en su archivo <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>El siguiente ejemplo muestra cómo usar este comando. <example><title>Ejeplo de uso de GTK-Doc desde CMake</title>
+ <programlisting>
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+</programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
</example></para>
<note>
- <title>Limitations</title>
- <para>
- Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
- <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
- <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
- </para>
+ <title>Limitaciones</title>
+ <para>Tenga en cuenta que GTK-Doc soporta <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> pero <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> u otras combinaciones.</para>
</note>
<!-- -->
<para>DocBook puede crear algo más que enlaces. También se pueden tener listas, ejemplos, cabeceras e imágenes. En la versión 1.20, la manera prefefira de hacer esto es usando un subconjunto de la sintaxis básica de formateado de texto llamada <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Marcado</ulink>. En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, cualquier documentación que incluya marcado se renderizará como tal. Por ejemplo, los elementos de una lista aparecerán como líneas que empiezan con un guión.</para>
- <para>
- While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
- that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
- docbook xml is not supported.
- </para>
+ <para>Aunque el marcado es el preferido, puede mezclar ambos. Una limitación aquí es que se puede usar docbook xml con marcado, pero el marcado con docbook xml no está soportado.</para>
- <para>En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, si necesitaba soporte para formato adicional, necesitaba activar el uso de etiquetas SGML/XML dentro de comentarios en la documentación poniendo <option>--xml-mode</option> o <option>--sgml-mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, si necesitaba soporte para formato adicional, necesitaba activar el uso de etiquetas XML dentro de comentarios en la documentación poniendo <option>--xml-mode</option> o <option>--sgml-mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado</title>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)</para>
-
+ <para>También puede añadir información de estabilidad a todos los elementos de la documentación para indicar si la se garantiza la estabilidad de la API en todas las versiones menores futuras del proyecto.</para>
+
+ <para>El nivel de estabilidad predeterminado para todos los elementos de la documentación se puede establecer pasando el argumento <option>--default-stability</option> a <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> con uno de los siguientes valores.</para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Etiquetas de estabilidad</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Estabilidad: estable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Marcar el elemento como estable. Esto es para API públicas que está garantizado que serán estables para todas las versiones menores futuras del proyecto.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Estabilidad: inestable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Marcar el elemento como inestable. Esto es para las API públicas que se publican como versión previa antes de estabilizarse.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Estabilidad: privado</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Marcar el elemento como privado. Esto es para interfaces que se pueden usar en módulos fuertemente acoplados, pero no en terceras partes aleatorias.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>Etiquetas generales</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
</programlisting>
<para>Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de campos de estructuras privadas que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para revertir el comportamiento anterior.</para>
+ <para>Si el primer campo es «g_iface», «parent_instance» o «parent_class» se considerará como privado automáticamente y no necesita mencionarse en el bloque de comentario.</para>
+
<para>También se pueden usar bloques de comentario para GObjects y GObjectClasses. Generalmente es buena idea añadir un bloque de comentario para una clase, si tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, se puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque separado para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene campos públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice con el mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección).</para>
</sect2>
<para>GTK-Doc produce documentación en DocBook SGML/XML. Cuando se procesan los comentarios en las líneas del código, las herramientas de GTK-Doc generan una página de documentación por clase o módulo en un archivo aparte. El documento maestro las incluye y ordena.</para>
- <para>Puesto que GTK-Doc crea una documento maestro de plantilla, una posterior ejecución no lo tocará de nuevo. Esto significa que se puede estructurar libremente la documentación. Esto incluye agrupar páginas y añadir páginas adiciones. Ahora GTK-Doc tiene un entorno de pruebas, donde también el documento maestro se vuelve a crear desde cero. Es una buena idea mirarlo de vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras.</para>
+ <para>Puesto que GTK-Doc crea una documento maestro de plantilla, una posterior ejecución no lo modificará de nuevo. Esto significa que se puede estructurar libremente la documentación. Esto incluye agrupar páginas y añadir páginas adicionales. Ahora GTK-Doc tiene un entorno de pruebas, donde también el documento maestro se vuelve a crear desde cero. Es una buena idea mirarlo de vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras.</para>
<tip>
<para>No crear tutoriales como documentos adicionales. Solamente escriba capítulos adicionales. La ventaja de integrar directamente el tutorial para su biblioteca en la documentación de la API es que es fácil para el tutorial enlazar la documentación de símbolos. Además las posibilidades de actualizar el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores.</para>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>Se crean además unos pocos elementos de opciones de la manera comentada. Puede revisarlos y activarlos como quiera.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Parte opcional en el documento maestro</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Por último, necesita añadir una sección nueva siempre que quiera introducir una. La herramienta <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> le recordará los nuevos archivos xml generados que no estén inclídos todavía en la documentación.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Incluir secciones generadas</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>mi biblioteca</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<para>El archivo de sección se usa para organizar la salida de la documentación por GTK-Doc. Aquí se especifica qué símbolos pertenecen a qué módulo o clase y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada).</para>
- <para>El archivo de sección es un archivo de texto plano con sintaxis parecida a XML (usando etiquetas). Se ignoran las líneas vacías y las líneas que comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios.</para>
+ <para>El archivo de sección es un archivo de texto plano con etiquetas que delimitan las secciones. Se ignoran las líneas vacías y las líneas que comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Aunque las etiquetas hacen que el archivo parezca XML, no lo es. No incluya etiquetas del tipo <SUBSECTION>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Incluir secciones generadas</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
- <para>La etiqueta <FILE> ... </FILE> se usa para especificar el nombre del archivo, sin sufijo. Por ejemplo, usar «<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>» dará como resultado en la sección de declaraciones la salida <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> en el archivo de plantilla, que se convertirá al archivo DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> o al archivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (El nombre del archivo HTML está basado en el nombre del módulo y en el título de la sección, o para GObjects está basado en el nombre de clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)</para>
+ <para>La etiqueta <FILE> ... </FILE> se usa para especificar el nombre del archivo, sin sufijo. Por ejemplo, usar «<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>» dará como resultado en la sección de declaraciones la salida <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> en el archivo de plantilla, que se convertirá al archivo DocBook XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> o al archivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (El nombre del archivo HTML está basado en el nombre del módulo y en el título de la sección, o para GObjects está basado en el nombre de clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)</para>
<para>La etiqueta <TITLE> ... </TITLE> se usa para especificar el título de una sección. Sólo es útil antes de que las plantillas (si se usan) se creen inicialmente, ya que el título configurado en la plantilla lo sobrescribe. Además, si una usa comentarios SECTION en los fuentes, se queda obsoleto.</para>
<para>Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> en <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activada, el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> se genera automáticamente y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar <code>meld <paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
- <para>
- Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
- the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
- This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
- extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
- checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
- add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
- </para>
+ <para>La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>. Esta versión añade opciones para cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de construcción de tmpl adicional, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> en <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Si no tiene una <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> marcada en su sistema de control de versiones y todavía no ha cambiado, simplemente añada la opción al archivo <filename>configure.ac</filename> y lo tendrá hecho.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
<para>La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del «docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La sección que explica la <link linkend="documenting_syntax">sintaxis de los comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles.</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>El makefile distribuído con esta versión genera un archivo de entidad en <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, que contiene las entidades para, por ejemplo nombre_paquete y versión_paquete. Puede usar este ejemplo en el archivo main.xml para evitar escribir a mano el número de versión. A continuación se muestra un ejemplo que muestra cómo se incluye el archivo de entidad y cómo se usan las entidades. Las entidades también se pueden usar en todos los archivos generados, GTK-Doc usará la misma cabecera XML en los archivos XML generados. <example><title>Usar entidades generadas previamenet</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+</programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="fr">
<bookinfo>
<title>Manuel de GTK-Doc</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Manuel utilisateur pour les développeurs contenant les instructions sur l'usage de GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Projet GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth et Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Génération du SGML/XML et du HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> transforme les fichiers prototypes en fichiers SGML ou XML dans le répertoire <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ou <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Si le code source contient de la documentation sur les fonctions, en utilisant les blocs de commentaires spéciaux, elle sera fusionnée ici. Si aucun fichier tmpl n'est utilisé, seule la documentation contenue dans les sources et les données d'introspection seront lues. Nous recommandons l'utilisation de XML DocBook.</para>
- <para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> transforme les fichiers SGML/XML en fichiers HTML dans le répertoire <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. De même <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> transforme les fichiers SGML/XML en documents PDF appelés <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.</para>
- <para>Les fichiers dans les répertoires <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ou <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> et <filename class="directory">html/</filename> sont toujours écrasés. Il ne faut pas les modifier directement.</para>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
+ special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
+ files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
+ document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Il s'agit d'examiner les fichiers <filename>Makefile.am</filename> et <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> pour y trouver les options supplémentaires nécessaires.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : informations de stabilité)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>Étiquettes générales</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
<para>Utilisez <code>/*< private >*/</code> avant les champs de structures privées que vous voulez cacher. Utilisez <code>/*< public >*/</code> dans le cas contraire.</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>Les blocs de commentaire pour les structures peuvent aussi être utilisés avec GObjects et GObjectClasses. Il est normalement recommandé d'ajouter un bloc de commentaire pour une classe, si elle contient des vmethods (car c'est la manière de les documenter). Pour GObject, il est possible d'utiliser la documentation de section correspondante ; la présence d'un bloc séparé pour la structure de l'instance serait utile si l'instance possède des champs publics. Le désavantage ici étant que cela crée deux entrées d'index pour le même nom (la structure et la section).</para>
</sect2>
<para>GTK-Doc génère de la documentation au format SGML/XML DocBook. Lors du traitement des commentaires dans les fichiers sources, les outils GTK-Doc génèrent une page de documentation par classe ou par module dans un fichier séparé. Le document maître les inclut et les place dans l'ordre.</para>
- <para>Une fois que GTK-Doc a créé un prototype de document maître pour vous, il ne va plus y toucher par la suite. Vous pouvez ainsi structurer votre documentation comme vous l'entendez. Vous pouvez regrouper des pages et en ajouter. GTK-Doc possède maintenant une panoplie de tests, dans laquelle même le document maître est recréé à partir de zéro. C'est une bonne idée de regarder cela de temps en temps pour voir s'il n'y a pas des nouveautés intéressantes.</para>
+ <para>
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
+ not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
+ documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
+ GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>Ne créez pas de tutoriels comme documents supplémentaires. Écrivez juste des chapitres supplémentaires. L'avantage d'inclure le tutoriel de votre bibliothèque directement dans la documentation de l'API est qu'il est facile d'y ajouter des liens qui pointent vers la documentation des symboles. De plus, il y aura plus de chance que votre tutoriel soit mis à jour en même temps que la bibliothèque.</para>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<para>Le fichier section est utilisé pour organiser la documentation générée par GTK-Doc. C'est ici qu'il faut indiquer quels symboles sont attachés à quels modules ou classes et contrôler la visibilité (« public » ou « private »).</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
" *\n"
" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
" *\n"
-" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
+" * \n"
" *\n"
" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
" *\n"
<book id="index" lang="gl">
<bookinfo>
<title>Manual de GTK-Doc</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Manual de usuarios para desenvolvedores con instrucións do uso de GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
</authorgroup>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Proxecto GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
- <copyright><year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
+ <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
+ </copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:
<copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or
- <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename>
- directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</variablelist>
<para>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
</para>
-
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="gu">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc પુસ્તિકા</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>GTK-Doc વપરાશની સૂચનાઓ સાથે ડેવલપરો માટે વપરાશકર્તા પુસ્તિકા.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
- <para><filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> અથવા <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> માં ફાઇલો અને <filename class="directory">html/</filename> ડિરેક્ટરીઓ એ હંમેશા ઉપલ લખાયેલ છે. એક એ સીધુ જ તેઓને કદી સુધારતુ હોવુ જોઇએ નહિં.</para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : સ્થિરતા જાણકારી)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>સામાન્ય ટેગ</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="pt-BR">
<bookinfo>
<title>Manual do GTK-Doc</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Manual de usuário para desenvolvedores com instruções do uso do GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
</authorgroup>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Projeto GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
- <copyright><year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
+ <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
+ </copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:
<copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Gerando o SGML/XML e HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos SGML ou XML no subdiretório <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ou <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Se o código fonte contém documentação nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, ela é mesclada aqui. Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê documentos dos dados de introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML.</para>
- <para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em arquivos HTML no subdiretório <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Da mesma forma, <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em um documento PDF chamado <filename><pacote>.pdf</filename>.</para>
- <para>Arquivos nos diretórios <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ou <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> e <filename class="directory">html/</filename> são sempre sobrescritos. Não devem ser editados manualmente.</para>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
+ special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
+ files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
+ document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Será necessário olhar no <filename>Makefile.am</filename> e no <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> para obter as opções extras necessárias.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
docbook xml is not supported.
</para>
- <para>Em versões mais antigas do GTK-Doc, se você precisasse de suporte para formatação adicional, você precisaria de habilitar o uso de tags de SGML/XML de docbook dentro de comentários de documentação colocando <option>--xml-mode</option> ou <option>--sgml-mode</option> na variável <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
<para>
<example><title>Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc usando Markdown</title>
*
* Outro parágrafo. [Um link para o site do GNOME](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![uma imagem embutida][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [Um link para um título acima][titulo-dois]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>Tags gerais</title>
<programlisting>
/**
<sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de struct</title>
<example><title>Bloco de comentário de struct</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* FooWidget:
- * @bar: algum #gboolean
+ * @bar: some #gboolean
*
- * Este é o melhor widget, já mais visto.
+ * This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
-</programlisting>
+]]></programlisting>
</example>
<para>Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes dos campos da struct privada que você deseja esconder. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para o comportamento inverso.</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>Blocos de comentário de struct também podem ser usados para GObjects e GObjectClasses. É normalmente uma boa ideia adicionar um bloco de comentário para uma classe, se ela possui vmethods (pois assim é como elas podem ser documentadas). Para o próprio GOBject pode-se usar os documentos de seção relacionados, tendo um bloco separado para a instância do struct seria útil se a instância possui campos públicos. Uma desvantagem aqui é que isso cria duas entradas no índice do mesmo nome (a estrutura e a seção).</para>
</sect2>
<para>O Gtk-Doc produz documentação em DocBook SGML/XML. Ao processar os comentários inseridos nos fontes, as ferramentas do GTK-Doc geram uma página de documentação por classe ou módulo como um arquivo separado. O documento mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem.</para>
- <para>Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execução posterior não vai tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar a documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de páginas extras. O Gtk-Doc agora possui uma suíte de teste, na qual também o documento mestr é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá.</para>
+ <para>
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
+ not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
+ documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
+ GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>Não crie tutoriais como documentos extras. Apenas escreva capítulos extras. O benefício de embutir diretamente o tutorial para sua biblioteca na documentação da API é que é mais fácil vincular o tutorial a um símbolo da documentação. Além disso, as chances são mais altas que o tutorial obtenha atualizações junto com a biblioteca.</para>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<para>O arquivo de seção é usado para organizar a saída da documentação pelo GTK-Doc. Aqui pode-se especificar qual símbolo pertence a qual módulo ou classe e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada).</para>
- <para>O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com sintaxe do tipo XML (usando tags). Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um "#" são tratadas como linhas de comentários.</para>
+ <para>
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
+ Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
+ comment lines.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
- <para>A tag <FILE> ... </FILE> é usada para especificar o nome de arquivo, sem qualquer sufixo. Por exemplo, ao usar "<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>" resultará nas declarações da seção serem retornadas no arquivo modelo <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, o qual será convertido no arquivo DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ou no arquivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (O nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título da seção ou, para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos os caracteres para minúsculos).</para>
+ <para>
+ The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
+ without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
+ will result in the section declarations being output in the template
+ file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
+ (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
+ title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
+ to lower case).
+ </para>
<para>A tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> é usada para especificar o título da seção. Ela é usada apenas antes do modelo (se usado) ser criado inicialmente, já que o título definido no arquivo de modelo sobrescreve este. Também, se for usado o comentário SECTION nos fontes, isso está obsoleto.</para>
<para>A versão 1.18 trouxe algum suporte inicial a markdown. O uso de markdown em comentários de documentação é menos intrusiva do que escrever xml de docbook. Essa versão melhora em muito nisso e adiciona muito mais estilos. A seção que explica a <link linkend="documenting_syntax">sintaxe de comentário</link> tem todos os detalhes.</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
# Brazilian Portuguese translation for gtk-doc help.
-# Copyright (C) 2014 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# Copyright (C) 2016 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package.
# Marcelo Rodrigues <marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br>, 2010.
-# Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014.
-#
+# Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2013, 2014, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-"
"doc&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-18 07:42+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 15:02-0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-21 21:44+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-21 10:13-0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.5\n"
+"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
+"X-Project-Style: gnome\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Marcelo Rodrigues <marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br>, 2010\n"
-"Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014"
+"Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2013, 2014, 2016"
#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
#: C/index.docbook:12
#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
#: C/index.docbook:13
-msgid "1.20"
-msgstr "1.20"
+msgid "1.24.1"
+msgstr "1.24.1"
#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: C/index.docbook:14
#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
#: C/index.docbook:52
-msgid "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
-msgstr "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+#| msgid "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: C/index.docbook:65
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:83
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> "
+#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development version</"
+#| "revremark>"
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
4.1</revnumber> <date>30 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark>"
+"<revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber> <date>30 Maio 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versão de "
+"desenvolvimento</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:89
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 Maio 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 Maio 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+#| "revremark>"
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 Maio 2015</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, "
+"desativadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
"obsoletas</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:95
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
"no estilo</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:101
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:107
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
"markdown</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:113
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:119
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, melhorias no layout</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:125
+#: C/index.docbook:143
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros e regressões</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:131
+#: C/index.docbook:149
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:137
+#: C/index.docbook:155
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de tarball defeituoso</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:143
+#: C/index.docbook:161
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"erros</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:149
+#: C/index.docbook:167
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Migração do GNOME doc-utils</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:162
+#: C/index.docbook:180
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introdução"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:164
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"usado."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:170
+#: C/index.docbook:188
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "O que é GTK-Doc?"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:172
+#: C/index.docbook:190
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:180
+#: C/index.docbook:198
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Como o GTK-Doc funciona?"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:182
+#: C/index.docbook:200
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:189
+#: C/index.docbook:207
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"diferente no processo."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:194
+#: C/index.docbook:212
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Há 5 etapas principais no processo:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:201
+#: C/index.docbook:219
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"que não é mais recomendado)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:211
+#: C/index.docbook:229
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"txt</filename> no <filename><módulo>-overrides.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:228
+#: C/index.docbook:246
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"fornece."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:234
+#: C/index.docbook:252
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"era necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:241
+#: C/index.docbook:259
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"tentar garantir que nenhuma documentação será perdida, jamais.)"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:250
+#: C/index.docbook:268
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:262
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
-"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+#: C/index.docbook:280
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
+#| "<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML "
+#| "or XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or "
+#| "<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source "
+#| "code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment "
+#| "blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only "
+#| "reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend to use "
+#| "Docbook XML."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename "
"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
-"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
+"sources and introspection data."
msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Gerando o SGML/XML e HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
-"mkdb</application> transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos SGML ou XML no "
-"subdiretório <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> ou <filename "
-"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. Se o código fonte contém documentação "
-"nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, ela é mesclada aqui. "
-"Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê documentos dos dados de "
-"introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML."
+"<guilabel>Gerando o XML e HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mkdb</application> transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos XML no "
+"subdiretório <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. Se o código fonte "
+"contém documentação nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, "
+"ela é mesclada aqui. Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê "
+"documentos dos dados de introspecção e dos fontes."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:273
-msgid ""
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
-"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
-"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files "
-"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em "
-"arquivos HTML no subdiretório <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
-"filename>. Da mesma forma, <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> "
-"transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em um documento PDF chamado <filename><"
-"pacote>.pdf</filename>."
+#: C/index.docbook:289
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into "
+#| "HTML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> "
+#| "subdirectory. Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the "
+#| "SGML/XML files into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</"
+#| "filename>."
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files "
+"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF "
+"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> transforma os arquivos XML em "
+"arquivos HTML no subdiretório <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename>. "
+"Da mesma forma, <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> transforma os "
+"arquivos XML em um documento PDF chamado "
+"<filename><pacote>.pdf</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:279
+#: C/index.docbook:295
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+#| "class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory"
+#| "\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never "
+#| "edit them directly."
msgid ""
-"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
-"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
-"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them "
-"directly."
+"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class="
+"\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One "
+"should never edit them directly."
msgstr ""
-"Arquivos nos diretórios <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> ou "
-"<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> e <filename class=\"directory"
-"\">html/</filename> são sempre sobrescritos. Não devem ser editados "
-"manualmente."
+"Arquivos nos diretórios <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> e "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> são sempre sobrescritos. Não "
+"devem ser editados manualmente."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:287
+#: C/index.docbook:303
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:305
+#: C/index.docbook:321
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Obtendo GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:308
+#: C/index.docbook:324
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:309
+#: C/index.docbook:325
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - os scripts principais são Perl."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:312
+#: C/index.docbook:328
msgid ""
"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:316
+#: C/index.docbook:332
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
"\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:320
+#: C/index.docbook:336
msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - opcional - para gtkdoc-depscan"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:323
+#: C/index.docbook:339
msgid ""
"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
"sintaxe de exemplos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:331
+#: C/index.docbook:347
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Sobre GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:333 C/index.docbook:347
+#: C/index.docbook:349 C/index.docbook:363
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:337
+#: C/index.docbook:353
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
"comparison with other similar systems.)"
"futuros, comparação com outros sistemas similares.)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:345
+#: C/index.docbook:361
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Sobre este manual"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:351
+#: C/index.docbook:367
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:360
+#: C/index.docbook:376
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Preparando seu projeto"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:362
+#: C/index.docbook:378
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"trabalhar em uma configuração de compilação diferente."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:373
+#: C/index.docbook:389
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:375
+#: C/index.docbook:391
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"obrigatória."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:384
+#: C/index.docbook:400
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:385
+#: C/index.docbook:401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" meeper/\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:382
+#: C/index.docbook:398
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Isto pode, então, parecer como exibido abaixo: <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:400 C/index.docbook:407
+#: C/index.docbook:416 C/index.docbook:423
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Integração com autoconf"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:402
+#: C/index.docbook:418
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:408
+#: C/index.docbook:424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:420
+#: C/index.docbook:436
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Mantenha o gtk-doc como opcional"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:421
+#: C/index.docbook:437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"])\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:415
+#: C/index.docbook:431
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> no começo de uma linha. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:432
+#: C/index.docbook:448
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"também adiciona várias opções de configuração:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:438
+#: C/index.docbook:454
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:439
+#: C/index.docbook:455
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação [padrão=no]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:440
+#: C/index.docbook:456
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html [padrão=sim]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:441
+#: C/index.docbook:457
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf [padrão=não]"
#. (itstool) path: important/para
-#: C/index.docbook:445
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:453
+#: C/index.docbook:469
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"macro para <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> para o seu projeto."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:461
+#: C/index.docbook:477
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Preparação para gtkdocize"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:462
+#: C/index.docbook:478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:467
+#: C/index.docbook:483
msgid ""
"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
"executando novamente <code>autoreconf -i</code> ou <code>autogen.sh</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:475
+#: C/index.docbook:491
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Integração com automake"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:477
+#: C/index.docbook:493
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
"documentação, repita isso para cada um."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:488
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"suporte a <option>--help</option> pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:502
+#: C/index.docbook:518
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Integração com autogen"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:504
+#: C/index.docbook:520
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"O gtkdocize deveria ser executado antes de autoheader, automake ou autoconf."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:513
+#: C/index.docbook:529
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:514
+#: C/index.docbook:530
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:520
+#: C/index.docbook:536
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"<application>gtkdocize</application>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:529
+#: C/index.docbook:545
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:546 C/index.docbook:563
+#: C/index.docbook:562 C/index.docbook:579
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Executando a compilação da documentação"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:548
+#: C/index.docbook:564
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"<filename>configure</filename> com esta opção em seguida."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:555
+#: C/index.docbook:571
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:564
+#: C/index.docbook:580
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"make\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:570
+#: C/index.docbook:586
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"páginas com vida."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:578
+#: C/index.docbook:594
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Integração com sistemas de controle de versão"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:580
+#: C/index.docbook:596
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
+#| "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
+#| "package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</"
+#| "filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+#| "filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
msgid ""
-"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
-"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
-"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "
+"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."
+"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the "
+"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Como uma regra de ouro, são aqueles arquivos que você edita que deveriam "
"entrar no controle de versão. Para projetos normais, esses são os arquivos: "
-"<filename><pacote>.types</filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs."
-"xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</"
-"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+"<filename><pacote>.types</filename>, "
+"<filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), "
+"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:604
+msgid ""
+"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "
+"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "
+"<filename>.stamp</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+"Arquivos nos diretórios <filename>xml/</filename> e "
+"<filename>html/</filename> não deveriam entrar no controle de versão. Da "
+"mesma forma, não deveriam entrar arquivos <filename>.stamp</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:591
+#: C/index.docbook:612
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:593
+#: C/index.docbook:614
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
"correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação)."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:600
+#: C/index.docbook:621
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Etapas de compilação da documentação"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:601
+#: C/index.docbook:622
#, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
+#| "// sources have changed\n"
+#| "gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+#| "gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
+#| "gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+#| "// xml files have changed\n"
+#| "mkdir html\n"
+#| "cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
+#| "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// sources have changed\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
"// xml files have changed\n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// fontes foram alterados\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir=>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<"
+";source-dir>\n"
"// arquivos xml foram alterados \n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:615
+#: C/index.docbook:636
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"Será necessário olhar no <filename>Makefile.am</filename> e no <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> para obter as opções extras necessárias."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:643
+#| msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
+msgid "Integration with CMake build systems"
+msgstr "Integração com sistemas de compilação CMake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:645
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and "
+"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). "
+"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can "
+"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc agora fornece um módulo <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> (e o "
+"module <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> correspondente). Ele "
+"fornece um comando <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> que você pode usar "
+"em seu arquivo <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:655
+msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake"
+msgstr "Exemplo de uso do GTK-Doc no CMake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:656
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n"
+"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Cria o alvo doc-libmeep.\n"
+"gtk_doc_add_module(\n"
+" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n"
+" XML meep-docs.xml\n"
+" LIBRARIES libmeep\n"
+")\n"
+"\n"
+"# Compila doc-libmeep como parte do alvo padrão. Sem isso, você precisaria\n"
+"# executar explicitamente algo como `make doc-libmeep` para compilar os\n"
+"# documentos.\n"
+"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake "
+"module\n"
+"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n"
+"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n"
+" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:653
+msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr "O exemplo a seguir mostra como usar este comando. <_:example-1/>"
+
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:624
+#: C/index.docbook:681
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Documentando o código"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:626
+#: C/index.docbook:683
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/index.docbook:634
+#: C/index.docbook:691
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Localização da documentação"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:635
+#: C/index.docbook:692
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"versão."
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:641
+#: C/index.docbook:698
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"descrever esta forma de documentar código."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:652 C/index.docbook:669
+#: C/index.docbook:709 C/index.docbook:735
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:653
+#: C/index.docbook:710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:648
+#: C/index.docbook:705
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"se receba avisos (warnings) na varredura que pareça ser um caso especial, "
"pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. <_:example-1/>"
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:719
+#| msgid "Dedications"
+msgid "Limitations"
+msgstr "Limitações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:720
+msgid ""
+"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but "
+"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations."
+msgstr ""
+"Note que o GTK-Doc oferece suporte a "
+"<code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code>, mas não a <code>#if "
+"!defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> ou outras combinações."
+
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:664
+#: C/index.docbook:730
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Comentários de documentação"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:670
+#: C/index.docbook:736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:666
+#: C/index.docbook:732
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
# Ocultei o TODO da tradução. Para que server? :/
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:679
+#: C/index.docbook:745
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:685
+#: C/index.docbook:751
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"espaço e espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:702
+#: C/index.docbook:768
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:708
+#: C/index.docbook:774
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
"O que isso faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:698
+#: C/index.docbook:764
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:723
+#: C/index.docbook:789
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr "Use function() para referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:728
+#: C/index.docbook:794
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:734
+#: C/index.docbook:800
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr "Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:739
+#: C/index.docbook:805
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"e macros que não levam argumentos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:745
+#: C/index.docbook:811
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr "Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:750
+#: C/index.docbook:816
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr "Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:755
+#: C/index.docbook:821
msgid ""
"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:717
+#: C/index.docbook:783
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:764
+#: C/index.docbook:830
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"respectivamente, ou escapá-los com uma contrabarra \"\\\"."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:773
+#: C/index.docbook:839
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
"linhas começando com um traço."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:784
+#: C/index.docbook:850
+msgid ""
+"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is "
+"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook "
+"xml is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+"Enquanto markdown é agora preferível, é possível misturar ambos. Uma "
+"limitação aqui é que é possível usar docbook xml no markdown, mas não há "
+"suporte a markdown no docbook xml."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:856
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
+#| "you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
+#| "comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</"
+#| "option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside "
+#| "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
msgid ""
"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
-"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
-"comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</"
-"option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments "
+"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in "
+"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>."
msgstr ""
"Em versões mais antigas do GTK-Doc, se você precisasse de suporte para "
-"formatação adicional, você precisaria de habilitar o uso de tags de SGML/XML "
-"de docbook dentro de comentários de documentação colocando <option>--xml-"
-"mode</option> ou <option>--sgml-mode</option> na variável "
+"formatação adicional, você precisaria de habilitar o uso de tags de XML de "
+"docbook dentro de comentários de documentação colocando <option>--xml-"
+"mode</option> (ou <option>--sgml-mode</option>) na variável "
"<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:794
+#: C/index.docbook:865
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc usando Markdown"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:795
+#: C/index.docbook:866
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" *\n"
" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
" *\n"
-" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
+" * \n"
" *\n"
" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
" *\n"
" *\n"
" * Outro parágrafo. [Um link para o site do GNOME](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
" *\n"
-" * ![uma imagem embutida][plot-result.png]\n"
+" * \n"
" *\n"
" * [Um link para um título acima][titulo-dois]\n"
" *\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:834
+#: C/index.docbook:905
msgid ""
"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
"Markdown\">Referência de sintaxe de markdown de documentação</ulink>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:840
+#: C/index.docbook:911
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"arquivo e seções."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:854
+#: C/index.docbook:925
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Documentando seções"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:856
+#: C/index.docbook:927
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"os @fields são opcionais."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:864
+#: C/index.docbook:935
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sessão"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:865
+#: C/index.docbook:936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:884
+#: C/index.docbook:955
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<nome>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:886
+#: C/index.docbook:957
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:895
+#: C/index.docbook:966
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:897
+#: C/index.docbook:968
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:904
+#: C/index.docbook:975
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:906
+#: C/index.docbook:977
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:913
+#: C/index.docbook:984
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:915
+#: C/index.docbook:986
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"MÓDULO>-<title>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:923
+#: C/index.docbook:994
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:925
+#: C/index.docbook:996
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:931
+#: C/index.docbook:1002
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:938
+#: C/index.docbook:1009
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:950
+#: C/index.docbook:1021
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:962
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:971
+#: C/index.docbook:1042
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"sendo \"Interna\"."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:933
+#: C/index.docbook:1004
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:983
+#: C/index.docbook:1054
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:985
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"Este item é opcional."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:994
+#: C/index.docbook:1065
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:996
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"opcional."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1007
+#: C/index.docbook:1078
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1016
+#: C/index.docbook:1087
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Documentando símbolos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1018
+#: C/index.docbook:1089
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1026 C/index.docbook:1055
+#: C/index.docbook:1097 C/index.docbook:1163
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Tags gerais"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1028
+#: C/index.docbook:1099
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"tornou obsoleta."
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1033
+#: C/index.docbook:1104
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Tags de versionamento"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1034
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Since:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1036
+#: C/index.docbook:1107
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1041
+#: C/index.docbook:1112
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Deprecated:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1043
+#: C/index.docbook:1114
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1051
-msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
-msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)"
+#: C/index.docbook:1122
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
+#| "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
+msgid ""
+"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to "
+"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor "
+"releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Você também pode adicionar informação sobre estabilidade em todos os "
+"elementos de documentação para indicar se a estabilidade de uma API é "
+"garantida para eles para futuros lançamentos menores do projeto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
+msgid ""
+"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by "
+"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below."
+msgstr ""
+"O nível de estabilidade padrão para todos os elementos de documentação pode "
+"ser definido passando o argumento <option>--default-stability</option> para "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> com um dos balores abaixo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1134
+#| msgid "@stability"
+msgid "Stability Tags"
+msgstr "Tags de estabilidade"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
+msgid "Stability: Stable"
+msgstr "Stability: Stable"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to "
+"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Marca o elemento como estável. Isto é para APIs públicas cuja estabilidade é "
+"garantida para todos os próximos lançamentos menores do projeto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1144
+msgid "Stability: Unstable"
+msgstr "Stability: Unstable"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1146
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as "
+"a preview before being stabilised."
+msgstr ""
+"Marca o elemento como instável. Isto é para APIs públicas que são publicados "
+"como versão de desenvolvimento antes de se tornar estável."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1152
+msgid "Stability: Private"
+msgstr "Stability: Private"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1154
+msgid ""
+"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by "
+"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties."
+msgstr ""
+"Marca o elemento como privado. Isto é para interfaces que podem ser usadas "
+"por um conjunto pequeno de módulos, mas não por terceiros."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1056
+#: C/index.docbook:1164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1076 C/index.docbook:1112
+#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1194
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Annotations"
+msgstr "Anotações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1186
+msgid ""
+"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be "
+"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by "
+"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the "
+"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Blocos de documentação podem conter tags de anotação. Essas tags serão "
+"renderizadas com dicas de ferramentas descrevendo seu significados. As tags "
+"são usadas pelo gobject-introspection para garantir associações (bindings) "
+"de linguagens. Uma lista detalhada tags aceitas podem ser encontrada <ulink "
+"url=\"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">no "
+"wiki</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1195
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (anotação)\n"
+" * @foo: (anotação): algum foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Obtém bar do @foo.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (anotação): bar do @foo\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (anotação) (outra anotação)\n"
+" * (e uma outra anotação)\n"
+" * @foo: (anotação) (uma outra anotação): algum foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Define bar no @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1216 C/index.docbook:1245
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de função"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1082
+#: C/index.docbook:1222
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"não referenciados/liberada."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1088
+#: C/index.docbook:1228
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1093
+#: C/index.docbook:1233
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1078 C/index.docbook:1171
+#: C/index.docbook:1218 C/index.docbook:1304
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Por favor, lembre-se de: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1100
+#: C/index.docbook:1240
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"Gtk-doc presume que todos os símbolos (macros, funções) começando com \"_\" "
"são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas."
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1105
-msgid ""
-"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
-"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-msgstr ""
-"Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: http://"
-"live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1113
+#: C/index.docbook:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * @par2: descrição do parâmetro 2\n"
" * @...: uma lista de bars terminada em %NULL\n"
" *\n"
-" * A descrição da função vai aqui. Você pode usar @par1 para se referir a parâmetros\n"
-" * de forma que eles ficam em destaque na saída. Você também pode usar %constant\n"
-" * para constantes, nome_da_função2() para funções e #GtkWidget para links para\n"
+" * A descrição da função vai aqui. Você pode usar @par1 para se referir a "
+"parâmetros\n"
+" * de forma que eles ficam em destaque na saída. Você também pode usar %"
+"constant\n"
+" * para constantes, nome_da_função2() para funções e #GtkWidget para links "
+"para\n"
" * outras declarações (que pode ser documentada em outro lugar).\n"
" *\n"
" * Returns: um inteiro.\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1134
+#: C/index.docbook:1267
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Tags de função"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1135
+#: C/index.docbook:1268
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Returns:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1137
+#: C/index.docbook:1270
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1142
+#: C/index.docbook:1275
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1144
+#: C/index.docbook:1277
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1154 C/index.docbook:1156
+#: C/index.docbook:1287 C/index.docbook:1289
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de propriedade"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1157
+#: C/index.docbook:1290
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1169 C/index.docbook:1188
+#: C/index.docbook:1302 C/index.docbook:1321
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sinal"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1175
+#: C/index.docbook:1308
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"sinais."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1181
+#: C/index.docbook:1314
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1189
+#: C/index.docbook:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1206 C/index.docbook:1207
+#: C/index.docbook:1339 C/index.docbook:1340
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de struct"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1208
+#: C/index.docbook:1341
#, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "/**\n"
+#| " * FooWidget:\n"
+#| " * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+#| " *\n"
+#| " * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+#| " */\n"
+#| "typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+#| " /*< private >*/\n"
+#| " GtkWidget parent;\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| " /*< public >*/\n"
+#| " gboolean bar;\n"
+#| "} FooWidget;\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-" /*< private >*/\n"
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n"
"\n"
-" /*< public >*/\n"
" gboolean bar;\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
msgstr ""
" * Este é o melhor widget, já mais visto.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-" /*< private >*/\n"
-" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+" GtkWidget parent_intance;\n"
"\n"
-" /*< public >*/\n"
" gboolean bar;\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1225
+#: C/index.docbook:1356
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"comportamento inverso."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1231
+#: C/index.docbook:1362
+msgid ""
+"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" "
+"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned "
+"in the comment block."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o primeiro campo for \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" ou \"parent_class\", ele "
+"será automaticamente considerado como privado e não precisará ser mencionado "
+"no bloco de comentário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1368
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1243 C/index.docbook:1244
+#: C/index.docbook:1380 C/index.docbook:1381
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de enum"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1245
+#: C/index.docbook:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"} Alguma coisa;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1262
+#: C/index.docbook:1399
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"comportamento inverso."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1272
+#: C/index.docbook:1409
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Tags úteis do DocBook"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1274
+#: C/index.docbook:1411
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"documentado o código."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1283
+#: C/index.docbook:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Tabela de hashes</link>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1279
+#: C/index.docbook:1416
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1296
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1293
+#: C/index.docbook:1430
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"do C: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1305
+#: C/index.docbook:1442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</example>\n"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1316
+#: C/index.docbook:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1302
+#: C/index.docbook:1439
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"abreviação: |[ ... ]|"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1335
+#: C/index.docbook:1472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1332
+#: C/index.docbook:1469
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir listas com marcadores: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1355
+#: C/index.docbook:1492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</note>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1352
+#: C/index.docbook:1489
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1368
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1365
+#: C/index.docbook:1502
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para se referir a um tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1377
+#: C/index.docbook:1514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1374
+#: C/index.docbook:1511
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1386
+#: C/index.docbook:1523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1383
+#: C/index.docbook:1520
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1395
+#: C/index.docbook:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1392
+#: C/index.docbook:1529
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"veja <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">as abreviações</link>)."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1406
+#: C/index.docbook:1543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1403
+#: C/index.docbook:1540
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para enfatizar um texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1415
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1412
+#: C/index.docbook:1549
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para nome de arquivos use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1424
+#: C/index.docbook:1561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1421
+#: C/index.docbook:1558
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para se referir a chaves use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1434
+#: C/index.docbook:1571
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Preenchendo os arquivos extras"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1436
+#: C/index.docbook:1573
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1445
+#: C/index.docbook:1582
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Editando o arquivo de tipos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1447
+#: C/index.docbook:1584
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<filename><pacote>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1456
+#: C/index.docbook:1593
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Trecho de exemplo de arquivo de tipos"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1457
+#: C/index.docbook:1594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1468
+#: C/index.docbook:1605
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1477
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Editando o documento mestre"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1479
+#: C/index.docbook:1616
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1486
-msgid ""
-"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
-"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
-"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test "
-"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good "
-"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "
-"introduced there."
-msgstr ""
-"Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execução "
-"posterior não vai tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar a "
-"documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de "
+#: C/index.docbook:1623
+#| msgid ""
+#| "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will "
+#| "not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the "
+#| "documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-"
+#| "Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated "
+#| "from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if "
+#| "there are some new goodies introduced there."
+msgid ""
+"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will "
+"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the "
+"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc "
+"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from "
+"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there "
+"are some new goodies introduced there."
+msgstr ""
+"Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execuções "
+"posteriores não vão tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar "
+"a documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de "
"páginas extras. O Gtk-Doc agora possui uma suíte de teste, na qual também o "
-"documento mestr é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo "
+"documento mestre é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo "
"em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1496
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"atualizações junto com a biblioteca."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1505
+#: C/index.docbook:1642
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"colchetes) que você deve cuidar."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1512
+#: C/index.docbook:1649
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Cabeçalho do documento mestre"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1513
+#: C/index.docbook:1650
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<chapter>\n"
" <title>[Insira o título aqui]</title>\n"
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
+msgid ""
+"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can "
+"review these and enable them as you like."
+msgstr ""
+"Além disso, alguns elementos de opção são criados na forma comentada. Você "
+"pode revisá-los e habilitá-los como preferir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1672
+#| msgid "Editing the master document"
+msgid "Optional part in the master document"
+msgstr "Parte opcional do documento mestre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <!-- habilite isso se você usa anotações do gobject introspection\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback "
+"/></xi:include>\n"
+" --> \n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1681
+msgid ""
+"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link "
+"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind "
+"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc."
+msgstr ""
+"Finalmente você precisa adicionar nova seção sempre que você a introduzir. A "
+"ferramenta <link linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> vai "
+"lembrar você de arquivos xml recentemente gerados que ainda não foram "
+"incluídos na documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1689 C/index.docbook:1724
+msgid "Including generated sections"
+msgstr "Incluindo seções geradas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1690
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>my library</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" <chapter>\n"
+" <title>minha biblioteca</title>\n"
+" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n"
+" ...\n"
+
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1532
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Editando o arquivo de seção"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1534
+#: C/index.docbook:1704
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1540
+#: C/index.docbook:1710
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
+#| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as "
+#| "comment lines."
msgid ""
-"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
-"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
-"lines."
+"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank "
+"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines."
msgstr ""
-"O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com sintaxe do tipo XML "
-"(usando tags). Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um \"#"
-"\" são tratadas como linhas de comentários."
+"O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com seções delimitadas por "
+"tags. Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um \"#\" são "
+"tratadas como linhas de comentários."
-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1546
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1717
+msgid ""
+"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close "
+"tags like <SUBSECTION>."
+msgstr ""
+"Enquanto as tags fazem o arquivo se parecer xml, ele não é. Por favor, não "
+"feche tags como <SUBSECTION>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1725
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n"
+"\n"
+"<SECTION>\n"
+"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n"
+"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n"
+"MeepApp\n"
+"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n"
+"MEEP_APP\n"
+"...\n"
+"MeepAppClass\n"
+"meep_app_get_type\n"
+"</SECTION>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1742
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
+#| "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
+#| "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
+#| "template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
+#| "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config."
+#| "sgml</filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
+#| "filename>. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the "
+#| "section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name "
+#| "converted to lower case)."
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
-"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</"
"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
"arquivo, sem qualquer sufixo. Por exemplo, ao usar \"<FILE>gnome-"
"config</FILE>\" resultará nas declarações da seção serem retornadas no "
"arquivo modelo <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, o qual será "
-"convertido no arquivo DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
-"filename> ou no arquivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
-"filename>. (O nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título "
-"da seção ou, para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos "
-"os caracteres para minúsculos)."
+"convertido no arquivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> "
+"ou no arquivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (O "
+"nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título da seção ou, "
+"para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos os "
+"caracteres para minúsculos)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1558
+#: C/index.docbook:1754
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"obsoleto."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1565
+#: C/index.docbook:1761
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1584
+#: C/index.docbook:1780
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"aplicar àquela seção."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1598
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Controlando o resultado"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1600
+#: C/index.docbook:1796
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"processados."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1609
+#: C/index.docbook:1805
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1618
+#: C/index.docbook:1814
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"escritos incorretamente."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1625
+#: C/index.docbook:1821
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"ainda ao arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1633
+#: C/index.docbook:1829
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"verificações de sanidade durante a execução de <command>make check</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1640
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"este arquivo o contém."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1649
+#: C/index.docbook:1845
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"executando <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1664
+#: C/index.docbook:1860
msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
msgstr "Modernizando a documentação"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1666
+#: C/index.docbook:1862
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
"features together with the version since when it is available."
"funcionalidades juntamente da versão desde a qual está disponível."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1672
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1674
+#: C/index.docbook:1870
msgid ""
"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
"<filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1679
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"<code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1690
+#: C/index.docbook:1886
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
+#| "sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
+#| "\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc "
+#| "module to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--"
+#| "flavour no-tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
msgid ""
"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "
"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"
-"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into you source "
+"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done."
msgstr ""
"A versão 1.8 já introduziu a sintaxe para documentação seções nos fontes em "
-"vez dos arquivos separados sob <filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</"
-"filename>. Essa versão adiciona opções para alternar todo o módulo de "
-"documentação para não usar a etapa de compilação extra do tmpl, usando "
-"<option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> no <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+"vez dos arquivos separados sob <filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename>. "
+"Essa versão adiciona opções para alternar todo o módulo de documentação para "
+"não usar a etapa de compilação extra do tmpl, usando <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> no <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Se você não possui um "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> no seu sistema de controle de "
+"versão e ainda não trocou, basta adicionar uma opção ao "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> e está resolvido."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1700
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1702
+#: C/index.docbook:1900
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"código que é compilado condicionalmente."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1713
+#: C/index.docbook:1911
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1719
+#: C/index.docbook:1917
msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
msgstr "Habilitar gtkdoc-check"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1720
+#: C/index.docbook:1918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1715
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
msgid ""
"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
"filename>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1733
+#: C/index.docbook:1931
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1735
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
msgid ""
"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
"seção que explica a <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">sintaxe de "
"comentário</link> tem todos os detalhes."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1943
+#| msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1953
+msgid "Use pre-generated entities"
+msgstr "Usando entradas geradas previamente"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1954
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for &package_string;.\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n"
+" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n"
+"[\n"
+" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED "
+"'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n"
+" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n"
+" %gtkdocentities;\n"
+"]>\n"
+"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n"
+" <bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>Manual de referência do &nome-pacote;</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" para &versão-pacote;.\n"
+" A última versão desta documentação pode ser encontra on-line em\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVIDOR]/&nome-"
+"pacote;/index.html\">http://[SERVIDOR]/&nome-pacote;/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+" </bookinfo>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1945
+msgid ""
+"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at "
+"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. "
+"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file "
+"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is any example that shows how "
+"the entity file is included and how the entities are used. The entities can "
+"also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in "
+"generated xml files. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Os makefiles fornecidos com esta versão geram um arquivo de entidade em "
+"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, contendo entidades para, por "
+"exemplo, nome-pacote e versão-pacote. Você pode usar isto, por exemplo, no "
+"arquivo xml principal para evitar ter que inserir diretamente o número de "
+"versão. Logo abaixo encontra-se um exemplo que mostra como o arquivo de "
+"entidade é incluído e como as entidades são usadas. As entidades também "
+"podem ser usadas em todos arquivos gerados, GTK-Doc usará o mesmo cabeçalho "
+"xml nos arquivos xml gerados. <_:example-1/>"
+
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1746
+#: C/index.docbook:1979
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Documentando outras interfaces"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1748
+#: C/index.docbook:1981
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"para documentar outras interfaces, também."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1755
+#: C/index.docbook:1988
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man"
# RefEntry é uma página de referência do DocBook (http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html)
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1757
+#: C/index.docbook:1990
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"parte da referência e é possível obter a página man de graça."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1764
+#: C/index.docbook:1997
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Documentar a ferramenta"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1766
+#: C/index.docbook:1999
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1776
+#: C/index.docbook:2009
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1779 C/index.docbook:1797
+#: C/index.docbook:2012 C/index.docbook:2030
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Verificações extra no configure"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1780
+#: C/index.docbook:2013
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1794
+#: C/index.docbook:2027
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1798
+#: C/index.docbook:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1820
+#: C/index.docbook:2053
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces DBus"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1822
+#: C/index.docbook:2055
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1831
+#: C/index.docbook:2064
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Perguntas frequentes"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1835
+#: C/index.docbook:2068
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Questão"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1836
+#: C/index.docbook:2069
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Resposta"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1838
+#: C/index.docbook:2071
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Sem hierarquia de classe."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1839
+#: C/index.docbook:2072
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"arquivo <filename><pacote>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1845
+#: C/index.docbook:2078
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Ainda sem hierarquia."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1846
+#: C/index.docbook:2079
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicação</ulink>)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1852
+#: C/index.docbook:2085
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1853
+#: C/index.docbook:2086
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
msgstr ""
"Por acaso o nome do objeto (nome da struct da instância, ex. "
"<type>GtkWidget</type>) faz parte da seção normal (não coloque isso em "
-"subsções Standard ou Private)?"
+"subseções Standard ou Private)?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1860
+#: C/index.docbook:2093
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Nenhum símbolo de índice."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1861
+#: C/index.docbook:2094
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"\"xi:inclui\" o índice gerado?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1867
+#: C/index.docbook:2100
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr "Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1868
+#: C/index.docbook:2101
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1874
+#: C/index.docbook:2107
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1875
+#: C/index.docbook:2108
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"</filename>?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1881
+#: C/index.docbook:2114
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1882
+#: C/index.docbook:2115
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename> em uma subseção pública."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1890
+#: C/index.docbook:2123
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1891
+#: C/index.docbook:2124
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> "
+#| "but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check "
+#| "that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-"
+#| "sections.txt</filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
+#| "type>) is not listed or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
-"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
+"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown."
msgstr ""
"Se o tipo está listado no <filename><pacote>.hierarchy</filename>, mas "
"não em <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, então certifique-se de que "
-"o tipo está colocado corretamente no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</"
-"filename>. Se a instância do tipo (ex.: <type>GtkWidget</type>) não está "
-"listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada."
+"o tipo está colocado corretamente no "
+"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>. Se a instância do tipo "
+"(ex.: <type>GtkWidget</type>) não está listada ou incidentalmente marcada "
+"como privada, ela não será mostrada."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1900
+#: C/index.docbook:2133
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr ""
"Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1901
+#: C/index.docbook:2134
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"incluído\" de <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1909
+#: C/index.docbook:2142
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr "Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código fonte não existe"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1910
+#: C/index.docbook:2143
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"fonte."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1915
+#: C/index.docbook:2148
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "Múltiplos \"IDs\" para restrições do fim do link XYZ"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1916
+#: C/index.docbook:2149
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1919
+#: C/index.docbook:2152
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
"correspondeu."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1926
+#: C/index.docbook:2159
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1928
+#: C/index.docbook:2161
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1933
+#: C/index.docbook:2166
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute "
+#| "it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this "
+#| "License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other "
+#| "respects regarding verbatim copying of that document."
msgid ""
-"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it "
"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
"software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a <_:ulink-1/> (GNU "
"General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre."
+#~ msgid "1.20"
+#~ msgstr "1.20"
+
+#~ msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
+#~ msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: "
+#~ "http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+
#~ msgid "1.18.1"
#~ msgstr "1.18.1"
#~ "\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: isso não funciona "
#~ "ainda."
-#~ msgid "Installation"
-#~ msgstr "Instalação"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
#~ "installed."
<book id="index" lang="sl">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc Manual</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or
- <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename>
- directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</variablelist>
<para>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
</para>
-
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="sv">
<bookinfo>
<title>Handbok för GTK-Doc</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>Användarhandbok för utvecklare med användningsinstruktioner för GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or
- <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename>
- directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</variablelist>
<para>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
</para>
-
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="ta">
<bookinfo>
<title>ஜிடிகே டாக் கையேடு</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>உருவாக்குவோருக்கான ஜிடிகே டாக்(GTK-Doc) பயன்பாட்டு பயனர் கையேடு </para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
- <para> <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> அல்லது <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> மற்றும் <filename class="directory">html/</filename> இல் உள்ள அடைவுகள் எப்போதுமே மேலெழுதப்படும். அவற்றை யாரும் எப்போதும் நேரடியாக திருத்தக்கூடாது.</para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>FIXME : Stability information)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>பொது டேக் ஒட்டுகள்</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
includes them and place them in an order.
</para>
- <para>ஜிடிகே டாக் </para>
+ <para>
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
+ not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
+ documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
+ GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<para>ஜிடிகே டாக் </para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="te">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc మాన్యుయల్</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>GTK-Doc వినియోగపు సూచనలతో అభివృద్దికారుల కొరకు వినియోగదారి మాన్యుయల్.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
- <para><filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> లేదా <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> మరియు <filename class="directory">html/</filename> డైరెక్టరీల నందలి ఫైళ్ళు యెల్లప్పుడూ దిద్దివ్రాయబడును. ఎవరూ వాటిని యెప్పుడూ నేరుగా సరికూర్చకూడదు.</para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : స్థిరత్వ సమాచారము)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>సాధారణ టాగ్లు</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
behaviour.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>
Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
</para>
<para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
</para>
<tip>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<book id="index" lang="zh-CN">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc 手册</title>
- <edition>1.23</edition>
+ <edition>1.24.1</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>为开发人员提供 GTK-Doc 用法说明的用户手册。</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
<publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>GTK-Doc 项目</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
<copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2014</year>
+ <year>2007-2015</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.23.1</revnumber>
- <date>17 May 2015</date>
+ <revnumber>1.24.1</revnumber>
+ <date>30 May 2015</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.24</revnumber>
+ <date>29 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fix</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.23</revnumber>
<date>17 May 2015</date>
<listitem>
<para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ XML files in the <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data.
</para>
<para>
- <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML
files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
- Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF
document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or
- <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename>
- directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ Files in <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and
+ <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always
+ overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
</para>
</listitem>
<para>您必须查阅<filename>Makefile.am</filename> 和 <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename>以获取所须的额外选项。</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmake">
+ <title>Integration with CMake build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module
+ (and the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename>
+ module). This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal>
+ command that you can set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>
+ file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following example shows how to use this command.
+ <example><title>Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)
+
+# Create the doc-libmeep target.
+gtk_doc_add_module(
+ libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep
+ XML meep-docs.xml
+ LIBRARIES libmeep
+)
+
+# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would
+# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.
+add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)
+
+# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module
+# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).
+install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html
+ DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting">
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
- or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
*
* Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ * 
*
* [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>(FIXME : 稳定性信息)</para>
-
+ <para>
+ You can also add stability information to all documentation elements
+ to indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all
+ future minor releases of the project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set
+ by passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Stability Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Stable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are
+ guaranteed to remain stable for all future minor releases of the
+ project.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Unstable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are
+ released as a preview before being stabilised.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Stability: Private</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be
+ used by tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third
+ parties.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
<example><title>一般标记</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
* This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
- /*< private >*/
- GtkWidget parent;
+ GtkWidget parent_instance;
- /*< public >*/
gboolean bar;
} FooWidget;
]]></programlisting>
<para>在你需要隐藏的私有结构字段之前使用<code>/*< private >*/</code> 。反之使用<code>/*< public >*/</code>.</para>
+ <para>
+ If the first field is "g_iface", "parent_instance" or "parent_class"
+ it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be
+ mentioned in the comment block.
+ </para>
+
<para>结构注释块也可以用于GObjects与GObjectClasses。为一个类添加注释块通常是个极好的主意，如果它有vmethod（因为这是怎样制作它的文档的方法）。对于GObject自身而言，你可以使用相关的章节文档，如果对象实例有公共字段，为每个实例结构体单独块注释是非常有用的。缺点是这会为同一名字创建两个索引记录（结构与章节）。</para>
</sect2>
<para>GTK-Doc 以 DocBook SGML/XML 格式生成文档。当处理源代码内嵌注释时， GTK-Doc 工具以独立文件为每个类或模块生成一个文档页。主文档包含了它们并且将它们按顺序排列。</para>
- <para>GTK-Doc为你创建一个模板主文档，之后的运行就不会再动它了。这意味着你可以自由地组织这个文档，包括分组页和加入的额外页面。GTK-Doc现在有一个测试套件，它的主文档也重新生成。建议您经常关注它，又了解是否引入了新的功能特性。</para>
+ <para>
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will
+ not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
+ documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
+ GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are
+ some new goodies introduced there.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>不要把教程(tutorial)当作额外的文档来编写。写成额外的章节即可。把你的库教程直接放入API文档的好处就是教程与符号文档之间的链接很容易。另外教程与库一同升级时分离的机会也更高。</para>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can
+ review these and enable them as you like.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Optional part in the master document</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The
+ <link linkend="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will
+ remind you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into
+ the doc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+ <chapter>
+ <title>my library</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<para>节文件用于组织由GTK-Doc输出的文档。在此你指定哪个符号属于哪个类或模块，并控制它是否可见(公共的或私有的)。</para>
<para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections.
Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
comment lines.
</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not
+ close tags like <SUBSECTION>.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Including generated sections</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>
+
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>meepapp</FILE>
+<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>
+MeepApp
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+MEEP_APP
+...
+MeepAppClass
+meep_app_get_type
+</SECTION>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
<para>
The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
will result in the section declarations being output in the template
file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
has all the details.
</para>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-25">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.25</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at <filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>,
+ containing entities for e.g. package_name and package_version. You can
+ use this e.g. in the main xml file to avoid hardcoding the version
+ number. Below is any example that shows how the entity file is included
+ and how the entities are used. The entities can also be used in all
+ generated files, GTK-Doc will use the same xml header in generated xml
+ files.
+ <example><title>Use pre-generated entities</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[
+ <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
+]>
+<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for &package_string;.
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+ </bookinfo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
if BUILD_TESTS
-TESTS = tools.sh gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh sanity.sh
+TESTS = \
+ gtkdoc-common.t gtkdoc-fixxref.t gtkdoc-mkdb.t gtkdoc-rebase.t gtkdoc-scan.t \
+ tools.sh gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh sanity.sh
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir) \
SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) \
endif
EXTRA_DIST = gtkdoctest.sh tools.sh sanity.sh \
- gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh
+ gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh \
+ gtkdoc-common.t gtkdoc-fixxref.t gtkdoc-mkdb.t gtkdoc-rebase.t gtkdoc-scan.t
+
# run any given test by running make <test>.check
%.check: %
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
SUBDIRS = gobject bugs annotations fail empty .
-@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS = tools.sh gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh sanity.sh
+@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS = \
+@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ gtkdoc-common.t gtkdoc-fixxref.t gtkdoc-mkdb.t gtkdoc-rebase.t gtkdoc-scan.t \
+@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ tools.sh gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh sanity.sh
+
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir) \
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) \
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB)
EXTRA_DIST = gtkdoctest.sh tools.sh sanity.sh \
- gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh
+ gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh \
+ gtkdoc-common.t gtkdoc-fixxref.t gtkdoc-mkdb.t gtkdoc-rebase.t gtkdoc-scan.t
all: all-recursive
am__force_recheck=am--force-recheck \
TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \
exit $$?
+gtkdoc-common.t.log: gtkdoc-common.t
+ @p='gtkdoc-common.t'; \
+ b='gtkdoc-common.t'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+gtkdoc-fixxref.t.log: gtkdoc-fixxref.t
+ @p='gtkdoc-fixxref.t'; \
+ b='gtkdoc-fixxref.t'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+gtkdoc-mkdb.t.log: gtkdoc-mkdb.t
+ @p='gtkdoc-mkdb.t'; \
+ b='gtkdoc-mkdb.t'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+gtkdoc-rebase.t.log: gtkdoc-rebase.t
+ @p='gtkdoc-rebase.t'; \
+ b='gtkdoc-rebase.t'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+gtkdoc-scan.t.log: gtkdoc-scan.t
+ @p='gtkdoc-scan.t'; \
+ b='gtkdoc-scan.t'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
tools.sh.log: tools.sh
@p='tools.sh'; \
b='tools.sh'; \
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
#### xml ####
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
]>
<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
<bookinfo>
- <title>tester Reference Manual</title>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
<releaseinfo>
- for tester [VERSION].
+ for &package_string;.
The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/tester/index.html">http://[SERVER]/tester/</ulink>.
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
</releaseinfo>
</bookinfo>
annotation_array_length
annotation_allow_none
annotation_nullable
+annotation_not_nullable
annotation_elementtype
annotation_elementtype_transfer
annotation_elementtype_returns
annotation_outparams
annotation_outparams_nullable
+annotation_outparams_not_nullable
annotation_outparams_optional
annotation_outparams_optional_nullable
+annotation_outparams_optional_not_nullable
annotation_skip
annotation_skip_return
annotation_scope
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
return NULL;
}
+/**
+ * annotation_not_nullable:
+ * @uri: a uri
+ * @label: (not nullable): a non-optional string, which is used in ways too
+ * complicated to describe in a single line, making it necessary to wrap it
+ *
+ * Document non-nullable parameters.
+ *
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (not nullable): Returns stuff which you have to
+ * free after use, whose description is also rather long
+ */
+gchar *
+annotation_not_nullable (const gchar *uri,
+ const gchar *label)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
/**
* annotation_elementtype:
* @list: (element-type GObject): list of #GObject instances to search
return TRUE;
}
+/**
+ * annotation_outparams_not_nullable:
+ * @list: (out) (transfer none) (not nullable): a pointer to take a list; %NULL
+ * must not be returned
+ *
+ * Document optional parameters.
+ *
+ * Returns: %TRUE for success
+ */
+gboolean
+annotation_outparams_not_nullable (GList **list)
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/**
* annotation_outparams_optional_nullable:
* @list: (out) (transfer none) (optional) (nullable): a pointer to take a
* list, or %NULL; but %NULL may also be returned in @list — isn’t that cool?
*
- * Document optional parameters.
+ * Document non-optional parameters.
*
* Returns: %TRUE for success
*/
return TRUE;
}
+/**
+ * annotation_outparams_optional_not_nullable:
+ * @list: (out) (transfer none) (optional) (not nullable): a pointer to take a
+ * list, not %NULL; and %NULL must not be returned in @list — isn’t that cool?
+ *
+ * Document non-optional parameters.
+ *
+ * Returns: %TRUE for success
+ */
+gboolean
+annotation_outparams_optional_not_nullable (GList **list)
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/**
* annotation_skip: (skip)
* @list: a pointer to take a list
*/
void annotation_multiline_on_function2 (void)
{
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
gchar * annotation_allow_none (const gchar *uri, const gchar *label);
gchar * annotation_nullable (const gchar *uri, const gchar *label);
+gchar * annotation_not_nullable (const gchar *uri, const gchar *label);
gboolean annotation_elementtype (const GList *list);
gboolean annotation_elementtype_transfer (const GList *list);
gboolean annotation_outparams (GList **list);
gboolean annotation_outparams_optional (GList **list);
gboolean annotation_outparams_nullable (GList **list);
+gboolean annotation_outparams_not_nullable (GList **list);
gboolean annotation_outparams_optional_nullable (GList **list);
+gboolean annotation_outparams_optional_not_nullable (GList **list);
void annotation_skip (GList *list);
gboolean annotation_skip_return (GList *list);
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
#### xml ####
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
]>
<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
<bookinfo>
- <title>tester Reference Manual</title>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
<releaseinfo>
- for tester [VERSION].
+ for &package_string;.
The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/tester/index.html">http://[SERVER]/tester/</ulink>.
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
</releaseinfo>
</bookinfo>
<FILE>tester</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkdocTester</TITLE>
BUG_530758
+MACRO_FUNCTION
+MACRO_VALUE
<SUBSECTION Compounds>
Bug165425a
Bug165425b
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR(bug_711598b)
void bug_711598(void);
-#ifdef GTKDOC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
+#ifdef GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
void deprecation_notice(void);
#endif
BUG_730658_IS_DEPRECATED = 1 << 2
} Bug730658;
+/**
+ * MACRO_VALUE:
+ *
+ * This should be listed in the types and values section.
+ */
+#define MACRO_VALUE (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * MACRO_FUNCTION:
+ * @x: a value
+ *
+ * This should be listed in the functions section.
+ */
+#define MACRO_FUNCTION(x) (x << 1)
+
#endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
#### xml ####
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
]>
<book id="index">
<bookinfo>
- <title>tester Reference Manual</title>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
<releaseinfo>
- for tester [VERSION].
+ for &package_string;.
The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/tester/index.html">http://[SERVER]/tester/</ulink>.
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/index.html">http://[SERVER]/&package_name;/</ulink>.
</releaseinfo>
</bookinfo>
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
#### xml ####
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
]>
<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
<bookinfo>
- <title>tester Reference Manual</title>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
<releaseinfo>
- for tester [VERSION].
- The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/tester/index.html">http://[SERVER]/tester/</ulink>.
+ for &package_string;.
</releaseinfo>
</bookinfo>
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
#### xml ####
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[
<!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
+ <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM "xml/gtkdocentities.ent">
+ %gtkdocentities;
]>
<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
<bookinfo>
- <title>tester Reference Manual</title>
+ <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>
<corpauthor>
The <ulink url="http://www.gtk.org/gtk-doc">gtk-doc team</ulink>.
</corpauthor>
<releaseinfo>
- Reference Manual for tester [VERSION].
+ for &package_string;.
The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
<ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/tester/index.html">http://[SERVER]/tester/</ulink>.
</releaseinfo>
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
*
* <http://www.gnome.org/>
*
+ * |[<!-- language="plain" -->
+ * switch
+ * │
+ * ╰── slider
+ * ]|
*/
/**
#### xml ####
-sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
+sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) xml/gtkdocentities.ent
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
@true
+xml/gtkdocentities.ent: Makefile
+ @$(MKDIR_P) $(@D) && ( \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package \"$(PACKAGE)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_bugreport \"$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_name \"$(PACKAGE_NAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_string \"$(PACKAGE_STRING)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_tarname \"$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_url \"$(PACKAGE_URL)\">"; \
+ echo "<!ENTITY package_version \"$(PACKAGE_VERSION)\">"; \
+ ) > $@
+
#### html ####
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# -*- cperl -*-
+#
+# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 Stefan Sauer
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+
+use diagnostics;
+use warnings;
+use strict;
+use Test::More;
+
+require_ok ("gtkdoc-common.pl");
+
+subtest 'CreateValidSGMLID' => sub {
+ is(CreateValidSGMLID('x'), 'x', 'already valid id is keept');
+ is(CreateValidSGMLID('x_ y'), 'x--y', '\'_\' and \' \' are converted to \'-\'');
+ is(CreateValidSGMLID('x,;y'), 'xy', '\',\' and \';\' are dropped');
+};
+
+done_testing();
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# -*- cperl -*-
+#
+# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 Stefan Sauer
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+
+use diagnostics;
+use warnings;
+use strict;
+use Test::More;
+
+require_ok ("gtkdoc-fixxref");
+
+done_testing();
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# -*- cperl -*-
+#
+# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 Stefan Sauer
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+
+use diagnostics;
+use warnings;
+use strict;
+use Test::More;
+
+require_ok ("gtkdoc-mkdb");
+
+done_testing();
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# -*- cperl -*-
+#
+# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 Stefan Sauer
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+
+use diagnostics;
+use warnings;
+use strict;
+use Test::More;
+
+require_ok ("gtkdoc-rebase");
+
+done_testing();
+
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# -*- cperl -*-
+#
+# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 Stefan Sauer
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+
+use diagnostics;
+use warnings;
+use strict;
+use Test::More;
+
+require_ok ("gtkdoc-scan");
+
+done_testing();
+
# check the presence and non-emptyness of certain files
nok=0
-for path in $dir/*/docs*/html; do
+for path in $dir/*/docs/html; do
if test ! -s $path/index.html ; then
echo 1>&2 "no or empty $path/index.html"
nok=`expr $nok + 1`; break;
fi
- if test ! -s $path/index.sgml ; then
- echo 1>&2 "no or empty $path/index.sgml"
- nok=`expr $nok + 1`; break;
- fi
if test ! -s $path/home.png ; then
echo 1>&2 "no or empty $path/home.png"
nok=`expr $nok + 1`; break;
if test $nok -gt 0 ; then failed=`expr $failed + 1`; fi
tested=`expr $tested + 1`
-
-# check online/anchor tags
+# TODO: if we have pdf support check for ./tests/*/docs/tester.pdf
nok=0
-for file in $dir/*/docs*/html/index.sgml; do
- grep >/dev/null "<ONLINE href=" $file
- if test $? = 1 ; then
- echo 1>&2 "missing ONLINE reference in $file"
- nok=`expr $nok + 1`; break;
- fi
- grep >/dev/null "<ANCHOR id=" $file
- if test $? = 1 ; then
- echo 1>&2 "missing ANCHOR reference in $file"
- nok=`expr $nok + 1`; break;
+for path in $dir/*/docs; do
+ if test ! -s $path/tester.pdf ; then
+ if test -s $path/gtkdoc-mkpdf.log; then
+ if ! grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "must be installed to use gtkdoc-mkpdf" $path/gtkdoc-mkpdf.log; then
+ echo 1>&2 "no or empty $path/tester.pdf"
+ nok=`expr $nok + 1`; break;
+ fi
+ fi
fi
done
if test $nok -gt 0 ; then failed=`expr $failed + 1`; fi
tested=`expr $tested + 1`
-
# check validity of generated xml files
nok=0
-for file in $dir/*/docs*/xml/*.xml; do
+for file in $dir/*/docs/xml/*.xml; do
xmllint --noout --noent $file
if test $? != 0 ; then
echo 1>&2 "xml validity check failed for $file"
# check validity of generated sgml files
nok=0
-for file in $dir/*/docs*/xml/*.sgml; do
+for file in $dir/*/docs/xml/*.sgml; do
xmllint --noout --noent $file
if test $? != 0 ; then
echo 1>&2 "sgml validity check failed for $file"
# check validity of devhelp2 files
nok=0
-for file in $dir/*/docs*/html/*.devhelp2; do
+for file in $dir/*/docs/html/*.devhelp2; do
xmllint --noout --nonet --schema $ABS_TOP_SRCDIR/devhelp2.xsd $file
if test $? != 0 ; then
echo 1>&2 "devhelp2 xml validity check failed for $file"
projects / platform / upstream / gtk-doc.git / commitdiff